1 # Maintained by Axel Boldt (boldt@math.ucsb.edu)
3 # This version of the Linux kernel configuration help texts
4 # corresponds to the kernel versions 2.2.x.
6 # Translations of this file available on the WWW:
8 # - Japanese, by Tetsuyasu YAMADA (tetsu@cauchy.nslab.ntt.co.jp), at
9 # http://jf.gee.kyoto-u.ac.jp/JF/JF-ftp/euc/Configure.help.euc
10 # - Russian, by kaf@linux.nevod.perm.su, at
11 # http://nevod.perm.su/service/linux/doc/kernel/Configure.help
12 # - French, by David Bourgin (dbourgin@wsc.com), at
13 # http://www.linux-kheops.com/traduc/kernels/
14 # - Spanish, by Carlos Perelló Marín (fperllo@ehome.encis.es), at
15 # http://visar.csustan.edu/~carlos/
16 # - Italian, by Alessandro Rubini (rubini@linux.it), at
17 # ftp://ftp-pavia1.linux.it/pub/linux/Configure.help
18 # - Polish, by Cezar Cichocki (cezar@cs.net.pl), at
19 # http://www.cs.net.pl/~cezar/Kernel
20 # - German, by Jörg Strebel (jstrebel@suse.de) and Karl Eichwalder
21 # (ke@suse.de), at http://www.suse.de/~ke/kernel/Configure.de.help.gz
23 # Information about what a kernel is, what it does, how to patch and
24 # compile it and much more is contained in the Kernel-HOWTO, available
25 # via FTP (user: anonymous) from metalab.unc.edu in the directory
26 # /pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. Before you start compiling, make sure that
27 # you have the necessary versions of all programs and libraries
28 # required to compile and run this kernel; they are listed in the file
29 # Documentation/Changes. Make sure to read the toplevel kernel README
32 # Format of this file: description<nl>variable<nl>help text<nl><nl>. If
33 # the question being documented is of type "choice", we list only the
34 # first occurring config variable. The help texts may contain empty
35 # lines, but every non-empty line must be indented two positions.
36 # Order of the help texts does not matter, however, no variable should
37 # be documented twice: if it is, only the first occurrence will be
38 # used by Configure. We try to keep the help texts of related variables
39 # close together. Lines starting with `#' are ignored. To be nice to
40 # menuconfig, limit your line length to 70 characters. Use emacs'
41 # kfill.el to edit and ispell.el to spell check this file or you lose.
43 # If you add a help text to this file, please try to be as gentle as
44 # possible. Don't use unexplained acronyms and generally write for the
45 # hypothetical ignorant but intelligent user who has just bought a PC,
46 # removed Windows, installed Linux and is now recompiling the kernel
47 # for the first time. Tell them what to do if they're unsure. Technical
48 # information should go in a README in the Documentation directory.
49 # Mention all the relevant READMEs and HOWTOs in the help text.
50 # Repetitions are fine since the help texts are not meant to be read
53 # All this was shamelessly stolen from several different sources. Many
54 # thanks to all the contributors. Feel free to use these help texts in
55 # your own kernel configuration tools. The texts are copyrighted (c)
56 # 1995-1999 by Axel Boldt and many others and are governed by the GNU
57 # General Public License.
59 Prompt for development and/or incomplete code/drivers
61 Some of the various things that Linux supports (such as network
62 drivers, filesystems, network protocols, etc.) can be in a state
63 of development where the functionality, stability, or the level of
64 testing is not yet high enough for general use. This is usually
65 known as the "alpha-test" phase amongst developers. If a feature is
66 currently in alpha-test, then the developers usually discourage
67 uninformed widespread use of this feature by the general public to
68 avoid "Why doesn't this work?" type mail messages. However, active
69 testing and use of these systems is welcomed. Just be aware that it
70 may not meet the normal level of reliability or it may fail to work
71 in some special cases. Detailed bug reports from people familiar
72 with the kernel internals are usually welcomed by the developers
73 (before submitting bug reports, please read the documents README,
74 MAINTAINERS, REPORTING_BUGS, Documentation/BUG-HUNTING, and
75 Documentation/oops-tracing.txt in the kernel source).
77 Unless you intend to help test and develop a feature or driver that
78 falls into this category, or you have a situation that requires
79 using these features you should probably say N here, which will
80 cause this configure script to present you with fewer choices. If
81 you say Y here, you will be offered the choice of using features or
82 drivers that are currently considered to be in the alpha-test phase.
84 Symmetric Multi Processing
86 This enables support for systems with more than one CPU. If you have
87 a system with only one CPU, like most personal computers, say N. If
88 you have a system with more than one CPU, say Y.
90 If you say N here, the kernel will run on single and multiprocessor
91 machines, but will use only one CPU of a multiprocessor machine. If
92 you say Y here, the kernel will run on many, but not all,
93 singleprocessor machines. On a singleprocessor machine, the kernel
94 will run faster if you say N here.
96 Note that if you say Y here and choose architecture "586" or
97 "Pentium" under "Processor family", the kernel will not work on 486
98 architectures. Similarly, multiprocessor kernels for the "PPro"
99 architecture may not work on all Pentium based boards.
101 People using multiprocessor machines who say Y here should also say
102 Y to "Enhanced Real Time Clock Support", below. The "Advanced Power
103 Management" code will be disabled if you say Y here.
105 See also: Documentation/SMP.txt, Documentation/smp.tex,
106 Documentation/smp.txt, and Documentation/IO-APIC.txt. Also see the
107 SMP-FAQ on the WWW at http://www.irisa.fr/prive/mentre/smp-faq/ (to
108 browse the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet
109 that has a program like lynx or netscape).
111 If you don't know what to do here, say N.
113 Kernel math emulation
114 CONFIG_MATH_EMULATION
115 Linux can emulate a math coprocessor (used for floating point
116 operations) if you don't have one. 486DX and Pentium processors have
117 a math coprocessor built in, 486SX and 386 do not, unless you added
118 a 487DX or 387, respectively. (The messages during boot time can
119 give you some hints here ["man dmesg"].) Everyone needs either a
120 coprocessor or this emulation.
122 If you don't have a math coprocessor, you need to say Y here; if you
123 say Y here even though you have a coprocessor, the coprocessor will
124 be used nevertheless. (This behavior can be changed with the kernel
125 command line option "no387", which comes handy if your coprocessor
126 is broken. Try "man bootparam" or see the documentation of your boot
127 loader (lilo or loadlin) about how to pass options to the kernel at
128 boot time. The lilo procedure is also explained in the SCSI-HOWTO,
129 available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
130 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.) This means that it is a
131 good idea to say Y here if you intend to use this kernel on
134 More information about the internals of the Linux math coprocessor
135 emulation can be found in arch/i386/math-emu/README.
137 If you are not sure, say Y; apart from resulting in a 45 KB bigger
138 kernel, it won't hurt.
140 Timer and CPU usage LEDs
142 If you define this option, the LEDs on your machine will be used
143 to provide useful information about your current system status.
145 If you are compiling a kernel for a NetWinder or EBSA-285, you
146 will be able to select which LEDs are active using the options
147 below. If you are compiling a kernel for the EBSA-110 however,
148 the red LED will simply flash regularly to indicate that the
149 system is still functional. It is still safe to say yes here if
150 you have a CATS system, but the driver will do nothing.
154 If you say yes here, one of the system LEDs (the green one on the
155 NetWinder or the amber one on the EBSA285) will flash regularly to
156 indicate that the system is still operational. This is mainly
157 useful to kernel hackers who are debugging unstable kernels.
161 If you say yes here, the red LED will be used to give a good real
162 time indication of CPU usage, by lighting whenever the idle task
163 is not currently executing.
165 Kernel FP software completion
167 This option is required for IEEE compliant floating point arithmetic
168 on the Alpha. The only time you would ever not say Y is to say M in
169 order to debug the code. Say Y unless you know what you are doing.
171 Normal PC floppy disk support
173 If you want to use the floppy disk drive(s) of your PC under Linux,
174 say Y. Information about this driver, especially important for IBM
175 Thinkpad users, is contained in drivers/block/README.fd. This file
176 also contains the location of the Floppy driver FAQ as well as
177 location of the fdutils package used to configure additional
178 parameters of the driver at run time.
180 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
181 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
182 The module will be called floppy.o. If you want to compile it as a
183 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
185 Support for PowerMac floppy
187 If you have a SWIM-3 (Super Woz Integrated Machine 3; from Apple)
188 floppy controller, say Y here. Most commonly found in PowerMacs.
192 Saying Y here will allow you to use a portion of your RAM memory as
193 a block device, so that you can make filesystems on it, read and
194 write to it and do all the other things that you can do with normal
195 block devices (such as hard drives). It is usually used to load and
196 store a copy of a minimal root file system off of a floppy into RAM
197 during the initial install of Linux.
199 Note that the kernel command line option "ramdisk=XX" is now
200 obsolete. For details, read Documentation/ramdisk.txt.
202 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
203 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
204 say M and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called
207 Most normal users won't need the RAM disk functionality, and can
210 Initial RAM disk (initrd) support
211 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_INITRD
212 The initial RAM disk is a RAM disk that is loaded by the boot loader
213 (loadlin or lilo) and that is mounted as root before the normal boot
214 procedure. It is typically used to load modules needed to mount the
215 "real" root file system, etc. See Documentation/initrd.txt for
220 Saying Y here will allow you to use a regular file as a block
221 device; you can then create a file system on that block device and
222 mount it just as you would mount other block devices such as hard
223 drive partitions, CDROM drives or floppy drives.
225 This is useful if you want to check an ISO 9660 file system before
226 burning the CD, or if you want to use floppy images without first
227 writing them to floppy.
229 The loop device driver can also be used to "hide" a filesystem in a
230 disk partition, floppy, or regular file, either using encryption
231 (scrambling the data) or steganography (hiding the data in the low
232 bits of, say, a sound file). This is also safe if the file resides
233 on a remote file server. If you want to do this, you will first have
234 to acquire and install a kernel patch from
235 ftp://ftp.replay.com/pub/crypto/linux/all or
236 ftp://verden.pvv.org/pub/linux/kerneli/v2.1/, and then you need to
237 say Y to this option.
239 Note that alternative ways to use encrypted filesystems are provided
240 by the cfs package, which can be gotten via FTP (user: anonymous)
241 from ftp://ftp.replay.com/pub/crypto/disk/, and the newer tcfs
242 package, available at http://tcfs.dia.unisa.it/. You do not need to
243 say Y here if you want to use one of these. However, using cfs
244 requires saying Y to "NFS filesystem support" below while using tcfs
245 requires applying a kernel patch.
247 To use the loop device, you need the losetup utility and a recent
248 version of the mount program, both contained in the util-linux
249 package. The location and current version number of util-linux is
250 contained in the file Documentation/Changes.
252 Note that this loop device has nothing to do with the loopback
253 device used for network connections from the machine to itself.
255 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
256 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
257 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
260 Most users will answer N here.
262 Network Block Device support
264 Saying Y here will allow your computer to be a client for network
265 block devices, i.e. it will be able to use block devices exported by
266 servers (mount filesystems on them etc.). Communication between
267 client and server works over TCP/IP networking, but to the client
268 program this is hidden: it looks like a regular local file access to
269 a block device special file such as /dev/nd0.
271 Network block devices also allows you to run a block-device in
272 userland (making server and client physically the same computer,
273 communicating using the loopback network device).
275 Read Documentation/nbd.txt for more information, especially about
276 where to find the server code, which runs in user space and does not
277 need special kernel support.
279 Note that this has nothing to do with the network file systems NFS
280 or Coda; you can say N here even if you intend to use NFS or Coda.
282 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
283 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
284 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
289 Enhanced IDE/MFM/RLL disk/cdrom/tape/floppy support
291 If you say Y here, you will use the full-featured IDE driver to
292 control up to eight IDE interfaces, each being able to serve a
293 "master" and a "slave" device, for a total of up to sixteen (16)
294 IDE disk/cdrom/tape/floppy drives. People with SCSI-only systems
297 Useful information about large (>540 MB) IDE disks, multiple
298 interfaces, what to do if IDE devices are not automatically
299 detected, sound card IDE ports, module support, and other topics, is
300 contained in Documentation/ide.txt. For detailed information about
301 hard drives, consult the Disk-HOWTO and the Multi-Disk-HOWTO,
302 available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
303 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
305 To fine-tune IDE drive/interface parameters for improved
306 performance, look for the hdparm package at
307 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/kernel/patches/diskdrives/
309 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
310 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
311 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt and
312 Documentation/ide.txt. The module will be called ide.o. Do not
313 compile this driver as a module if your root filesystem (the one
314 containing the directory /) is located on an IDE device.
316 If you have one or more IDE drives, say Y or M here. If your system
317 has no IDE drives, or if memory requirements are really tight, you
318 could say N here, and select the "Old hard disk driver" below
319 instead to save about 13 KB of memory in the kernel.
321 Old hard disk (MFM/RLL/IDE) driver
322 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_HD_ONLY
323 There are two drivers for MFM/RLL/IDE hard disks. Most people use
324 the newer enhanced driver, but this old one is still around for two
325 reasons. Some older systems have strange timing problems and seem to
326 work only with the old driver (which itself does not work with some
327 newer systems). The other reason is that the old driver is smaller,
328 since it lacks the enhanced functionality of the new one. This makes
329 it a good choice for systems with very tight memory restrictions, or
330 for systems with only older MFM/RLL/ESDI drives. Choosing the old
331 driver can save 13 KB or so of kernel memory.
333 If you are unsure, then just choose the Enhanced IDE/MFM/RLL driver
334 instead of this one. For more detailed information, read the
335 Disk-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
336 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
338 People with SCSI-only systems can say N here.
340 Use old disk-only driver on primary interface
341 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_HD_IDE
342 There are two drivers for MFM/RLL/IDE disks. Most people use just
343 the new enhanced driver by itself. This option however installs the
344 old hard disk driver to control the primary IDE/disk interface in
345 the system, leaving the new enhanced IDE driver to take care of only
346 the 2nd/3rd/4th IDE interfaces. Doing this will prevent you from
347 having an IDE/ATAPI CDROM or tape drive connected to the primary IDE
348 interface. Choosing this option may be useful for older systems
349 which have MFM/RLL/ESDI controller+drives at the primary port
350 address (0x1f0), along with IDE drives at the secondary/3rd/4th port
353 Normally, just say N here; you will then use the new driver for all
356 People with SCSI-only systems don't need this and can say N here as
359 Include IDE/ATA-2 DISK support
360 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDISK
361 This will include enhanced support for MFM/RLL/IDE hard disks. If
362 you have a MFM/RLL/IDE disk, and there is no special reason to use
363 the old hard disk driver instead, say Y. If you have an SCSI-only
364 system, you can say N here.
366 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
367 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
368 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
369 called ide-disk.o. Do not compile this driver as a module if your
370 root filesystem (the one containing the directory /) is located on
371 the IDE disk. If unsure, say Y.
373 Use multi-mode by default
374 CONFIG_IDEDISK_MULTI_MODE
375 If you get this error, try to enable this option.
377 hda: set_multmode: status=0x51 { DriveReady SeekComplete Error }
378 hda: set_multmode: error=0x04 { DriveStatusError }
382 Include IDE/ATAPI CDROM support
384 If you have a CDROM drive using the ATAPI protocol, say Y. ATAPI is
385 a newer protocol used by IDE CDROM and TAPE drives, similar to the
386 SCSI protocol. Most new CDROM drives use ATAPI, including the
387 NEC-260, Mitsumi FX400, Sony 55E, and just about all non-SCSI
388 double(2X) or better speed drives.
390 If you say Y here, the CDROM drive will be identified at boot time
391 along with other IDE devices, as "hdb" or "hdc", or something
392 similar (check the boot messages with dmesg). If this is your only
393 CDROM drive, you can say N to all other CDROM options, but be sure
394 to say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM filesystem support".
396 Read the CDROM-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
397 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO and the file
398 Documentation/cdrom/ide-cd. Note that older versions of lilo (the
399 Linux boot loader) cannot properly deal with IDE/ATAPI CDROMs, so
400 install lilo-16 or higher, available from
401 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/Linux-boot/lilo.
403 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
404 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
405 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
408 Include CD-Changer Reporting
410 If you have an IDE/ATAPI multi-slot cd-changer and you want
411 to report which slots have disk-present, say Y. If you say Y
412 and there is not a multi-slot cdrom present, this code is skipped.
414 This could be the bases of multi-disk access based on multi-mounts.
415 This is still pie-in-the-sky.
419 Include IDE/ATAPI TAPE support
420 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDETAPE
421 If you have an IDE tape drive using the ATAPI protocol, say Y.
422 ATAPI is a newer protocol used by IDE tape and CDROM drives, similar
423 to the SCSI protocol. If you have an SCSI tape drive however, you
426 If you say Y here, the tape drive will be identified at boot time
427 along with other IDE devices, as "hdb" or "hdc", or something
428 similar, and will be mapped to a character device such as "ht0"
429 (check the boot messages with dmesg). Be sure to consult the
430 drivers/block/ide-tape.c and Documentation/ide.txt files for usage
433 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
434 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
435 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
438 Include IDE/ATAPI FLOPPY support
439 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEFLOPPY
440 If you have an IDE floppy drive which uses the ATAPI protocol,
441 answer Y. ATAPI is a newer protocol used by IDE CDROM/tape/floppy
442 drives, similar to the SCSI protocol.
444 The LS-120 and the IDE/ATAPI Iomega ZIP drive are also supported by
445 this driver. (ATAPI PD-CD/CDR drives are not supported by this
446 driver; support for PD-CD/CDR drives is available if you answer Y to
447 "SCSI emulation support", below).
449 If you say Y here, the FLOPPY drive will be identified along with
450 other IDE devices, as "hdb" or "hdc", or something similar (check
451 the boot messages with dmesg).
453 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
454 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
455 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
458 SCSI emulation support
459 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDESCSI
460 This will provide SCSI host adapter emulation for IDE ATAPI devices,
461 and will allow you to use a SCSI device driver instead of a native
464 This is useful if you have an ATAPI device for which no native
465 driver has been written (for example, an ATAPI PD-CD or CDR drive);
466 you can then use this emulation together with an appropriate SCSI
467 device driver. In order to do this, say Y here and to "SCSI support"
468 and "SCSI generic support", below.
470 Note that this option does NOT allow you to attach SCSI devices to a
471 box that doesn't have a SCSI host adapter installed.
473 If both this SCSI emulation and native ATAPI support are compiled
474 into the kernel, the native support will be used.
476 People with SCSI-only systems can say N here. If unsure, say N.
478 CMD640 chipset bugfix/support
479 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_CMD640
480 The CMD-Technologies CMD640 IDE chip is used on many common 486 and
481 Pentium motherboards, usually in combination with a "Neptune" or
482 "SiS" chipset. Unfortunately, it has a number of rather nasty
483 design flaws that can cause severe data corruption under many common
484 conditions. Say Y here to include code which tries to automatically
485 detect and correct the problems under Linux. This option also
486 enables access to the secondary IDE ports in some CMD640 based
489 This driver will work automatically in PCI based systems (most new
490 systems have PCI slots). But if your system uses VESA local bus
491 (VLB) instead of PCI, you must also supply a kernel boot parameter
492 to enable the CMD640 bugfix/support: "ide0=cmd640_vlb". (Try "man
493 bootparam" or see the documentation of your boot loader about how to
494 pass options to the kernel. The lilo procedure is also explained in
495 the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
496 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.)
498 The CMD640 chip is also used on add-in cards by Acculogic, and on
499 the "CSA-6400E PCI to IDE controller" that some people have. For
500 details, read Documentation/ide.txt.
502 People with SCSI-only systems should say N here. If unsure, say Y.
504 CMD640 enhanced support
505 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_CMD640_ENHANCED
506 This option includes support for setting/autotuning PIO modes and
507 prefetch on CMD640 IDE interfaces. For details, read
508 Documentation/ide.txt. If you have a CMD640 IDE interface and your
509 BIOS does not already do this for you, then say Y here. Otherwise
512 RZ1000 chipset bugfix/support
513 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RZ1000
514 The PC-Technologies RZ1000 IDE chip is used on many common 486 and
515 Pentium motherboards, usually along with the "Neptune" chipset.
516 Unfortunately, it has a rather nasty design flaw that can cause
517 severe data corruption under many conditions. Say Y here to include
518 code which automatically detects and corrects the problem under
519 Linux. This may slow disk throughput by a few percent, but at least
520 things will operate 100% reliably.
522 People with SCSI-only systems should say N here. If unsure, say Y.
524 Generic PCI IDE chipset support
525 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEPCI
526 Say Y here for PCI systems which use IDE drive(s).
527 This option helps the IDE driver to automatically detect and
528 configure all PCI-based IDE interfaces in your system.
530 People with SCSI-only systems should say N here; if unsure say Y.
532 Generic PCI bus-master DMA support
533 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDMA_PCI
534 If your PCI system uses IDE drive(s) (as opposed to SCSI, say) and
535 is capable of bus-master DMA operation (most Pentium PCI systems),
536 you will want to say Y here to reduce CPU overhead. You can then use
537 the "hdparm" utility to enable DMA for drives for which it was not
538 enabled automatically. By default, DMA is not enabled automatically
539 for these drives, but you can change that by saying Y to the
540 following question "Use DMA by default when available". You can get
541 the latest version of the hdparm utility via anonymous FTP from
542 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/hardware/.
544 Read the comments at the beginning of drivers/block/idedma.c and the
545 file Documentation/ide.txt for more information.
547 It is safe to say Y to this question.
549 Use DMA by default when available
550 CONFIG_IDEDMA_PCI_AUTO
551 Prior to kernel version 2.1.112, Linux used to automatically use
552 DMA for IDE drives and chipsets which support it. Due to concerns
553 about a couple of cases where buggy hardware may have caused damage,
554 the default is now to NOT use DMA automatically. To revert to the
555 previous behaviour, say Y to this question.
557 If you suspect your hardware is at all flakey, say N here.
558 Do NOT email the IDE kernel people regarding this issue!
560 It is normally safe to answer Y to this question unless your
561 motherboard uses a VIA VP2 chipset, in which case you should say N.
563 Good-Bad DMA Model-Firmware (EXPERIMENTAL)
564 IDEDMA_NEW_DRIVE_LISTINGS
565 This test compares both the model and firmware revision for buggy drives
566 that claim to (U)DMA capable. This is a blanket on/off test with no speed
567 limit options. Straight GNU GCC 2.7.3/2.8.X compilers are known to be safe;
568 whereas, many versions of EGCS have a problem and miscompile.
572 Boot off-board chipsets first support
573 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_OFFBOARD
574 Normally, IDE controllers built into the motherboard (on-board
575 controllers) are assigned to ide0 and ide1 while those on add-in PCI
576 cards (off-board controllers) are relegated to ide2 and ide3.
577 Answering Y here will reverse the situation, with off-board
578 controllers on ide0/1 and on-board controllers on ide2/3. This can
579 improve the usability of some boot managers such as LILO when
580 booting from a drive on an off-board controller.
582 Requires that all onboard ide controllers be disabled or calling
583 "pci=reverse" to invert the device scan order.
585 Note that, if you say Y here, the order of the hd* devices will be
586 rearranged which may require modification of fstab and other files.
590 AEC6210 chipset support
591 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_AEC6210
592 This driver adds up to 4 more eide devices sharing a single interrupt.
593 This add-on card is a bootable PCI UDMA controller. In order to get this
594 card to initialize correctly in some cases, you should include this driver.
596 This prefers CONFIG_IDEDMA_PCI_AUTO to be enabled, regardless.
598 Please read the comments at the top of drivers/block/aec6210.c
600 ALI M15x3 chipset support (EXPERIMENTAL)
601 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ALI15X3
602 This driver ensures (U)DMA support for ALI 1533, 1543 and 1543C
603 onboard chipsets. It also tests for Simplex mode and enables
604 normal dual channel support.
606 This requires CONFIG_IDEDMA_PCI_AUTO to be enabled.
608 Please read the comments at the top of drivers/block/alim15x3.c
612 CMD646 chipset support (EXPERIMENTAL)
613 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_CMD646
614 Say Y here if you have an IDE controller like this.
616 CY82C693 chipset support (EXPERIMENTAL)
617 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_CY82C693
619 This driver adds detection and support for the CY82C693 chipset
620 used on Digital's PC-Alpha 164SX boards.
622 This requires CONFIG_IDEDMA_PCI_AUTO to be enabled.
624 Please read the comments at the top of drivers/block/cy82c693.c
626 HPT34X chipset support
627 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_HPT34X
628 This driver adds up to 4 more EIDE devices sharing a single
629 interrupt. The HPT343 chipset in its current form is a non-bootable or
630 HPT345/HPT363 chipset is bootable (needs BIOS FIX) PCI UDMA controllers.
631 This driver requires dynamic tuning of the chipset during the ide-probe
632 at boot. It is reported to support DVD II drives, by the manufacturer.
634 Please read the comments at the top of drivers/block/hpt34x.c
636 HPT34X DMA support (DANGEROUS)
637 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_HPT34X_DMA
638 This requires CONFIG_IDEDMA_PCI_AUTO to be enabled.
640 Please read the comments at the top of drivers/block/hpt34x.c
642 HPT366 chipset support
643 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_HPT366
644 This is an Ultra DMA chipset for ATA-66.
645 This driver adds up to 4 more EIDE devices sharing a single
646 interrupt. The HPT366 chipset in its current form is a non-bootable.
647 This driver requires dynamic tuning of the chipset during the ide-probe
648 at boot. It is reported to support DVD II drives, by the manufacturer.
650 Please read the comments at the top of drivers/block/hpt366.c
652 Intel PIIXn chipsets support
654 This driver adds PIO mode setting and tuning for all PIIX IDE
655 controllers by Intel. Since the BIOS can sometimes improperly tune
656 PIO 0-4 mode settings, this allows dynamic tuning of the chipset
657 via the standard end-user tool 'hdparm'.
659 Please read the comments at the top of drivers/block/piix.c
663 PIIXn Tuning support (EXPERIMENTAL)
664 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_PIIX_TUNING
665 This driver extension adds DMA mode setting and tuning for all PIIX IDE
666 controllers by Intel. Since the BIOS can sometimes improperly setup
667 the device/adapter combination and speed limits, It has become a necessity
668 to back/forward speed devices as needed.
670 Case 430HX/440FX PIIX3 need speed limits to reduce UDMA to DMA mode 2
671 if the BIOS can to perform this task at INIT.
675 NS87415 support (EXPERIMENTAL)
676 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_NS87415
677 This driver adds detection and support for the NS87415 chip
678 (used in SPARC64, among others).
680 Please read the comments at the top of drivers/block/ns87415.c.
682 OPTi 82C621 enhanced support (EXPERIMENTAL)
683 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_OPTI621
684 This is a driver for the OPTi 82C621 EIDE controller.
685 Please read the comments at the top of drivers/block/opti621.c.
687 PROMISE PDC20246/PDC20262 support
688 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_PDC202XX
689 Promise Ultra33 or PDC20246.
690 This driver adds up to 4 more eide devices sharing a single interrupt.
691 This add-on card is a bootable PCI UDMA controller.
692 Since multiple cards can be installed and there are BIOS ROM problems
693 that happen if the BIOS revisions of all installed cards (three-max)
694 do not match. Should you be unable to make new BIOS chips with a burner,
695 the driver attempts to dynamic tuning of the chipset at boot-time
696 for max-speed. Ultra33 BIOS 1.25 or new required for more than one card.
697 This card may require "PDC202XX Special UDMA Feature (EXPERIMENTAL)".
699 Promise Ultra66 or PDC20262.
700 This driver adds up to 4 more eide devices sharing a single interrupt.
701 This add-on card is a bootable PCI UDMA ATA-66 controller.
702 The driver attempts to dynamic tuning of the chipset at boot-time
703 for max-speed. Note tested limits are UDMA-2.
704 Ultra66 BIOS 1.11 or newer required.
706 This requires CONFIG_IDEDMA_PCI_AUTO to be enabled.
708 Please read the comments at the top of drivers/block/pdc202xx.c
712 Special UDMA Feature (EXPERIMENTAL)
713 PDC202XX_FORCE_BURST_BIT
714 For PDC20246 and PDC20262 Ultra DMA chipsets.
715 Designed originally for PDC20246/Ultra33 that has BIOS setup failures
716 when using 3 or more cards.
718 Please read the comments at the top of drivers/block/pdc202xx.c
722 Special Mode Feature (DANGEROUS)
723 PDC202XX_FORCE_MASTER_MODE
724 For PDC20246 and PDC20262 Ultra DMA chipsets.
725 This is reserved for possible Hardware RAID 0,1 for the FastTrak Series.
729 SiS5513 chipset support
730 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SIS5513
731 This driver ensures (U)DMA support for SIS5513 chipset based mainboards.
732 SiS620/530 UDMA mode 4, SiS5600/5597 UDMA mode 2, all other DMA mode 2
733 limited chipsets are unsupported to date.
735 This requires CONFIG_IDEDMA_PCI_AUTO to be enabled.
737 Please read the comments at the top of drivers/block/sis5513.c
739 Winbond SL82c105 support
740 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SL82C105
741 If you have a Winbond SL82c105 IDE controller, say Y here to enable
742 special configuration for this chip. This is common on various CHRP
743 motherboards, but could be used elsewhere. If in doubt, say Y.
745 Tekram TRM290 chipset support (EXPERIMENTAL)
746 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_TRM290
747 This driver adds support for bus master DMA transfers
748 using the Tekram TRM290 PCI IDE chip. Volunteers are
749 needed for further tweaking and development.
750 Please read the comments at the top of drivers/block/trm290.c.
752 VIA82C586 chipset support (EXPERIMENTAL)
753 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_VIA82C586
754 This allows you to to configure your chipset for a better use while
755 running (U)DMA: it will allow you to enable efficiently the second
756 channel dma usage, as it is may not be set by BIOS. It allows you to
757 run a kernel command line at boot time in order to set fifo config.
758 If no command line is provided, it will try to set fifo configuration
759 at its best. It will allow you to get a proc/ide/via display
760 (while running a "cat") provided you enabled "proc" support and
761 set DISPLAY_APOLLO_TIMINGS in via82c586.c
763 This requires CONFIG_IDEDMA_PCI_AUTO to be enabled.
767 Support for PowerMac IDE devices (must also enable IDE)
768 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE_PMAC
769 No help for CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE_PMAC
771 PowerMac IDE DMA support
772 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDMA_PMAC
773 No help for CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDMA_PMAC
776 CONFIG_IDEDMA_PMAC_AUTO
777 No help for CONFIG_IDEDMA_PMAC_AUTO
779 ICS IDE interface support
780 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE_ICSIDE
781 No help for CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE_ICSIDE
784 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDMA_ICS
785 No help for CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDMA_ICS
787 Use ICS DMA by default
788 CONFIG_IDEDMA_ICS_AUTO
789 No help for CONFIG_IDEDMA_ICS_AUTO
791 RapIDE interface support
792 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE_RAPIDE
793 No help for CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE_RAPIDE
795 Other IDE chipset support
797 Say Y here if you want to include enhanced support for various IDE
798 interface chipsets used on motherboards and add-on cards. You can
799 then pick your particular IDE chip from among the following options.
800 This enhanced support may be necessary for Linux to be able to
801 access the 3rd/4th drives in some systems. It may also enable
802 setting of higher speed I/O rates to improve system performance with
803 these chipsets. Most of these also require special kernel boot
804 parameters to actually turn on the support at runtime; you can find
805 a list of these in the file Documentation/ide.txt.
807 People with SCSI-only systems can say N here.
809 Generic 4 drives/port support
810 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_4DRIVES
811 Certain older chipsets, including the Tekram 690CD, use a single set
812 of I/O ports at 0x1f0 to control up to four drives, instead of the
813 customary two drives per port. Support for this can be enabled at
814 runtime using the "ide0=four" kernel boot parameter if you say Y
818 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ALI14XX
819 This driver is enabled at runtime using the "ide0=ali14xx" kernel
820 boot parameter. It enables support for the secondary IDE interface
821 of the ALI M1439/1443/1445/1487/1489 chipsets, and permits faster
822 I/O speeds to be set as well. See the files Documentation/ide.txt
823 and drivers/block/ali14xx.c for more info.
826 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_DTC2278
827 This driver is enabled at runtime using the "ide0=dtc2278" kernel
828 boot parameter. It enables support for the secondary IDE interface
829 of the DTC-2278 card, and permits faster I/O speeds to be set as
830 well. See the Documentation/ide.txt and drivers/block/dtc2278.c
833 Holtek HT6560B support
834 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_HT6560B
835 This driver is enabled at runtime using the "ide0=ht6560b" kernel
836 boot parameter. It enables support for the secondary IDE interface
837 of the Holtek card, and permits faster I/O speeds to be set as well.
838 See the Documentation/ide.txt and drivers/block/ht6560b.c files for
841 PROMISE DC4030 support (EXPERIMENTAL)
842 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_PDC4030
843 This driver provides support for the secondary IDE interface and
844 cache of Promise IDE chipsets, e.g. DC4030 and DC5030. This driver
845 is known to incur timeouts/retries during heavy I/O to drives
846 attached to the secondary interface. CDROM and TAPE devices are not
847 supported yet. This driver is enabled at runtime using the
848 "ide0=dc4030" kernel boot parameter. See the Documentation/ide.txt
849 and drivers/block/pdc4030.c files for more info.
852 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_QD6580
853 This driver is enabled at runtime using the "ide0=qd6580" kernel
854 boot parameter. It permits faster I/O speeds to be set. See the
855 files Documentation/ide.txt and drivers/block/qd6580.c for more
859 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_UMC8672
860 This driver is enabled at runtime using the "ide0=umc8672" kernel
861 boot parameter. It enables support for the secondary IDE interface
862 of the UMC-8672, and permits faster I/O speeds to be set as well.
863 See the files Documentation/ide.txt and drivers/block/umc8672.c for
866 Amiga builtin Gayle IDE interface support
868 This is the IDE driver for the builtin IDE interface on some Amiga
869 models. It supports both the `A1200 style' (used in A600 and A1200)
870 and `A4000 style' (used in A4000 and A4000T) of the Gayle IDE interface.
871 Say Y if you have such an Amiga model and want to use IDE devices
872 (hard disks, CD-ROM drives, etc.) that are connected to the builtin
875 Amiga IDE Doubler support (EXPERIMENTAL)
876 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDOUBLER
877 This driver provides support for the so called `IDE doublers' (made by
878 various manufacturers, e.g. Eyetech) that can be connected to the
879 builtin IDE interface of some Amiga models. Using such an IDE doubler,
880 you can connect up to four instead of two IDE devices on the Amiga's
881 builtin IDE interface.
882 Note that the normal Amiga Gayle IDE driver may not work correctly if
883 you have an IDE doubler and don't enable this driver!
884 Say Y if you have an IDE doubler. The driver is enabled at kernel
885 runtime using the "ide=doubler" kernel boot parameter.
887 Amiga Buddha/Catweasel IDE interface support (EXPERIMENTAL)
888 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_BUDDHA
889 This is the IDE driver for the IDE interfaces on the Buddha and
890 Catweasel expansion boards. It supports up to two interfaces on the
891 Buddha and three on the Catweasel.
892 Say Y if you have a Buddha or Catweasel expansion board and want to
893 use IDE devices (hard disks, CD-ROM drives, etc.) that are connected
894 to one of its IDE interfaces.
896 Falcon IDE interface support
897 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_FALCON_IDE
898 This is the IDE driver for the builtin IDE interface on the Atari Falcon.
899 Say Y if you have a Falcon and want to use IDE devices (hard disks,
900 CD-ROM drives, etc.) that are connected to the builtin IDE interface.
902 Macintosh Quadra/Powerbook IDE interface support
903 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_MAC_IDE
904 This is the IDE driver for the builtin IDE interface on the some m68k
905 Macintosh models. It supports both the `Quadra style' (used in Quadra/
906 Centris 630 and Performa 588 models) and `Powerbook style' (used in the
907 Powerbook 150 and 190 models) IDE interface.
908 Say Y if you have such an Macintosh model and want to use IDE devices
909 (hard disks, CD-ROM drives, etc.) that are connected to the builtin
912 PS/2 ESDI hard disk support
914 Say Y here if you have a PS/2 machine with a MCA bus and an ESDI
917 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
918 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
919 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
924 Very old 8 bit hard disk controllers used in the IBM XT computer
925 will be supported if you say Y here.
927 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
928 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
929 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
932 It's pretty unlikely that you have one of these: say N.
934 Parallel port IDE device support
936 There are many external CD-ROM and disk devices that connect through
937 your computer's parallel port. Most of them are actually IDE devices
938 using a parallel port IDE adapter. This option enables the PARIDE
939 subsystem which contains drivers for many of these external drives.
940 Read linux/Documentation/paride.txt for more information.
942 If you have said Y to the "Parallel-port support" configuration
943 option, you may share a single port between your printer and other
944 parallel port devices. Answer Y to build PARIDE support into your
945 kernel, or M if you would like to build it as a loadable module. If
946 your parallel port support is in a loadable module, you must build
947 PARIDE as a module. If you built PARIDE support into your kernel,
948 you may still build the individual protocol modules and high-level
949 drivers as loadable modules. If you build this support as a module,
950 it will be called paride.o.
952 To use the PARIDE support, you must say Y or M here and also to at
953 least one high-level driver (e.g. "Parallel port IDE disks",
954 "Parallel port ATAPI CD-ROMs", "Parallel port ATAPI disks" etc.) and
955 to at least one protocol driver (e.g. "ATEN EH-100 protocol",
956 "MicroSolutions backpack protocol", "DataStor Commuter protocol"
959 Parallel port IDE disks
961 This option enables the high-level driver for IDE-type disk devices
962 connected through a parallel port. If you chose to build PARIDE
963 support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the
964 parallel port IDE driver, otherwise you should answer M to build
965 it as a loadable module. The module will be called pd.o. You
966 must also have at least one parallel port protocol driver in your
967 system. Among the devices supported by this driver are the SyQuest
968 EZ-135, EZ-230 and SparQ drives, the Avatar Shark and the backpack
969 hard drives from MicroSolutions.
971 Parallel port ATAPI CD-ROMs
973 This option enables the high-level driver for ATAPI CD-ROM devices
974 connected through a parallel port. If you chose to build PARIDE
975 support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the
976 parallel port ATAPI CD-ROM driver, otherwise you should answer M to
977 build it as a loadable module. The module will be called pcd.o. You
978 must also have at least one parallel port protocol driver in your
979 system. Among the devices supported by this driver are the
980 MicroSolutions backpack CD-ROM drives and the Freecom Power CD. If
981 you have such a CD-ROM drive, you should also say Y or M to "ISO
982 9660 CDROM filesystem support" below, because that's the filesystem
985 Parallel port ATAPI disks
987 This option enables the high-level driver for ATAPI disk devices
988 connected through a parallel port. If you chose to build PARIDE
989 support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the
990 parallel port ATAPI disk driver, otherwise you should answer M
991 to build it as a loadable module. The module will be called pf.o.
992 You must also have at least one parallel port protocol driver in
993 your system. Among the devices supported by this driver are the
994 MicroSolutions backpack PD/CD drive and the Imation Superdisk
997 Parallel port ATAPI tapes
999 This option enables the high-level driver for ATAPI tape devices
1000 connected through a parallel port. If you chose to build PARIDE
1001 support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the
1002 parallel port ATAPI disk driver, otherwise you should answer M
1003 to build it as a loadable module. The module will be called pt.o.
1004 You must also have at least one parallel port protocol driver in
1005 your system. Among the devices supported by this driver is the
1006 parallel port version of the HP 5GB drive.
1008 Parallel port generic ATAPI devices
1010 This option enables a special high-level driver for generic ATAPI
1011 devices connected through a parallel port. The driver allows user
1012 programs, such as cdrecord, to send ATAPI commands directly to a
1015 If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you may
1016 answer Y here to build in the parallel port generic ATAPI driver,
1017 otherwise you should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The
1018 module will be called pg.o.
1020 You must also have at least one parallel port protocol driver in
1023 This driver implements an API loosely related to the generic SCSI
1024 driver. See /usr/include/linux/pg.h for details.
1026 You can obtain the most recent version of cdrecord from
1027 ftp://ftp.fokus.gmd.de/pub/unix/cdrecord/ . Versions 1.6.1a3 and
1028 later fully support this driver.
1030 ATEN EH-100 protocol
1032 This option enables support for the ATEN EH-100 parallel port IDE
1033 protocol. This protocol is used in some inexpensive low performance
1034 parallel port kits made in Hong Kong. If you chose to build PARIDE
1035 support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the
1036 protocol driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a
1037 loadable module. The module will be called aten.o. You must also
1038 have a high-level driver for the type of device that you want to
1041 MicroSolutions backpack protocol
1043 This option enables support for the MicroSolutions backpack parallel
1044 port IDE protocol. If you chose to build PARIDE support into your
1045 kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver,
1046 otherwise you should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The
1047 module will be called bpck.o. You must also have a high-level driver
1048 for the type of device that you want to support.
1050 DataStor Commuter protocol
1052 This option enables support for the Commuter parallel port IDE
1053 protocol from DataStor. If you chose to build PARIDE support
1054 into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the protocol
1055 driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a loadable
1056 module. The module will be called comm.o. You must also have
1057 a high-level driver for the type of device that you want to support.
1059 DataStor EP-2000 protocol
1061 This option enables support for the EP-2000 parallel port IDE
1062 protocol from DataStor. If you chose to build PARIDE support
1063 into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the protocol
1064 driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a loadable
1065 module. The module will be called dstr.o. You must also have
1066 a high-level driver for the type of device that you want to support.
1068 Shuttle EPAT/EPEZ protocol
1070 This option enables support for the EPAT parallel port IDE protocol.
1071 EPAT is a parallel port IDE adapter manufactured by Shuttle
1072 Technology and widely used in devices from major vendors such as
1073 Hewlett-Packard, SyQuest, Imation and Avatar. If you chose to build
1074 PARIDE support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in
1075 the protocol driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a
1076 loadable module. The module will be called epat.o. You must also
1077 have a high-level driver for the type of device that you want to
1080 Shuttle EPIA protocol
1082 This option enables support for the (obsolete) EPIA parallel port
1083 IDE protocol from Shuttle Technology. This adapter can still be
1084 found in some no-name kits. If you chose to build PARIDE support
1085 into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the protocol
1086 driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a loadable
1087 module. The module will be called epia.o. You must also have a
1088 high-level driver for the type of device that you want to support.
1090 FIT TD-2000 protocol
1092 This option enables support for the TD-2000 parallel port IDE
1093 protocol from Fidelity International Technology. This is a simple
1094 (low speed) adapter that is used in some portable hard drives. If
1095 you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you may answer Y
1096 here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you should answer M
1097 to build it as a loadable module. The module will be called ktti.o.
1098 You must also have a high-level driver for the type of device that
1099 you want to support.
1101 FIT TD-3000 protocol
1103 This option enables support for the TD-3000 parallel port IDE
1104 protocol from Fidelity International Technology. This protocol is
1105 used in newer models of their portable disk, CD-ROM and PD/CD
1106 devices. If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you
1107 may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you
1108 should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The module will be
1109 called fit3.o. You must also have a high-level driver for the type
1110 of device that you want to support.
1112 Freecom IQ ASIC-2 protocol
1114 This option enables support for version 2 of the Freecom IQ parallel
1115 port IDE adapter. This adapter is used by the Maxell Superdisk
1116 drive. If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you
1117 may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you
1118 should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The module will be
1119 called friq.o. You must also have a high-level driver for the type
1120 of device that you want to support.
1122 FreeCom power protocol
1124 This option enables support for the Freecom power parallel port IDE
1125 protocol. If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you
1126 may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you
1127 should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The module will be
1128 called frpw.o. You must also have a high-level driver for the type
1129 of device that you want to support.
1131 KingByte KBIC-951A/971A protocols
1133 This option enables support for the KBIC-951A and KBIC-971A parallel
1134 port IDE protocols from KingByte Information Corp. KingByte's
1135 adapters appear in many no-name portable disk and CD-ROM products,
1136 especially in Europe. If you chose to build PARIDE support into your
1137 kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver,
1138 otherwise you should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The
1139 module will be called kbic.o. You must also have a high-level driver
1140 for the type of device that you want to support.
1144 This option enables support for the "PHd" parallel port IDE protocol
1145 from KT Technology. This is a simple (low speed) adapter that is
1146 used in some 2.5" portable hard drives. If you chose to build PARIDE
1147 support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the
1148 protocol driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a
1149 loadable module. The module will be called ktti.o. You must also
1150 have a high-level driver for the type of device that you want to
1153 OnSpec 90c20 protocol
1155 This option enables support for the (obsolete) 90c20 parallel port
1156 IDE protocol from OnSpec (often marketed under the ValuStore brand
1157 name). If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you
1158 may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you
1159 should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The module will
1160 be called on20.o. You must also have a high-level driver for the
1161 type of device that you want to support.
1163 OnSpec 90c26 protocol
1165 This option enables support for the 90c26 parallel port IDE protocol
1166 from OnSpec Electronics (often marketed under the ValuStore brand
1167 name). If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you
1168 may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you
1169 should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The module will be
1170 called on26.o. You must also have a high-level driver for the type
1171 of device that you want to support.
1173 Multiple devices driver support
1175 This driver lets you combine several hard disk partitions into one
1176 logical block device. This can be used to simply append one
1177 partition to another one or to combine several redundant
1178 hard disks to a RAID1/4/5 device so as to provide protection against
1179 hard disk failures. This is called "Software RAID" since the
1180 combining of the partitions is done by the kernel. "Hardware RAID"
1181 means that the combining is done by a dedicated controller; if you
1182 have such a controller, you do not need to say Y here.
1184 More information about Software RAID on Linux is contained in the
1185 Software-RAID mini-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
1186 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO/mini. There you will also
1187 learn where to get the supporting user space utilities raidtools.
1191 Linear (append) mode
1193 If you say Y here, then your multiple devices driver will be able to
1194 use the so-called linear mode, i.e. it will combine the hard disk
1195 partitions by simply appending one to the other.
1197 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
1198 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
1199 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
1204 RAID-0 (striping) mode
1206 If you say Y here, then your multiple devices driver will be able to
1207 use the so-called raid0 mode, i.e. it will combine the hard disk
1208 partitions into one logical device in such a fashion as to fill them
1209 up evenly, one chunk here and one chunk there. This will increase
1210 the throughput rate if the partitions reside on distinct disks.
1212 Information about Software RAID on Linux is contained in the
1213 Software-RAID mini-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
1214 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO/mini. There you will also
1215 learn where to get the supporting user space utilities raidtools.
1217 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
1218 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
1219 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
1224 RAID-1 (mirroring) mode
1226 A RAID-1 set consists of several disk drives which are exact copies
1227 of each other. In the event of a mirror failure, the RAID driver
1228 will continue to use the operational mirrors in the set, providing
1229 an error free MD (multiple device) to the higher levels of the
1230 kernel. In a set with N drives, the available space is the capacity
1231 of a single drive, and the set protects against a failure of (N - 1)
1234 Information about Software RAID on Linux is contained in the
1235 Software-RAID mini-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
1236 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO/mini. There you will also
1237 learn where to get the supporting user space utilities raidtools.
1239 If you want to use such a RAID-1 set, say Y. This code is also
1240 available as a module called raid1.o ( = code which can be inserted
1241 in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). If you
1242 want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
1243 Documentation/modules.txt.
1249 A RAID-5 set of N drives with a capacity of C MB per drive provides
1250 the capacity of C * (N - 1) drives, and protects against a failure
1251 of a single drive. For a given sector (row) number, (N - 1) drives
1252 contain data sectors, and one drive contains the parity protection.
1253 For a RAID-4 set, the parity blocks are present on a single drive,
1254 while a RAID-5 set distributes the parity across the drives in one
1255 of the available parity distribution methods.
1257 Information about Software RAID on Linux is contained in the
1258 Software-RAID mini-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
1259 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO/mini. There you will also
1260 learn where to get the supporting user space utilities raidtools.
1262 If you want to use such a RAID-4/RAID-5 set, say Y. This code is
1263 also available as a module called raid5.o ( = code which can be
1264 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
1265 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
1266 Documentation/modules.txt.
1270 Boot support (linear, striped)
1272 To boot with an initial linear or striped md device you have to
1273 answer Y here. For lilo and loadlin options see the file
1274 Documentation/md.txt.
1276 Support for Deskstation RPC44
1277 CONFIG_DESKSTATION_RPC44
1278 This is a machine with a R4400 100 MHz CPU. To compile a Linux
1279 kernel that runs on these, say Y here. For details about Linux
1280 on the MIPS architecture, check out the Linux/MIPS FAQ on the WWW at
1281 http://lena.fnet.fr/ (To browse the WWW, you need to
1282 have access to a machine on the Internet that has a program like
1285 Support for Acer PICA 1 chipset
1287 This is a machine with a R4400 133/150 MHz CPU. To compile a Linux
1288 kernel that runs on these, say Y here. For details about Linux on
1289 the MIPS architecture, check out the Linux/MIPS FAQ on the WWW at
1290 http://lena.fnet.fr/ (To browse the WWW, you need to have access to
1291 a machine on the Internet that has a program like lynx or netscape).
1293 Support for Algorithmics P4032
1295 This is an evaluation board of the British company Algorithmics. The
1296 board uses the R4300 and a R5230 CPUs. For more information about
1297 this board see http://www.algor.co.uk.
1300 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE_CARDS
1301 On Acorn systems, enable this if you wish to use an IDE interface
1302 expansion card. If you do not or are unsure, say N to this.
1305 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE_ICS
1306 On Acorn systems, enable this if you wish to use the ICS IDE
1307 interface card. This is not required for ICS partition support.
1308 If you are unsure, say N to this.
1310 ADFS partition support
1312 This allows Linux on Acorn systems to determine its partitions in
1313 the 'non-ADFS' partition area of the hard disk - usually located
1314 after the ADFS partition. You are probably using this system, so
1315 you should enable it.
1317 Support for Mips Magnum 4000
1318 CONFIG_MIPS_MAGNUM_4000
1319 This is a machine with a R4000 100 MHz CPU. To compile a Linux
1320 kernel that runs on these, say Y here. For details about Linux on
1321 the MIPS architecture, check out the Linux/MIPS FAQ on the WWW at
1322 http://lena.fnet.fr/ (To browse the WWW, you need to have access to
1323 a machine on the Internet that has a program like lynx or netscape).
1325 Support for Olivetti M700
1326 CONFIG_OLIVETTI_M700
1327 This is a machine with a R4000 100 MHz CPU. To compile a Linux
1328 kernel that runs on these, say Y here. For details about Linux on
1329 the MIPS architecture, check out the Linux/MIPS FAQ on the WWW at
1330 http://lena.fnet.fr/ (To browse the WWW, you need to have access to
1331 a machine on the Internet that has a program like lynx or netscape).
1335 Give the type of your machine's MIPS CPU. For this question, it
1336 suffices to give a unique prefix of the option you want to choose.
1337 In case of doubt select the R3000 CPU. The kernel will then run on
1338 other MIPS machines but with slightly reduced performance.
1340 Compile the kernel into the ECOFF object format
1342 Some machines require a kernel in the ECOFF format. You will have to
1343 say Y here for example if you want to use a Mips Magnum 3000 or a
1346 Generate little endian code
1347 CONFIG_CPU_LITTLE_ENDIAN
1348 Some MIPS machines can be configured for either little or big endian
1349 byte order. These modes require different kernels. Say Y if your
1350 machine is little endian, N if it's a big endian machine.
1352 Kernel support for IRIX binaries
1354 If you say Y here, the kernel will support running of IRIX binaries.
1355 You will need IRIX libraries for this to work.
1359 Unless you really know what you are doing, you should say Y here.
1360 The reason is that some programs need kernel networking support even
1361 when running on a stand-alone machine that isn't connected to any
1362 other computer. If you are upgrading from an older kernel, you
1363 should consider updating your networking tools too because changes
1364 in the kernel and the tools often go hand in hand. The tools are
1365 contained in the package net-tools, the location and version number
1366 of which are given in Documentation/Changes.
1368 For a general introduction to Linux networking, it is highly
1369 recommended to read the NET-3-HOWTO, available via FTP (user:
1370 anonymous) from ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
1374 The Linux Socket Filter is derived from the Berkeley Packet Filter.
1375 If you say Y here, user-space programs can attach a filter to any
1376 socket and thereby tell the kernel that it should allow or disallow
1377 certain types of data to get through the socket. Linux Socket
1378 Filtering works on all socket types except TCP for now. See the text
1379 file linux/Documentation/networking/filter.txt for more information.
1384 A firewall is a computer which protects a local network from the
1385 rest of the world: all traffic to and from computers on the local
1386 net is inspected by the firewall first, and sometimes blocked or
1387 modified. The type of firewall you'll get if you say Y here is
1388 called a "packet filter": it can block network traffic based on
1389 type, origin and destination. By contrast, "proxy-based" firewalls
1390 are more secure but more intrusive and more bothersome to set up;
1391 they inspect the network traffic much more closely, modify it and
1392 have knowledge about the higher level protocols, which packet
1393 filters lack. They also often require changes in the programs
1394 running on the local clients. Proxy-based firewalls don't need
1395 support by the kernel, but they are often combined with packet
1396 filters, which only works if you say Y here.
1398 If you want to configure your Linux box as a packet filter firewall
1399 for a local network, say Y here. If your local network is TCP/IP
1400 based, you will then also have to say Y to "IP: firewalling", below.
1402 You also need to say Y here and to "IP firewalling" below in order
1403 to be able to use IP masquerading (i.e. local computers can chat
1404 with an outside host, but that outside host is made to think that it
1405 is talking to the firewall box -- makes the local network completely
1406 invisible to the outside world and avoids the need to allocate
1407 globally valid IP host addresses for the machines on the local net)
1408 and IP transparent proxying (makes the computers on the local
1409 network think they're talking to a remote computer, while in reality
1410 the traffic is redirected by your Linux firewall to a local proxy
1413 Make sure to say N to "Fast switching" below if you intend to say Y
1416 Chances are that you should say Y here for every machine which is
1417 run as a router and N for every regular host. If unsure, say N.
1419 SYN flood protection
1421 Normal TCP/IP networking is open to an attack known as "SYN
1422 flooding". This denial-of-service attack prevents legitimate remote
1423 users from being able to connect to your computer during an ongoing
1424 attack and requires very little work from the attacker, who can
1425 operate from anywhere on the Internet.
1427 SYN cookies provide protection against this type of attack. If you
1428 say Y here, the TCP/IP stack will use a cryptographic challenge
1429 protocol known as "SYN cookies" to enable legitimate users to
1430 continue to connect, even when your machine is under attack. There
1431 is no need for the legitimate users to change their TCP/IP software;
1432 SYN cookies work transparently to them. For technical information
1433 about SYN cookies, check out
1434 ftp://koobera.math.uic.edu/pub/docs/syncookies-archive.
1436 If you are SYN flooded, the source address reported by the kernel is
1437 likely to have been forged by the attacker; it is only reported as
1438 an aid in tracing the packets to their actual source and should not
1439 be taken as absolute truth.
1441 SYN cookies may prevent correct error reporting on clients when the
1442 server is really overloaded. If this happens frequently better turn
1445 If you say Y here, note that SYN cookies aren't enabled by default;
1446 you can enable them by saying Y to "/proc filesystem support" and
1447 "Sysctl support" below and executing the command
1449 echo 1 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_syncookies
1451 at boot time after the proc filesystem has been mounted.
1455 Sun floppy controller support
1456 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SUNFD
1457 This is support for floppy drives on Sun SPARC workstations. Say Y
1458 if you have a floppy drive, otherwise N. Easy.
1461 CONFIG_ALPHA_GENERIC
1462 This is the system type of your hardware. A "generic" kernel will
1463 run on any supported Alpha system. However, if you configure a
1464 kernel for your specific system, it will be faster and smaller.
1466 To find out what type of Alpha system you have, you may want to
1467 check out the Linux/Alpha FAQ, accessible on the WWW from
1468 http://www.alphalinux.org (To browse the WWW, you need to
1469 have access to a machine on the Internet that has a program like
1470 lynx or netscape). In summary:
1472 Alcor/Alpha-XLT AS 600
1473 Alpha-XL XL-233, XL-266
1474 AlphaBook1 Alpha laptop
1475 Avanti AS 200, AS 205, AS 250, AS 255, AS 300, AS 400
1476 Cabriolet AlphaPC64, AlphaPCI64
1478 EB164 EB164 21164 evaluation board
1479 EB64+ EB64+ 21064 evaluation board
1480 EB66 EB66 21066 evaluation board
1481 EB66+ EB66+ 21066 evaluation board
1482 Jensen DECpc 150, DEC 2000 model 300,
1485 Miata Personal Workstation 433a, 433au, 500a,
1486 500au, 600a, or 600au
1488 Noname AXPpci33, UDB (Multia)
1489 Noritake AS 1000A, AS 600A, AS 800
1491 Rawhide AS 1200, AS 4000, AS 4100
1492 Ruffian RPX164-2, AlphaPC164-UX, AlphaPC164-BX
1494 Sable AS 2000, AS 2100
1497 If you don't know what to do, choose "generic".
1499 EV5 CPU daughtercard
1501 Say Y if you have an AS 1000 5/xxx or an AS 1000A 5/xxx.
1505 Say Y if you have an AS 2000 5/xxx or an AS 2100 5/xxx.
1507 Using SRM as bootloader
1509 There are two different types of booting firmware on Alphas: SRM,
1510 which is command line driven, and ARC, which uses menus and arrow
1511 keys. Details about the Linux/Alpha booting process are contained in
1512 the Linux/Alpha FAQ, accessible on the WWW from
1513 http://www.alphalinux.org (To browse the WWW, you need to
1514 have access to a machine on the Internet that has a program like
1517 The usual way to load Linux on an Alpha machine is to use MILO
1518 (a bootloader that lets you pass command line parameters to the
1519 kernel just like lilo does for the x86 architecture) which can be
1520 loaded either from ARC or can be installed directly as a permanent
1521 firmware replacement from floppy (which requires changing a certain
1522 jumper on the motherboard). If you want to do either of these, say N
1523 here. If MILO doesn't work on your system (true for Jensen
1524 motherboards), you can bypass it altogether and boot Linux directly
1525 from an SRM console; say Y here in order to do that. Note that you
1526 won't be able to boot from an IDE disk using SRM.
1531 CONFIG_ALPHA_SRM_SETUP
1532 This option controls whether or not the PCI configuration set up by
1533 SRM is modified. If you say Y, the existing PCI configuration will
1536 Non-standard serial port support
1537 CONFIG_SERIAL_NONSTANDARD
1538 Say Y here if you have any non-standard serial boards -- boards
1539 which aren't supported using the standard "dumb" serial driver.
1540 This includes intelligent serial boards such as Cyclades,
1541 Digiboards, etc. These are usually used for systems that need many
1542 serial ports because they serve many terminals or dial-in
1545 Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
1546 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
1547 the questions about non-standard serial boards.
1549 Most people can say N here.
1551 Extended dumb serial driver options
1552 CONFIG_SERIAL_EXTENDED
1553 If you wish to use any non-standard features of the standard "dumb"
1554 driver, say Y here. This includes HUB6 support, shared serial
1555 interrupts, special multiport support, support for more than the
1556 four COM 1/2/3/4 boards, etc.
1558 Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
1559 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
1560 the questions about serial driver options. If unsure, say N.
1562 Support more than 4 serial ports
1563 CONFIG_SERIAL_MANY_PORTS
1564 Say Y here if you have dumb serial boards other than the four
1565 standard COM 1/2/3/4 ports. This may happen if you have an AST
1566 FourPort, Accent Async, Boca (read the Boca mini-HOWTO, available
1567 via FTP (user: anonymous) from
1568 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO/mini), or other custom
1569 serial port hardware which acts similar to standard serial port
1570 hardware. If you only use the standard COM 1/2/3/4 ports, you can
1571 say N here to save some memory. You can also say Y if you have an
1572 "intelligent" multiport card such as Cyclades, Digiboards, etc.
1574 Support for sharing serial interrupts
1575 CONFIG_SERIAL_SHARE_IRQ
1576 Some serial boards have hardware support which allows multiple dumb
1577 serial ports on the same board to share a single IRQ. To enable
1578 support for this in the serial driver, say Y here.
1580 Auto detect IRQ on standard ports (unsafe)
1581 CONFIG_SERIAL_DETECT_IRQ
1582 Say Y here if you want the kernel to try to guess which IRQ
1583 to use for your serial port.
1585 This is considered unsafe; it is far better to configure the IRQ in
1586 a boot script using the setserial command.
1590 Support special multiport boards
1591 CONFIG_SERIAL_MULTIPORT
1592 Some multiport serial ports have special ports which are used to
1593 signal when there are any serial ports on the board which need
1594 servicing. Say Y here to enable the serial driver to take advantage
1595 of those special I/O ports.
1597 SGI Zilog85C30 serial support
1599 If you want to use your SGI's built-in serial ports under Linux,
1602 SGI Newport Graphics support
1603 CONFIG_SGI_NEWPORT_GFX
1604 If you have an SGI machine and you want to compile the graphics
1605 drivers, say Y here. This will include the code for the
1606 /dev/graphics and /dev/gfx drivers into the kernel for supporting
1607 virtualized access to your graphics hardware.
1609 Support the Bell Technologies HUB6 card
1611 Say Y here to enable support in the dumb serial driver to support
1616 Find out whether you have a PCI motherboard. PCI is the name of a
1617 bus system, i.e. the way the CPU talks to the other stuff inside
1618 your box. Other bus systems are ISA, EISA, Microchannel (MCA) or
1619 VESA. If you have PCI, say Y, otherwise N.
1621 The PCI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
1622 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO, contains valuable
1623 information about which PCI hardware does work under Linux and which
1628 On PCI systems, the BIOS can be used to detect the PCI devices and
1629 determine their configuration. However, some old PCI motherboards
1630 have BIOS bugs and may crash if this is done. Also, some embedded
1631 PCI-based systems don't have any BIOS at all. Linux can also try to
1632 detect the PCI hardware directly without using the BIOS.
1634 With this option, you can specify how Linux should detect the PCI
1635 devices. If you choose "BIOS", the BIOS will be used, if you choose
1636 "Direct", the BIOS won't be used, and if you choose "Any", the
1637 kernel will try the direct access method and falls back to the BIOS
1638 if that doesn't work. If unsure, go with the default.
1642 If you have a broken BIOS, it may fail to set up the PCI bus in a
1643 correct or optimal fashion. Saying Y here will correct that problem.
1644 If your BIOS is fine you can say N here for a very slightly smaller
1645 kernel. If unsure, say Y.
1647 PCI bridge optimization (experimental)
1649 This can improve access times for some hardware devices if you have
1650 a really broken BIOS and your computer uses a PCI bus system. Say Y
1651 if you think it might help, but try turning it off if you experience
1652 any problems with the PCI bus. N is the safe answer.
1654 Backward-compatible /proc/pci
1656 Older kernels supported a /proc/pci file containing brief textual
1657 descriptions of all PCI devices in the system. Several programs
1658 tried to parse this file, so it became almost impossible to add new
1659 fields without breaking compatibility. So a new /proc interface to
1660 PCI (/proc/bus/pci) has been implemented and the old one is
1661 supported for compatibility reasons only; you'll get the old one (in
1662 addition to the new one) if you say Y here and to "/proc filesystem
1663 support", below. If unsure, say Y. If you say N, you'll only get the
1664 new /proc/bus/pci interface.
1668 MicroChannel Architecture is found in some IBM PS/2 machines and
1669 laptops. It is a bus system similar to PCI or ISA. See
1670 Documentation/mca.txt (and especially the web page given there)
1671 before attempting to build an MCA bus kernel.
1673 SGI Visual Workstation support
1675 The SGI Visual Workstation series is an IA32-based workstation
1676 based on SGI systems chips with some legacy PC hardware attached.
1677 Say Y here to create a kernel to run on the SGI 320 or 540.
1678 A kernel compiled for the Visual Workstation will not run on other
1679 PC boards and vice versa.
1680 See Documentation/sgi-visws.txt for more.
1682 SGI Visual Workstation framebuffer support
1684 SGI Visual Workstation support for framebuffer graphics.
1688 The Intelligent Input/Output (I2O) architecture allows
1689 hardware drivers to be split into two parts: an operating system
1690 specific module called the OSM and an hardware specific module
1691 called the HDM. The OSM can talk to a whole range of HDM's, and
1692 ideally the HDM's are not OS dependent. This allows for the same
1693 driver to be used under different operating systems if the relevant
1694 OSM is in place. If you say Y here, you will get a choice of OSM's
1695 with the following questions.
1697 This support is also available as a module ( = code which can be
1698 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
1699 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
1700 Documentation/modules.txt.
1706 Build in support for PCI bus I2O interface adapters. Currently this
1707 is the only variety supported.
1711 Include support for the I2O Block OSM. The Block OSM presents disk and
1712 other structured block devices to the operating system.
1716 Include support for the LAN OSM. You will also need to include support
1717 for token ring or fddi if you wish to use token ring or FDDI I2O cards
1722 Allow direct scsi access to scsi devices on a SCSI or FibreChannel I2O
1723 controller. You can use both the SCSI and Block OSM together if you wish.
1727 Inter Process Communication is a suite of library functions and
1728 system calls which let processes (running programs) synchronize
1729 and exchange information. It is generally considered to be a good
1730 thing, and some programs won't run unless you say Y here. In
1731 particular, if you want to run the DOS emulator dosemu under Linux
1732 (read the DOSEMU-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
1733 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO), you'll need to say Y
1736 You can find documentation about IPC with "info ipc" and also in
1737 section 6.4 of the Linux Programmer's Guide, available via FTP
1738 (user: anonymous) from
1739 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/LDP/programmers-guide.
1741 Saying Y here enlarges your kernel by about 7 KB. Just say Y.
1743 BSD Process Accounting
1744 CONFIG_BSD_PROCESS_ACCT
1745 If you say Y here, a user level program will be able to instruct the
1746 kernel (via a special system call) to write process accounting
1747 information to a file: whenever a process exits, information about
1748 that process will be appended to the file by the kernel. The
1749 information includes things such as creation time, owning user,
1750 command name, memory usage, controlling terminal etc. (the complete
1751 list is in the struct acct in include/linux/acct.h). It is up to the
1752 user level program to do useful things with this information. This
1753 is generally a good idea, so say Y.
1757 The sysctl interface provides a means of dynamically changing
1758 certain kernel parameters and variables on the fly without requiring
1759 a recompile of the kernel or reboot of the system. The primary
1760 interface consists of a system call, but if the /proc filesystem is
1761 enabled, a tree of modifiable sysctl entries will be generated
1762 beneath the /proc/sys directory. They are explained in the files in
1763 Documentation/sysctl/. Note that enabling this option will enlarge
1764 the kernel by at least 8 KB.
1766 As it is generally a good thing, you should say Y here unless
1767 building a kernel for install/rescue disks or your system is very
1770 Kernel support for ELF binaries
1772 ELF (Executable and Linkable Format) is a format for libraries and
1773 executables used across different architectures and operating
1774 systems. Saying Y here will enable your kernel to run ELF binaries
1775 and enlarge it by about 2 KB. ELF support under Linux has now all
1776 but replaced the traditional Linux a.out formats (QMAGIC and ZMAGIC)
1777 because it is portable (this does *not* mean that you will be able
1778 to run executables from different architectures or operating systems
1779 however) and makes building run-time libraries very easy. Many new
1780 executables are distributed solely in ELF format. You definitely
1783 Information about ELF is contained in the ELF HOWTO available via
1784 FTP (user: anonymous) at ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
1786 If you find that after upgrading from Linux kernel 1.2 and saying Y
1787 here, you still can't run any ELF binaries (they just crash), then
1788 you'll have to install the newest ELF runtime libraries, including
1789 ld.so (check the file Documentation/Changes for location and latest
1792 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
1793 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
1794 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
1795 called binfmt_elf.o. Saying M or N here is dangerous because some
1796 crucial programs on your system might be in ELF format.
1798 Kernel support for A.OUT binaries
1800 A.out (Assembler.OUTput) is a set of formats for libraries and
1801 executables used in the earliest versions of UNIX. Linux used the
1802 a.out formats QMAGIC and ZMAGIC until they were replaced with the
1805 As more and more programs are converted to ELF, the use for a.out
1806 will gradually diminish. If you disable this option it will reduce
1807 your kernel by one page. This is not much and by itself does not
1808 warrant removing support. However its removal is a good idea if you
1809 wish to ensure that absolutely none of your programs will use this
1810 older executable format. If you don't know what to answer at this
1811 point then answer Y. If someone told you "You need a kernel with
1812 QMAGIC support" then you'll have to say Y here. You may answer M to
1813 compile a.out support as a module and later load the module when you
1814 want to use a program or library in a.out format. The module will be
1815 called binfmt_aout.o. Saying M or N here is dangerous though,
1816 because some crucial programs on your system might still be in A.OUT
1819 Kernel support for Linux/Intel ELF binaries
1821 Say Y here if you want to be able to execute Linux/Intel ELF
1822 binaries just like native Alpha binaries on your Alpha machine. For
1823 this to work, you need to have the emulator /usr/bin/em86 in place.
1824 You may answer M to compile the emulation support as a module and
1825 later load the module when you want to use a Linux/Intel binary. The
1826 module will be called binfmt_em86.o. If unsure, say Y.
1828 Kernel support for MISC binaries
1830 If you say Y here, it will be possible to plug wrapper-driven binary
1831 formats into the kernel. You will like this especially when you use
1832 programs that need an interpreter to run like Java, Python or
1833 Emacs-Lisp. It's also useful if you often run DOS executables under
1834 the Linux DOS emulator DOSEMU (read the DOSEMU-HOWTO, available in
1835 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO). Once you have
1836 registered such a binary class with the kernel, you can start one of
1837 those programs simply by typing in its name at a shell prompt; Linux
1838 will automatically feed it to the correct interpreter.
1840 If you say Y here, you won't need "Kernel support for JAVA binaries"
1841 (CONFIG_BINFMT_JAVA) or "Kernel support for Linux/Intel ELF
1842 binaries" (CONFIG_BINFMT_EM86), as this is a more general solution.
1844 You can do other nice things, too. Read
1845 Documentation/binfmt_misc.txt to learn how to use this feature, and
1846 Documentation/java.txt for information about how to include Java
1849 You must say Y to "proc filesystem support" (CONFIG_PROC_FS) to
1850 use this part of the kernel.
1852 You may say M here for module support and later load the module when
1853 you have use for it; the module is called binfmt_misc.o. If you
1854 don't know what to answer at this point, say Y.
1856 Solaris binary emulation
1858 This is experimental code which will enable you to run (many)
1859 Solaris binaries on your SPARC Linux machine.
1861 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
1862 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
1863 The module will be called solaris.o. If you want to compile it as a
1864 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
1868 This is the processor type of your CPU. This information is used for
1869 optimizing purposes. In order to compile a kernel that can run on
1870 all x86 CPU types (albeit not optimally fast), you can specify
1873 If you specify one of "486" or "586" or "Pentium" or "PPro", then
1874 the kernel will not necessarily run on earlier architectures (e.g. a
1875 Pentium optimized kernel will run on a PPro, but not necessarily on
1878 Here are the settings recommended for greatest speed:
1879 - "386" for the AMD/Cyrix/Intel 386DX/DXL/SL/SLC/SX, Cyrix/TI
1880 486DLC/DLC2 and UMC 486SX-S. Only "386" kernels will run on a 386
1882 - "486" for the AMD/Cyrix/IBM/Intel DX4 or 486DX/DX2/SL/SX/SX2,
1883 AMD/Cyrix 5x86, NexGen Nx586 and UMC U5D or U5S.
1884 - "586" for generic Pentium CPUs, possibly lacking the TSC
1885 (time stamp counter) register.
1886 - "Pentium" for the Intel Pentium/Pentium MMX, AMD K5, K6 and
1888 - "PPro" for the Cyrix/IBM/National Semiconductor 6x86MX, MII and
1889 Intel Pentium II/Pentium Pro.
1891 If you don't know what to do, choose "386".
1895 Saying Y here will allow you to use Linux in text mode through a
1896 display that complies with the generic VGA standard. Virtually
1897 everyone wants that.
1899 The program SVGATextMode can be used to utilize SVGA video cards to
1900 their full potential in text mode. Download it via FTP (user:
1901 anonymous) from ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/console.
1905 Video mode selection support
1907 This enables support for text mode selection on kernel startup. If
1908 you want to take advantage of some high-resolution text mode your
1909 card's BIOS offers, but the traditional Linux utilities like
1910 SVGATextMode don't, you can say Y here and set the mode using the
1911 "vga=" option from your boot loader (lilo or loadlin) or set
1912 "vga=ask" which brings up a video mode menu on kernel startup. Try
1913 "man bootparam" or see the documentation of your boot loader about
1914 how to pass options to the kernel. The lilo procedure is also
1915 explained in the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
1916 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. Read
1917 Documentation/svga.txt for more information about the Video mode
1918 selection support. If unsure, say N.
1920 Support for frame buffer devices (EXPERIMENTAL)
1922 The frame buffer device provides an abstraction for the graphics
1923 hardware. It represents the frame buffer of some video hardware and
1924 allows application software to access the graphics hardware through
1925 a well-defined interface, so the software doesn't need to know
1926 anything about the low-level (hardware register) stuff.
1928 Frame buffer devices work identically across the different
1929 architectures supported by Linux and make the implementation of
1930 application programs easier and more portable; at this point, an X
1931 server exists which uses the frame buffer device exclusively.
1932 On several non-X86 architectures, the frame buffer device is the
1933 only way to use the graphics hardware.
1935 The device is accessed through special device nodes, usually located
1936 in the /dev directory, i.e. /dev/fb*.
1938 You need an utility program called fbset to make full use of frame
1939 buffer devices. Please read Documentation/fb/framebuffer.txt and the
1940 Framebuffer-HOWTO at
1941 http://www.tahallah.demon.co.uk/programming/prog.html for more
1944 Say Y here and to the driver for your graphics board below if you
1945 are compiling a kernel for a non-x86 architecture.
1947 If you are compiling for the x86 architecture, you can say Y if you
1948 want to play with it, but it is not essential. Please note that
1949 running graphical applications that directly touch the hardware
1950 (e.g. an accelerated X server) and that are not frame buffer
1951 device-aware may cause unexpected results. If unsure, say N.
1955 This is the frame buffer device driver for the Acorn VIDC graphics
1958 Apollo frame buffer device
1960 This is the frame buffer device driver for the monochrome graphics
1961 hardware found in some Apollo workstations.
1963 Amiga native chipset support
1965 This is the frame buffer device driver for the builtin graphics
1966 chipset found in Amigas.
1968 Amiga OCS chipset support
1970 This enables support for the original Agnus and Denise video chips,
1971 found in the Amiga 1000 and most A500's and A2000's. If you intend
1972 to run Linux on any of these systems, say Y; otherwise say N.
1974 Amiga ECS chipset support
1976 This enables support for the Enhanced Chip Set, found in later
1977 A500's, later A2000's, the A600, the A3000, the A3000T and CDTV. If
1978 you intend to run Linux on any of these systems, say Y; otherwise
1981 Amiga AGA chipset support
1983 This enables support for the Advanced Graphics Architecture (also
1984 known as the AGA or AA) Chip Set, found in the A1200, A4000, A4000T
1985 and CD32. If you intend to run Linux on any of these systems, say Y;
1988 Amiga CyberVision support
1990 This enables support for the Cybervision 64 graphics card from
1991 Phase5. Please note that its use is not all that intuitive (i.e. if
1992 you have any questions, be sure to ask!). Say N unless you have a
1993 Cybervision 64 or plan to get one before you next recompile the
1994 kernel. Please note that this driver DOES NOT support the
1995 Cybervision 64 3D card, as they use incompatible video chips.
1997 Amiga CyberVision3D support (EXPERIMENTAL)
1999 This enables support for the Cybervision 64/3D graphics card from
2000 Phase5. Please note that its use is not all that intuitive (i.e. if
2001 you have any questions, be sure to ask!). Say N unless you have a
2002 Cybervision 64/3D or plan to get one before you next recompile the
2003 kernel. Please note that this driver DOES NOT support the older
2004 Cybervision 64 card, as they use incompatible video chips.
2006 Amiga RetinaZ3 support (EXPERIMENTAL)
2008 This enables support for the Retina Z3 graphics card. Say N unless
2009 you have a Retina Z3 or plan to get one before you next recompile
2012 Amiga CLgen driver (EXPERIMENTAL)
2014 This enables support for Cirrus Logic GD542x/543x based boards on
2015 Amiga: SD64, Piccolo, Picasso II/II+, Picasso IV, or EGS Spectrum.
2016 Say N unless you have such a graphics board or plan to get one
2017 before you next recompile the kernel.
2021 Say Y here if you want to run Linux on an MC680x0-based Apollo
2022 Domain workstation such as the DN3500.
2024 Apollo 3c505 support
2025 CONFIG_APOLLO_ELPLUS
2026 Say Y or M here if your Apollo has a 3Com 3c505 ISA Ethernet card.
2027 If you don't have one made for Apollos, you can use one from a PC,
2028 except that your Apollo won't be able to boot from it (because the
2029 code in the ROM will be for a PC).
2031 Atari native chipset support
2033 This is the frame buffer device driver for the builtin graphics
2034 chipset found in Ataris.
2036 Open Firmware frame buffer device support
2038 Say Y if you want support with Open Firmware for your graphics
2041 S3 Trio frame buffer device support
2043 If you have a S3 Trio say Y. Say N for S3 Virge.
2045 ATI Mach64 display support
2047 This driver supports graphics boards with the ATI Mach64 chips.
2049 PowerMac "control" frame buffer device support
2051 This driver supports a frame buffer for the graphics adapter in the
2052 Power Macintosh 7300 and others.
2054 PowerMac "platinum" frame buffer device support
2056 This driver supports a frame buffer for the "platinum" graphics
2057 adapter in some Power Macintoshes.
2059 PowerMac "valkyrie" frame buffer device support
2061 This driver supports a frame buffer for the "valkyrie" graphics
2062 adapter in some Power Macintoshes.
2064 Chips 65550 display support
2066 This is the frame buffer device driver for the Chips & Technologies
2067 65550 graphics chip in PowerBooks.
2069 Mac frame buffer device
2071 This is the frame buffer device driver for the graphics hardware in
2074 HP300 frame buffer device
2076 This is the frame buffer device driver for the Topcat graphics
2077 hardware found in HP300 workstations.
2079 TGA frame buffer support
2081 This is the frame buffer device driver for generic TGA graphic
2082 cards. Say Y if you have one of those.
2084 VESA VGA graphics console
2086 This is the frame buffer device driver for generic VESA 2.0
2087 compliant graphic cards. The older VESA 1.2 cards are not supported.
2088 You will get a boot time penguin logo at no additional cost. Please
2089 read Documentation/fb/vesafb.txt. If unsure, say Y.
2091 VGA 16-color graphics console
2093 This is the frame buffer device driver for VGA 16 color graphic
2094 cards. Say Y if you have such a card.
2096 Backward compatibility mode for Xpmac
2097 CONFIG_FB_COMPAT_XPMAC
2098 If you use the Xpmac X server (common with mklinux), you'll need to
2099 say Y here to use X. You should consider changing to XFree86 which
2100 includes a server that supports the frame buffer device directly
2103 Matrox unified accelerated driver
2105 Say Y here if you have Matrox Millennium, Matrox Millennium II,
2106 Matrox Mystique, Matrox Mystique 220, Matrox Productiva G100, Matrox
2107 Mystique G200, Matrox Millennium G200 or Matrox Marvel G200 video
2108 card in your box. At this time, support for the G100, Mystique G200
2109 and Marvel G200 is untested.
2111 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
2112 inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
2113 The module will be called matroxfb.o. If you want to compile it as
2114 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
2116 You can pass several parameters to the driver at boot time or at
2117 module load time. The parameters look like "video=matrox:XXX", where
2118 the meaning of XXX can be found at the end of the main source file
2119 (drivers/video/matroxfb.c). Please see the file
2120 Documentation/fb/matroxfb.txt.
2122 Matrox Millennium support
2123 CONFIG_FB_MATROX_MILLENIUM
2124 Say Y here if you have a Matrox Millennium or Matrox Millennium II
2125 video card. If you select "Advanced lowlevel driver options" below,
2126 you should check 4 bpp packed pixel, 8 bpp packed pixel, 16 bpp
2127 packed pixel, 24 bpp packed pixel and 32 bpp packed pixel. You can
2128 also use font widths different from 8.
2130 Matrox Mystique support
2131 CONFIG_FB_MATROX_MYSTIQUE
2132 Say Y here if you have a Matrox Mystique or Matrox Mystique 220
2133 video card. If you select "Advanced lowlevel driver options" below,
2134 you should check 8 bpp packed pixel, 16 bpp packed pixel, 24 bpp
2135 packed pixel and 32 bpp packed pixel. You can also use font widths
2138 Matrox G100/G200 support
2139 CONFIG_FB_MATROX_G100
2140 Say Y here if you have a Matrox Productiva G100, Matrox Mystique
2141 G200, Matrox Marvel G200 or Matrox Millennium G200 video card. If
2142 you select "Advanced lowlevel driver options", you should check 8
2143 bpp packed pixel, 16 bpp packed pixel, 24 bpp packed pixel and 32
2144 bpp packed pixel. You can also use font widths different from 8.
2146 Matrox unified driver multihead support
2147 CONFIG_FB_MATROX_MULTIHEAD
2148 Say Y here if you have more than one (supported) Matrox device in
2149 your computer and you want to use all of them. If you have only one
2150 device, you should say N because the driver compiled with Y is
2151 larger and a bit slower, especially on ia32 (ix86).
2153 If you said M to "Matrox unified accelerated driver" and N here, you
2154 will still be able to use several Matrox devices simultaneously.
2155 This is slightly faster but uses 40 KB of kernel memory per Matrox
2156 card. You do this by inserting several instances of the module
2157 matroxfb.o into the kernel with insmod, supplying the parameter
2158 "dev=N" where N is 0, 1, etc. for the different Matrox devices.
2160 MDA text console (dual-headed)
2162 Say Y here if you have an old MDA or monochrome Hercules graphics
2163 adapter in your system acting as a second head ( = video card). You
2164 will then be able to use two monitors with your Linux system. Do not
2165 say Y here if your MDA card is the primary card in your system; the
2166 normal VGA driver will handle it.
2168 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
2169 inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
2170 The module will be called mdacon.o. If you want to compile it as
2171 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
2175 SBUS and UPA frame buffers
2177 Say Y if you want support for SBUS or UPA based frame buffer device.
2179 Creator/Creator3D support
2181 This is the frame buffer device driver for the Creator and Creator3D
2184 CGsix (GX,TurboGX) support
2186 This is the frame buffer device driver for the CGsix (GX, TurboGX)
2191 This is the frame buffer device driver for the BWtwo frame buffer.
2195 This is the frame buffer device driver for the CGthree frame buffer.
2197 TCX (SS4/SS5 only) support
2199 This is the frame buffer device driver for the TCX 24/8bit frame
2202 Virtual Frame Buffer support (ONLY FOR TESTING!)
2204 This is a `virtual' frame buffer device. It operates on a chunk of
2205 unswapable kernel memory instead of on the memory of a graphics
2206 board. This means you cannot see any output sent to this frame
2207 buffer device, while it does consume precious memory. The main use
2208 of this frame buffer device is testing and debugging the frame
2209 buffer subsystem. Do NOT enable it for normal systems! To protect
2210 the innocent, it has to be enabled explicitly at boot time using the
2211 kernel option `video=vfb:'.
2213 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
2214 inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The
2215 module will be called vfb.o. If you want to compile it as a module,
2216 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
2220 Advanced low level driver options
2221 CONFIG_FBCON_ADVANCED
2222 The frame buffer console uses character drawing routines that are
2223 tailored to the specific organization of pixels in the memory of
2224 your graphics hardware. These are called the low level frame buffer
2225 console drivers. Note that they are used for text console output
2226 only; they are NOT needed for graphical applications.
2228 If you say N here, the needed low level drivers are automatically
2229 enabled, depending on what frame buffer devices you selected above.
2230 This is recommended for most users.
2232 If you say Y here, you have more fine-grained control over which low
2233 level drivers are enabled. You can e.g. leave out low level drivers
2234 for color depths you do not intend to use for text consoles.
2236 Low level frame buffer console drivers can be modules ( = code which
2237 can be inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you
2238 want). The modules will be called fbcon-*.o. If you want to compile
2239 (some of) them as modules, read Documentation/modules.txt.
2245 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for monochrome
2246 (2 colors) packed pixels.
2248 2 bpp packed pixels support
2250 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 2 bits per
2251 pixel (4 colors) packed pixels.
2253 4 bpp packed pixels support
2255 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 4 bits per
2256 pixel (16 colors) packed pixels.
2258 8 bpp packed pixels support
2260 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 8 bits per
2261 pixel (256 colors) packed pixels.
2263 16 bpp packed pixels support
2265 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 15 or 16 bits
2266 per pixel (32K or 64K colors, also known as `hicolor') packed
2269 24 bpp packed pixels support
2271 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 24 bits per
2272 pixel (16M colors, also known as `truecolor') packed pixels. It is
2273 NOT for `sparse' 32 bits per pixel mode.
2275 32 bpp packed pixels support
2277 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 32 bits per
2278 pixel (16M colors, also known as `truecolor') sparse packed pixels.
2280 Amiga bitplanes support
2282 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 1 to 8
2283 bitplanes (2 to 256 colors) on Amiga.
2285 Amiga interleaved bitplanes support
2287 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 1 to 8
2288 interleaved bitplanes (2 to 256 colors) on Amiga.
2290 Atari interleaved bitplanes (2 planes) support
2291 CONFIG_FBCON_IPLAN2P2
2292 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 2 interleaved
2293 bitplanes (4 colors) on Atari.
2295 Atari interleaved bitplanes (4 planes) support
2296 CONFIG_FBCON_IPLAN2P4
2297 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 4 interleaved
2298 bitplanes (16 colors) on Atari.
2300 Atari interleaved bitplanes (8 planes) support
2301 CONFIG_FBCON_IPLAN2P8
2302 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 8 interleaved
2303 bitplanes (256 colors) on Atari.
2305 Mac variable bpp packed pixels support
2307 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 1/2/4/8/16/32
2308 bits per pixel packed pixels on Mac. It supports variable font
2309 widths for low resolution screens.
2311 VGA characters/attributes support
2313 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for VGA text mode;
2314 it is used if you said Y to "VGA chipset support (text only)" above.
2316 Parallel-port support
2318 If you want to use devices connected to your machine's parallel port
2319 (the connector at the computer with 25 holes), e.g. printer, ZIP
2320 drive, PLIP link (Parallel Line Internet Protocol is mainly used to
2321 create a mini network by connecting the parallel ports of two local
2322 machines) etc., then you need to say Y here; please read
2323 Documentation/parport.txt and drivers/misc/BUGS-parport.
2325 For extensive information about drivers for many devices attaching
2326 to the parallel port see http://www.torque.net/linux-pp.html on the
2327 WWW (to browse the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the
2328 Internet that has a program like lynx or netscape).
2330 It is possible to share a single parallel port among several devices
2331 and it is safe to compile all the corresponding drivers into the
2332 kernel. If you want to compile parallel port support as a module ( =
2333 code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
2334 whenever you want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
2335 The module will be called parport.o. If you have more than one
2336 parallel port and want to specify which port and IRQ to be used by
2337 this driver at module load time, take a look at
2338 Documentation/networking/parport.txt.
2344 You should say Y here if you have a PC-style parallel port. All IBM
2345 PC compatible computers and some Alphas have PC-style parallel
2348 This code is also available as a module. If you want to compile it
2349 as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the
2350 running kernel whenever you want), say M here and read
2351 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called parport_pc.o.
2355 Use FIFO/DMA if available
2356 CONFIG_PARPORT_PC_FIFO
2357 Many parallel port chipsets provide hardware that can speed up
2358 printing. Say Y here if you want to take advantage of that.
2360 As well as actually having a FIFO, or DMA capability, the kernel
2361 will need to know which IRQ the parallel port has. By default,
2362 parallel port interrupts will not be used, and so neither will the
2363 FIFO. See Documentation/parport.txt to find out how to specify
2364 which IRQ/DMA to use.
2366 Support foreign hardware
2367 CONFIG_PARPORT_OTHER
2368 Say Y here if you want to be able to load driver modules to support
2369 other non-standard types of parallel ports. This causes a
2370 performance loss, so most people say N.
2372 Sun Ultra/AX-style hardware
2374 Say Y here if you need support for the parallel port hardware on Sun
2375 Ultra/AX machines. This code is also available as a module (say M),
2376 called parport_ax.o. If in doubt, saying N is the safe plan.
2378 IEEE1284 transfer modes
2380 If you have a printer that supports status readback or device ID, or
2381 want to use a device that uses enhanced parallel port transfer modes
2382 such as EPP and ECP, say Y here to enable advanced IEEE 1284
2383 transfer modes. Also say Y if you want device ID information to
2384 appear in /proc/sys/dev/parport/*/autoprobe*. It is safe to say N.
2386 Enable loadable module support
2388 Kernel modules are small pieces of compiled code which can be
2389 inserted in or removed from the running kernel, using the programs
2390 insmod and rmmod. This is described in the file
2391 Documentation/modules.txt, including the fact that you have to say
2392 "make modules" in order to compile the modules that you chose during
2393 kernel configuration. Modules can be device drivers, file systems,
2394 binary executable formats, and so on. If you think that you may want
2395 to make use of modules with this kernel in the future, then say Y
2396 here. If unsure, say Y.
2398 Set version information on all symbols for modules
2400 Usually, modules have to be recompiled whenever you switch to a new
2401 kernel. Saying Y here makes it possible, and safe, to use the
2402 same modules even after compiling a new kernel; this requires the
2403 program modprobe. All the software needed for module support is in
2404 the modutils package (check the file Documentation/Changes for
2405 location and latest version). NOTE: if you say Y here but don't
2406 have the program genksyms (which is also contained in the above
2407 mentioned modutils package), then the building of your kernel will
2408 fail. If you are going to use modules that are generated from
2409 non-kernel sources, you would benefit from this option. Otherwise
2410 it's not that important. So, N ought to be a safe bet.
2412 Kernel module loader support
2414 Normally when you have selected some drivers and/or filesystems to
2415 be created as loadable modules, you also have the responsibility to
2416 load the corresponding modules (using the programs insmod or
2417 modprobe) before you can use them. If you say Y here however, the
2418 kernel will be able to load modules for itself: when a part of the
2419 kernel needs a module, it runs modprobe with the appropriate
2420 arguments, thereby loading the module if it is available. (This is a
2421 replacement for kerneld.) Say Y here and read about configuring it
2422 in Documentation/kmod.txt.
2424 ARP daemon support (EXPERIMENTAL)
2426 Normally, the kernel maintains an internal cache which maps IP
2427 addresses to hardware addresses on the local network, so that
2428 Ethernet/Token Ring/ etc. frames are sent to the proper address on
2429 the physical networking layer. For small networks having a few
2430 hundred directly connected hosts or less, keeping this address
2431 resolution (ARP) cache inside the kernel works well. However,
2432 maintaining an internal ARP cache does not work well for very large
2433 switched networks, and will use a lot of kernel memory if TCP/IP
2434 connections are made to many machines on the network.
2436 If you say Y here, the kernel's internal ARP cache will never grow
2437 to more than 256 entries (the oldest entries are expired in a LIFO
2438 manner) and communication will be attempted with the user space ARP
2439 daemon arpd. Arpd then answers the address resolution request either
2440 from its own cache or by asking the net.
2442 This code is experimental. If you do say Y here, you should obtain a
2443 copy of arpd from http://www.loran.com/~layes/arpd/index.html, and
2444 you should also say Y to "Kernel/User network link driver", below.
2449 These are the protocols used on the Internet and on most local
2450 Ethernets. It is highly recommended to say Y here (this will enlarge
2451 your kernel by about 35 KB), since some programs (e.g. the X window
2452 system) use TCP/IP even if your machine is not connected to any
2453 other computer. You will get the so-called loopback device which
2454 allows you to ping yourself (great fun, that!).
2456 For an excellent introduction to Linux networking, please read the
2457 NET-3-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
2458 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
2460 This option is also necessary if you want to use the full power of
2461 term (term is a program which gives you almost full Internet
2462 connectivity if you have a regular dial up shell account on some
2463 Internet connected Unix computer; for more information, read
2464 http://www.bart.nl/~patrickr/term-howto/Term-HOWTO.html).
2466 If you say Y here and also to "/proc filesystem support" and "Sysctl
2467 support" below, you can change various aspects of the behavior of
2468 the TCP/IP code by writing to the (virtual) files in
2469 /proc/sys/net/ipv4/*; the options are explained in the file
2470 Documentation/Networking/ip-sysctl.txt.
2472 Short answer: say Y.
2476 This is code for addressing several networked computers at once,
2477 enlarging your kernel by about 2 kB. You need multicasting if you
2478 intend to participate in the MBONE, a high bandwidth network on top
2479 of the Internet which carries audio and video broadcasts. More
2480 information about the MBONE is on the WWW at
2481 http://www.best.com/~prince/techinfo/mbone.html (to browse the WWW,
2482 you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a
2483 program like lynx or netscape). Information about the multicast
2484 capabilities of the various network cards is contained in
2485 Documentation/networking/multicast.txt. For most people, it's safe
2489 CONFIG_IP_ADVANCED_ROUTER
2490 If you intend to run your Linux box mostly as a router, i.e. as a
2491 computer that forwards and redistributes network packets, say Y; you
2492 will then be presented with several options that allow more precise
2493 control about the routing process.
2495 The answer to this question won't directly affect the kernel:
2496 answering N will just cause this configure script to skip all the
2497 questions about advanced routing.
2499 Note that your box can only act as a router if you enable IP
2500 forwarding in your kernel; you can do that by saying Y to "/proc
2501 filesystem support" and "Sysctl support" below and executing the
2504 echo "1" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward
2506 at boot time after the /proc filesystem has been mounted.
2508 If you turn on IP forwarding, you will also get the rp_filter, which
2509 automatically rejects incoming packets if the routing table entry
2510 for their source address doesn't match the network interface they're
2511 arriving on. This has security advantages because it prevents the
2512 so-called IP spoofing, however it can pose problems if you use
2513 asymmetric routing (packets from you to a host take a different path
2514 than packets from that host to you) or if you operate a non-routing
2515 host which has several IP addresses on different interfaces. To turn
2518 echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/<device>/rp_filter
2520 echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/rp_filter
2522 If unsure, say N here.
2525 CONFIG_IP_MULTIPLE_TABLES
2526 Normally, a router decides what to do with a received packet based
2527 solely on the packet's final destination address. If you say Y here,
2528 the Linux router will also be able to take the packet's source
2529 address into account. Furthermore, if you also say Y to "IP: use TOS
2530 value as routing key" below, the TOS (Type-Of-Service) field of the
2531 packet can be used for routing decisions as well. In addition, if
2532 you say Y here and to "IP: fast network address translation" below,
2533 the router will also be able to modify source and destination
2534 addresses of forwarded packets.
2536 If you are interested in this, please see the preliminary
2537 documentation at http://www.compendium.com.ar/policy-routing.txt and
2538 ftp://post.tepkom.ru/pub/vol2/Linux/docs/advanced-routing.tex. You
2539 will need supporting software from ftp://ftp.inr.ac.ru/ip-routing/
2543 IP: equal cost multipath
2544 CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_MULTIPATH
2545 Normally, the routing tables specify a single action to be taken in
2546 a deterministic manner for a given packet. If you say Y here
2547 however, it becomes possible to attach several actions to a packet
2548 pattern, in effect specifying several alternative paths to travel
2549 for those packets. The router considers all these paths to be of
2550 equal "cost" and chooses one of them in a non-deterministic fashion
2551 if a matching packet arrives.
2553 IP: use TOS value as routing key
2555 The header of every IP packet carries a TOS (Type of Service) value
2556 with which the packet requests a certain treatment, e.g. low latency
2557 (for interactive traffic), high throughput, or high reliability. If
2558 you say Y here, you will be able to specify different routes for
2559 packets with different TOS values.
2561 IP: use FWMARK value as routing key
2562 CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_FWMARK
2563 If you say Y here, you will be able to specify different routes for
2564 packets with different FWMARK ("firewalling mark") values
2565 (see ipchains(8), "-m" argument).
2567 IP: verbose route monitoring
2568 CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_VERBOSE
2569 If you say Y here, which is recommended, then the kernel will print
2570 verbose messages regarding the routing, for example warnings about
2571 received packets which look strange and could be evidence of an
2572 attack or a misconfigured system somewhere. The information is
2573 handled by the klogd daemon which is responsible for kernel messages
2576 IP: large routing tables
2577 CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_LARGE_TABLES
2578 If you have routing zones that grow to more than about 64 entries,
2579 you may want to say Y here to speed up the routing process.
2581 IP: fast network address translation
2583 If you say Y here, your router will be able to modify source and
2584 destination addresses of packets that pass through it, in a manner
2585 you specify. General information about Network Address Translation
2586 can be gotten from the document
2587 http://www.csn.tu-chemnitz.de/~mha/linux-ip-nat/diplom/nat.html
2589 IP: optimize as router not host
2591 Some Linux network drivers use a technique called copy and checksum
2592 to optimize host performance. For a machine which acts as a router
2593 most of the time and is forwarding most packets to another host this
2594 is however a loss. If you say Y here, copy and checksum will be
2595 switched off. In the future, it may make other changes which
2596 optimize for router operation.
2598 Note that your box can only act as a router if you enable IP
2599 forwarding in your kernel; you can do that by saying Y to "/proc
2600 filesystem support" and "Sysctl support" below and executing the
2603 echo "1" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward
2605 at boot time after the /proc filesystem has been mounted. You can do
2606 that even if you say N here.
2608 If unsure, say N here.
2612 If you want to configure your Linux box as a packet filter firewall
2613 for a local TCP/IP based network, say Y here. You may want to read
2614 the FIREWALL-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
2615 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
2617 Also, you will need the ipchains tool (available on the WWW at
2618 http://www.rustcorp.com/linux/ipchains/) to allow selective blocking
2619 of Internet traffic based on type, origin and destination.
2620 Note that the Linux firewall code has changed and the old program
2621 called ipfwadm won't work anymore. Please read the IPCHAINS-HOWTO.
2623 The type of firewall provided by ipchains and this kernel support is
2624 called a "packet filter". The other type of firewall, a
2625 "proxy-based" one, is more secure but more intrusive and more
2626 bothersome to set up; it inspects the network traffic much more
2627 closely, modifies it and has knowledge about the higher level
2628 protocols, which a packet filter lacks. Moreover, proxy-based
2629 firewalls often require changes to the programs running on the local
2630 clients. Proxy-based firewalls don't need support by the kernel, but
2631 they are often combined with a packet filter, which only works if
2634 The firewalling code will only work if IP forwarding is enabled in
2635 your kernel. You can do that by saying Y to "/proc filesystem
2636 support" and "Sysctl support" below and executing the line
2638 echo "1" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward
2640 at boot time after the /proc filesystem has been mounted.
2642 You need to say Y to "IP firewalling" in order to be able to use IP
2643 masquerading (masquerading means that local computers can chat with
2644 an outside host, but that outside host is made to think that it is
2645 talking to the firewall box -- makes the local network completely
2646 invisible to the outside world and avoids the need to allocate
2647 globally valid IP host addresses for the machines on the local net)
2648 and IP packet logging and accounting (keeping track of what is using
2649 all your network bandwidth) and IP transparent proxying (makes the
2650 computers on the local network think they're talking to a remote
2651 computer, while in reality the traffic is redirected by your Linux
2652 firewall to a local proxy server).
2654 If in doubt, say N here.
2656 IP: firewall packet netlink device
2657 CONFIG_IP_FIREWALL_NETLINK
2658 If you say Y here, you can use the ipchains tool to copy all or part
2659 of any packet you specify that hits your Linux firewall to optional
2660 user space monitoring software that can then look for attacks and
2661 take actions such as paging the administrator of the site.
2663 To use this, you need to create a character special file under /dev
2664 with major number 36 and minor number 3 using mknod ("man mknod"),
2665 and you need (to write) a program that reads from that device and
2666 takes appropriate action.
2668 IP: kernel level autoconfiguration
2670 This enables automatic configuration of IP addresses of devices and
2671 of the routing table during kernel boot, based on either information
2672 supplied at the kernel command line or by BOOTP or RARP protocols.
2673 You need to say Y only for diskless machines requiring network
2674 access to boot (in which case you want to say Y to "Root file system
2675 on NFS" as well), because all other machines configure the network
2676 in their startup scripts.
2680 If you want your Linux box to mount its whole root filesystem (the
2681 one containing the directory /) from some other computer over the
2682 net via NFS and you want the IP address of your computer to be
2683 discovered automatically at boot time using the BOOTP protocol (a
2684 special protocol designed for doing this job), say Y here. In case
2685 the boot ROM of your network card was designed for booting Linux and
2686 does BOOTP itself, providing all necessary information on the kernel
2687 command line, you can say N here. If unsure, say Y. Note that if you
2688 want to use BOOTP, a BOOTP server must be operating on your network.
2689 Read Documentation/nfsroot.txt for details.
2693 If you want your Linux box to mount its whole root filesystem (the
2694 one containing the directory /) from some other computer over the
2695 net via NFS and you want the IP address of your computer to be
2696 discovered automatically at boot time using the RARP protocol (an
2697 older protocol which is being obsoleted by BOOTP and DHCP), say Y
2698 here. Note that if you want to use RARP, a RARP server must be
2699 operating on your network. Read Documentation/nfsroot.txt for
2704 Tunneling means encapsulating data of one protocol type within
2705 another protocol and sending it over a channel that understands the
2706 encapsulating protocol. This particular tunneling driver implements
2707 encapsulation of IP within IP, which sounds kind of pointless, but
2708 can be useful if you want to make your (or some other) machine
2709 appear on a different network than it physically is, or to use
2710 mobile-IP facilities (allowing laptops to seamlessly move between
2711 networks without changing their IP addresses; check out
2712 http://anchor.cs.binghamton.edu/~mobileip/LJ/index.html).
2714 Saying Y to this option will produce two modules ( = code which can
2715 be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
2716 want). Most people won't need this and can say N.
2718 IP: GRE tunnels over IP
2720 Tunneling means encapsulating data of one protocol type within
2721 another protocol and sending it over a channel that understands the
2722 encapsulating protocol. This particular tunneling driver implements
2723 GRE (Generic Routing Encapsulation) and at this time allows
2724 encapsulating of IPv4 or IPv6 over existing IPv4 infrastructure.
2725 This driver is useful if the other endpoint is a Cisco router: Cisco
2726 likes GRE much better than the other Linux tunneling driver ("IP:
2727 tunneling" above). In addition, GRE allows multicast redistribution
2730 IP: broadcast GRE over IP
2731 CONFIG_NET_IPGRE_BROADCAST
2732 One application of GRE/IP is to construct a broadcast WAN (Wide Area
2733 Network), which looks like a normal Ethernet LAN (Local Area
2734 Network), but can be distributed all over the Internet. If you want
2735 to do that, say Y here and to "IP: multicast routing" below.
2737 IP: transparent proxying
2738 CONFIG_IP_TRANSPARENT_PROXY
2739 This enables your Linux firewall to transparently redirect any
2740 network traffic originating from the local network and destined
2741 for a remote host to a local server, called a "transparent proxy
2742 server". This makes the local computers think they are talking to
2743 the remote end, while in fact they are connected to the local
2744 proxy. Redirection is activated by defining special input firewall
2745 rules (using the ipchains utility) and/or by doing an appropriate
2749 CONFIG_IP_MASQUERADE
2750 If one of the computers on your local network for which your Linux
2751 box acts as a firewall wants to send something to the outside, your
2752 box can "masquerade" as that computer, i.e. it forwards the traffic
2753 to the intended outside destination, but makes it look like it came
2754 from the firewall box itself. It works both ways: if the outside
2755 host replies, the Linux firewall will silently forward the traffic
2756 to the corresponding local computer. This way, the computers on your
2757 local net are completely invisible to the outside world, even though
2758 they can reach the outside and can receive replies. This makes it
2759 possible to have the computers on the local network participate on
2760 the Internet even if they don't have officially registered IP
2761 addresses. (This last problem can also be solved by connecting the
2762 Linux box to the Internet using SLiRP [SLiRP is a SLIP/PPP emulator
2763 that works if you have a regular dial up shell account on some UNIX
2764 computer; get it via FTP (user: anonymous) from
2765 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/network/serial/ ].)
2767 The IP masquerading code will only work if IP forwarding is enabled
2768 in your kernel; you can do this by saying Y to "/proc
2769 filesystem support" and "Sysctl support" below and then executing a
2772 echo "1" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward
2774 from a boot time script after the /proc filesystem has been mounted.
2776 Details on how to set things up are contained in the IP Masquerade
2777 mini-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
2778 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO/mini; there's also some
2779 information on the WWW at
2780 http://www.tor.shaw.wave.ca/~ambrose/kernel21.html.
2782 If you say Y here, then the modules ip_masq_ftp.o (for ftp file
2783 transfers), ip_masq_irc.o (for irc chats), ip_masq_quake.o (you
2784 guessed it), ip_masq_vdolive.o (for VDOLive video connections),
2785 ip_masq_cuseeme.o (for CU-SeeMe broadcasts) and ip_masq_raudio.o
2786 (for RealAudio downloads) will automatically be compiled. They are
2787 needed to make masquerading for these protocols work. Modules are
2788 pieces of code which can be inserted in and removed from the running
2789 kernel whenever you want; read Documentation/modules.txt for
2792 IP: ICMP masquerading
2793 CONFIG_IP_MASQUERADE_ICMP
2794 The basic masquerade code described for "IP: masquerading" above
2795 only handles TCP or UDP packets (and ICMP errors for existing
2796 connections). This option adds additional support for masquerading
2797 ICMP packets, such as ping or the probes used by the Windows 95
2800 If you want this, say Y.
2802 IP: masquerading special modules support
2803 CONFIG_IP_MASQUERADE_MOD
2804 This provides support for special modules that can modify the
2805 rewriting rules used when masquerading. Please note that this
2806 feature adds a little overhead in the input packet processing chain.
2808 Examples of such modules are ipautofw (allowing the masquerading of
2809 protocols which don't have their own protocol helpers) and port
2810 forwarding (making an incoming port of a local computer visible
2811 through the masquerading host).
2813 You will need the user space program "ipmasqadm" to use these
2814 additional modules; you can download it from
2815 http://juanjox.linuxhq.com/
2817 All this additional code is still under development and so is
2818 currently marked EXPERIMENTAL.
2820 If you want to try, for example, PORT FORWARDING, say Y.
2822 IP: ipautofw masquerade support (Experimental)
2823 CONFIG_IP_MASQUERADE_IPAUTOFW
2824 ipautofw is a program which allows the masquerading of protocols
2825 which do not (as yet) have their own protocol helpers. Information
2826 and source for ipautofw is available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
2827 ftp://ftp.netis.com/pub/members/rlynch/
2829 You will also need the ipmasqadm tool available from
2830 http://juanjox.linuxhq.com/ .
2832 The ipautofw code is still under development and so is currently
2833 marked EXPERIMENTAL. If you want to try it, say Y.
2835 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
2836 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
2837 The module will be called ip_masq_autofw.o. If you want to compile
2838 it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
2840 IP: ipportfw masquerade support
2841 CONFIG_IP_MASQUERADE_IPPORTFW
2842 Port Forwarding is an addition to IP Masquerading which allows some
2843 forwarding of packets from outside to inside a firewall on given
2844 ports. This could be useful if, for example, you want to run a web
2845 server behind the firewall or masquerading host and that web server
2846 should be accessible from the outside world. An external client
2847 sends a request to port 80 of the firewall, the firewall forwards
2848 this request to the web server, the web server handles the request
2849 and the results are sent through the firewall to the original
2850 client. The client thinks that the firewall machine itself is
2851 running the web server. This can also be used for load balancing if
2852 you have a farm of identical web servers behind the firewall.
2854 Information about this feature is available from
2855 http://www.monmouth.demon.co.uk/ipsubs/portforwarding.html (to
2856 browse the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet
2857 that has a program like lynx or netscape). For general info, please
2858 see ftp://ftp.compsoc.net/users/steve/ipportfw/linux21/
2860 You will need the user space program "ipmasqadm" which can be
2861 downloaded from http://juanjox.linuxhq.com/
2863 The portfw code is still under development and so is currently
2864 marked EXPERIMENTAL. If you want to try it, say Y.
2866 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
2867 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
2868 The module will be called ip_masq_portfw.o. If you want to compile
2869 it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
2871 IP: ipmarkfw masquerade support
2872 CONFIG_IP_MASQUERADE_MFW
2873 Firewall Mark Forwarding provides functionality similar to port
2874 forwarding (see "IP: ipportfw masquerade support", above), the
2875 difference being that Firewall Mark Forwarding uses "firewalling
2876 mark" to select which packets must be forwarded (see ipchains(8),
2879 This code is still under development and so is currently marked
2880 EXPERIMENTAL. If you want to try it, say Y.
2882 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
2883 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
2884 The module will be called ip_masq_markfw.o. If you want to compile
2885 it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
2887 IP: always defragment (required for masquerading)
2888 CONFIG_IP_ALWAYS_DEFRAG
2889 If you say Y here, then all incoming fragments (parts of IP packets
2890 that arose when some host between origin and destination decided
2891 that the packets were too large and cut them into pieces) will be
2892 reassembled (defragmented) before being processed, even if they are
2893 about to be forwarded.
2895 You must say Y here if you want to enable "IP: masquerading" or "IP:
2896 transparent proxying".
2898 When using "IP: firewalling" support, you might also want to say Y
2899 here, to have a more reliable firewall (otherwise second and further
2900 fragments must be dealt with by the firewall, which can be tricky).
2902 Only say Y here if running either a firewall that is the sole link
2903 to your network or a transparent proxy; never ever say Y here for a
2904 normal router or host.
2906 IP: aliasing support
2908 Sometimes it is useful to give several IP addresses to a single
2909 physical network interface (serial port or Ethernet card). The most
2910 common case is that you want to serve different WWW or ftp documents
2911 to the outside depending on which of your host names was used to
2912 connect to you. This is called "multihosting" or "virtual domains"
2913 or "virtual hosting services" and is explained in detail on the WWW
2914 at http://www.thesphere.com/~dlp/TwoServers/ (to browse the WWW, you
2915 need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a program
2916 like lynx or netscape) and also in the Virtual-Services-HOWTO,
2917 available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
2918 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
2920 Another scenario would be that there are two logical networks living
2921 on your local Ethernet and you want to access them both with the
2922 same Ethernet card. This can also be done if you say Y here.
2924 The configuration of these alias addresses is done with a special
2925 name syntax explained in Documentation/networking/alias.txt and in
2926 the IP-Alias mini-HOWTO. If you want this, say Y. Most people don't
2929 IP: multicast routing
2931 This is used if you want your machine to act as a router for IP
2932 packets that have several destination addresses. It is needed on the
2933 MBONE, a high bandwidth network on top of the Internet which carries
2934 audio and video broadcasts. In order to do that, you would most
2935 likely run the program mrouted. Information about the multicast
2936 capabilities of the various network cards is contained in
2937 Documentation/networking/multicast.txt. If you haven't heard about
2938 it, you don't need it.
2940 IP: PIM-SM version 1 support
2942 Kernel side support for Sparse Mode PIM (Protocol Independent
2943 Multicast) version 1. This multicast routing protocol is used widely
2944 because Cisco supports it. You need special software to use it
2945 (pimd-v1). Please see http://netweb.usc.edu/pim/ for more
2946 information about PIM (to browse the WWW, you need to have access to
2947 a machine on the Internet that has a program like lynx or
2950 Say Y if you want to use PIM-SM v1. Note that you can say N here if
2951 you just want to use Dense Mode PIM.
2953 IP: PIM-SM version 2 support
2955 Kernel side support for Sparse Mode PIM version 2. In order to use
2956 this, you need an experimental routing daemon supporting it (pimd or
2957 gated-5). This routing protocol is not used widely, so say N unless
2958 you want to play with it.
2960 PC/TCP compatibility mode
2962 If you have been having difficulties telnetting to your Linux
2963 machine from a DOS system that uses (broken) PC/TCP networking
2964 software (all versions up to OnNet 2.0) over your local Ethernet try
2965 saying Y here. Everyone else says N.
2967 People having problems with NCSA telnet should see the file
2968 linux/Documentation/networking/ncsa-telnet.
2972 If there are (usually diskless or portable) machines on your local
2973 network that know their hardware Ethernet addresses but don't know
2974 their IP addresses upon startup, they can send out a Reverse Address
2975 Resolution Protocol (RARP) request to find out their own IP
2976 addresses. Diskless Sun 3 machines use this procedure at boot time,
2977 and diskless Linux boxes can be configured to do it as well.
2979 If you want your Linux box to be able to *answer* such requests,
2980 answer Y here; you'll then have to run the program rarp ("man rarp")
2983 If you actually want to use a diskless Sun 3 machine as an X
2984 terminal to Linux, say Y here and fetch Linux-Xkernel from
2985 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/network/boot.net/.
2987 Superior solutions to the problem of booting and configuring
2988 machines over a net connection are given by the protocol BOOTP and
2989 its successor DHCP. See the DHCP FAQ
2990 http://web.syr.edu/~jmwobus/comfaqs/dhcp.faq.html for details (to
2991 browse the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet
2992 that has a program like lynx or netscape).
2994 If you want to compile RARP support as a module ( = code which can
2995 be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
2996 want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module
2997 will be called rarp.o.
2999 If you don't understand a word of the above, say N and rest in
3002 Assume subnets are local
3004 Say Y if you are on a subnetted network with all machines connected
3005 by Ethernet segments only, as this option optimizes network access
3006 for this special case. If there are other connections, e.g. SLIP
3007 links, between machines of your IP network, say N. If in doubt,
3008 answer N. The PATH mtu discovery facility will cover most cases
3011 Path MTU Discovery (normally enabled)
3012 CONFIG_PATH_MTU_DISCOVERY
3013 MTU (maximal transfer unit) is the size of the chunks we send out
3014 over the net. "Path MTU Discovery" means that, instead of always
3015 sending very small chunks, we start out sending big ones and if we
3016 then discover that some host along the way likes its chunks smaller,
3017 we adjust to a smaller size. This is good, so most people say Y
3020 However, some DOS software (versions of DOS NCSA telnet and Trumpet
3021 Winsock in PPP mode) is broken and won't be able to connect to your
3022 Linux machine correctly in all cases (especially through a terminal
3023 server) unless you say N here. See
3024 Documentation/networking/ncsa-telnet for the location of fixed NCSA
3025 telnet clients. If in doubt, say Y.
3027 Disable NAGLE algorithm (normally enabled)
3028 CONFIG_TCP_NAGLE_OFF
3029 The NAGLE algorithm works by requiring an acknowledgment before
3030 sending small IP frames (packets). This keeps tiny telnet and
3031 rlogin packets from congesting Wide Area Networks. Most people
3032 strongly recommend to say N here, thereby leaving NAGLE
3033 enabled. Those programs that would benefit from disabling this
3034 facility can do it on a per connection basis themselves.
3036 IP: Allow large windows (not recommended if <16 MB of memory)
3038 On high speed, long distance networks the performance limit on
3039 networking becomes the amount of data the sending machine can buffer
3040 until the other end confirms its reception. (At 45 Mbit/second there
3041 are a lot of bits between New York and London ...). If you say Y
3042 here, bigger buffers can be used which allows larger amounts of data
3043 to be "in flight" at any given time. It also means a user process
3044 can require a lot more memory for network buffers and thus this
3045 option is best used only on machines with 16 MB of memory or higher.
3046 Unless you are using long links with end to end speeds of over 2
3047 Mbit a second or satellite links this option will make no difference
3052 If you say Y here, you will include support for Unix domain sockets;
3053 sockets are the standard Unix mechanism for establishing and
3054 accessing network connections. Many commonly used programs such as
3055 the X Window system and syslog use these sockets even if your
3056 machine is not connected to any network. Unless you are working on
3057 an embedded system or something similar, you therefore definitely
3060 However, the socket support is also available as a module ( = code
3061 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
3062 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
3063 here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called
3064 unix.o. If you try building this as a module and you have said Y to
3065 "Kernel module loader support" above, be sure to add 'alias net-pf-1
3066 unix' to your /etc/conf.modules file. Note that several important
3067 services won't work correctly if you say M here and then neglect to
3070 Say Y unless you know what you are doing.
3074 This is experimental support for the next version of the Internet
3075 Protocol: IP version 6 (also called IPng "IP next generation").
3076 Features of this new protocol include: expanded address space,
3077 authentication and privacy, and seamless interoperability with the
3078 current version of IP (IP version 4). For general information about
3079 IPv6, see http://playground.sun.com/pub/ipng/html/ipng-main.html (to
3080 browse the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet
3081 that has a program like lynx or netscape); for specific information
3082 about IPv6 under Linux read the HOWTO at http://www.terra.net/ipv6/
3083 and the file net/ipv6/README in the kernel source.
3085 If you want to use IPv6, please upgrade to the newest net-tools as
3086 given in Documentation/Changes. You will still be able to do regular
3087 IPv4 networking as well.
3089 This protocol support is also available as a module ( = code which
3090 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
3091 want). The module will be called ipv6.o. If you want to compile it
3092 as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
3094 It is safe to say N here for now.
3096 IPv6: enable EUI-64 token format
3098 6bone, the network of computers using the IPv6 protocol, is moving
3099 to a new aggregatable address format and a new link local address
3100 assignment (EUI-64). Say Y if your site has upgraded already, or
3101 has started to upgrade.
3103 IPv6: disable provider based addresses
3105 Linux tries to operate correctly when your site has moved to EUI-64
3106 only partially. Unfortunately, the two address formats (old:
3107 "provider based" and new: "aggregatable") are incompatible. Say Y if
3108 your site finished the upgrade to EUI-64, and/or you encountered
3109 some problems caused by the presence of two link-local addresses on
3112 IPv6: routing messages via old netlink
3114 You can say Y here to receive routing messages from the IPv6 code
3115 through the old netlink interface. However, a better option is to
3116 say Y to "Kernel/User network link driver" and to "Routing
3121 This is support for the Novell networking protocol, IPX, commonly
3122 used for local networks of Windows machines. You need it if you want
3123 to access Novell NetWare file or print servers using the Linux
3124 Novell client ncpfs (available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
3125 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/filesystems/) or from within
3126 the Linux DOS emulator DOSEMU (read the DOSEMU-HOWTO, available in
3127 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO). In order to do the
3128 former, you'll also have to say Y to "NCP filesystem support",
3131 IPX is similar in scope to IP, while SPX, which runs on top of IPX,
3132 is similar to TCP. There is also experimental support for SPX in
3133 Linux (see "SPX networking", below).
3135 To turn your Linux box into a fully featured NetWare file server and
3136 IPX router, say Y here and fetch either lwared from
3137 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/network/daemons/ or mars_nwe
3138 from ftp://ftp.gwdg.de/pub/linux/misc/ncpfs. For more information,
3139 read the IPX-HOWTO in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
3141 General information about how to connect Linux, Windows machines and
3142 Macs is on the WWW at http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html (to
3143 browse the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet
3144 that has a program like lynx or netscape).
3146 The IPX driver would enlarge your kernel by about 5 kB. This driver
3147 is also available as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and
3148 removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The module will
3149 be called ipx.o. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here
3150 and read Documentation/modules.txt. Unless you want to integrate
3151 your Linux box with a local Novell network, say N.
3153 IPX: Full internal IPX network
3155 Every IPX network has an address that identifies it. Sometimes it is
3156 useful to give an IPX "network" address to your Linux box as well
3157 (for example if your box is acting as a file server for different
3158 IPX networks: it will then be accessible from everywhere using the
3159 same address). The way this is done is to create a virtual internal
3160 "network" inside your box and to assign an IPX address to this
3161 network. Say Y here if you want to do this; read the IPX-HOWTO at
3162 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO for details.
3164 The full internal IPX network enables you to allocate sockets on
3165 different virtual nodes of the internal network. This is done by
3166 evaluating the field sipx_node of the socket address given to the
3167 bind call. So applications should always initialize the node field
3168 to 0 when binding a socket on the primary network. In this case the
3169 socket is assigned the default node that has been given to the
3170 kernel when the internal network was created. By enabling the full
3171 internal IPX network the cross-forwarding of packets targeted at
3172 'special' sockets to sockets listening on the primary network is
3173 disabled. This might break existing applications, especially RIP/SAP
3174 daemons. A RIP/SAP daemon that works well with the full internal net
3175 can be found on ftp://ftp.gwdg.de/pub/linux/misc/ncpfs.
3177 If you don't know what you are doing, say N.
3179 IPX: SPX networking (EXPERIMENTAL)
3181 The Sequenced Packet eXchange protocol is a transport layer protocol
3182 built on top of IPX. It is used in Novell NetWare systems for
3183 client-server applications and is similar to TCP (which runs on top
3186 Note that Novell NetWare file sharing does not use SPX; it uses a
3187 protocol called NCP, for which separate Linux support is available
3188 ("NCP filesystem support" below for the client side, and the user
3189 space programs lwared or mars_nwe for the server side).
3191 Say Y here if you have use for SPX; read the IPX-HOWTO at
3192 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO for details.
3194 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3195 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3196 The module will be called af_spx.o. If you want to compile it as a
3197 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
3201 The DECnet networking protocol was used in many products made by
3202 Digital (now Compaq). It provides reliable stream and sequenced
3203 packet communications over which run a variety of services similar
3204 to those which run over TCP/IP.
3206 To find some tools to use with the kernel layer support, please
3207 look at Patrick Caulfield's web site:
3208 http://linux.dreamtime.org/decnet/
3210 More detailed documentation is available in the
3211 Documentation/networking/decnet.txt file.
3213 Be sure to turn on the CONFIG_PROCFS and CONFIG_SYSCTL options
3214 when using DECnet, since you will need sysctl support to aid in
3215 configuration at run time.
3217 DECnet SIOCFIGCONF support
3218 CONFIG_DECNET_SIOCGIFCONF
3219 This option should only be turned on if you are really sure that
3220 you know what you are doing. It can break other applications which
3221 use this system call and the proper way to get the information
3222 provided by this call is to use rtnetlink.
3224 DECnet Router Support
3225 CONFIG_DECNET_ROUTER
3226 Add support for turning your DECnet Endnode into a level 1 or 2
3227 router. This is an unfinished option for developers only. If you
3228 do turn it on, then make sure you also have rtnetlink configured
3229 in, since thats the only current method of configuration.
3231 DECnet Raw Socket Support
3233 Add support for the SOCK_RAW type under DECnet. Used by userland
3234 routing programs to receive routing messages from the kernel and
3235 also as a general debugging aid to see whats going on "under the hood".
3239 AppleTalk is the way Apple computers speak to each other on a
3240 network. If your Linux box is connected to such a network and you
3241 want to join the conversation, say Y. You will need to use the
3242 netatalk package so that your Linux box can act as a print and file
3243 server for Macs as well as access AppleTalk printers. Check out
3244 http://threepio.hitchcock.org/cgi-bin/faq/netatalk/faq.pl on the WWW
3245 for details (to browse the WWW, you need to have access to a machine
3246 on the Internet that has a program like lynx or netscape). EtherTalk
3247 is the name used for AppleTalk over Ethernet and the cheaper and
3248 slower LocalTalk is AppleTalk over a proprietary Apple network using
3249 serial links. EtherTalk and LocalTalk are fully supported by Linux.
3251 General information about how to connect Linux, Windows machines and
3252 Macs is on the WWW at http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html
3253 The NET-3-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
3254 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO contains valuable
3255 information as well.
3257 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3258 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3259 The module is called appletalk.o. If you want to compile it as a
3260 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. I hear that
3261 the GNU boycott of Apple is over, so even politically correct people
3262 are allowed to say Y here.
3264 AppleTalk-IP driver support
3266 This allows IP networking for users who only have AppleTalk
3267 networking available. This feature is experimental. With this
3268 driver, you can encapsulate IP inside AppleTalk (e.g. if your Linux
3269 box is stuck on an AppleTalk only network) or decapsulate (e.g. if
3270 you want your Linux box to act as an Internet gateway for a zoo of
3271 AppleTalk connected Macs). Please see the file
3272 Documentation/networking/ipddp.txt for more information.
3274 If you say Y here, the AppleTalk-IP support will be compiled into
3275 the kernel. In this case, you can either use encapsulation or
3276 decapsulation, but not both. With the following two questions, you
3277 decide which one you want.
3279 If you say M here, the AppleTalk-IP support will be compiled as a
3280 module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the
3281 running kernel whenever you want, read Documentation/modules.txt).
3282 The module is called ipddp.o. In this case, you will be able to use
3283 both encapsulation and decapsulation simultaneously, by loading two
3284 copies of the module and specifying different values for the module
3287 IP to AppleTalk-IP Encapsulation support
3289 If you say Y here, the AppleTalk-IP code will be able to encapsulate
3290 IP packets inside AppleTalk frames; this is useful if your Linux box
3291 is stuck on an AppleTalk network (which hopefully contains a
3292 decapsulator somewhere). Please see
3293 Documentation/networking/ipddp.txt for more information. If you said
3294 Y to "AppleTalk-IP driver support" above and you say Y here, then
3295 you cannot say Y to "AppleTalk-IP to IP Decapsulation support",
3298 AppleTalk-IP to IP Decapsulation support
3300 If you say Y here, the AppleTalk-IP code will be able to decapsulate
3301 AppleTalk-IP frames to IP packets; this is useful if you want your
3302 Linux box to act as an Internet gateway for an AppleTalk network.
3303 Please see Documentation/networking/ipddp.txt for more information.
3304 If you said Y to "AppleTalk-IP driver support" above and you say Y
3305 here, then you cannot say Y to "IP to AppleTalk-IP Encapsulation
3308 Apple/Farallon LocalTalk PC card support
3310 This allows you to use the AppleTalk PC card to connect to LocalTalk
3311 networks. The card is also known as the Farallon PhoneNet PC card.
3312 If you are in doubt, this card is the one with the 65C02 chip on it.
3313 You also need version 1.3.3 or later of the netatalk package.
3314 This driver is experimental, which means that it may not work.
3315 See the file Documentation/networking/ltpc.txt.
3317 COPS LocalTalk PC card support
3319 This allows you to use COPS AppleTalk cards to connect to LocalTalk
3320 networks. You also need version 1.3.3 or later of the netatalk
3321 package. This driver is experimental, which means that it may not
3322 work. This driver will only work if you choose "AppleTalk DDP"
3323 networking support, above.
3324 Please read the file Documentation/networking/cops.txt.
3326 Dayna firmware support
3328 Support COPS compatible cards with Dayna style firmware (Dayna
3329 DL2000/ Daynatalk/PC (half length), COPS LT-95, Farallon PhoneNET PC
3330 III, Farallon PhoneNET PC II).
3332 Tangent firmware support
3334 Support COPS compatible cards with Tangent style firmware (Tangent
3335 ATB_II, Novell NL-1000, Daystar Digital LT-200.
3337 Amateur Radio support
3339 If you want to connect your Linux box to an amateur radio, answer Y
3340 here. You want to read http://www.tapr.org/tapr/html/pkthome.html
3341 (to browse the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the
3342 Internet that has a program like lynx or netscape) and the HAM-HOWTO
3343 and the AX25-HOWTO, both available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
3344 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
3346 Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
3347 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
3348 the questions about amateur radio.
3350 Amateur Radio AX.25 Level 2
3352 This is the protocol used for computer communication over amateur
3353 radio. It is either used by itself for point-to-point links, or to
3354 carry other protocols such as tcp/ip. To use it, you need a device
3355 that connects your Linux box to your amateur radio. You can either
3356 use a low speed TNC (a Terminal Node Controller acts as a kind of
3357 modem connecting your computer's serial port to your radio's
3358 microphone input and speaker output) supporting the KISS protocol or
3359 one of the various SCC cards that are supported by the generic Z8530
3360 or the DMA SCC driver. Another option are the Baycom modem serial
3361 and parallel port hacks or the sound card modem (supported by their
3362 own drivers). If you say Y here, you also have to say Y to one of
3365 Information about where to get supporting software for Linux amateur
3366 radio as well as information about how to configure an AX.25 port is
3367 contained in the AX25-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
3368 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. You might also want to
3369 check out the file Documentation/networking/ax25.txt in the kernel
3370 source. More information about digital amateur radio in general is
3371 on the WWW at http://www.tapr.org/tapr/html/pkthome.html. (To browse
3372 the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that
3373 has a program like lynx or netscape).
3375 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3376 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3377 The module will be called ax25.o. If you want to compile it as a
3378 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
3380 AX.25 DAMA Slave support
3381 CONFIG_AX25_DAMA_SLAVE
3382 DAMA is a mechanism to prevent collisions when doing AX.25
3383 networking. A DAMA server (called "master") accepts incoming traffic
3384 from clients (called "slaves") and redistributes it to other slaves.
3385 If you say Y here, your Linux box will act as a DAMA slave; this is
3386 transparent in that you don't have to do any special DAMA
3387 configuration. (Linux cannot yet act as a DAMA server.) If unsure,
3390 AX.25 DAMA Master support
3391 CONFIG_AX25_DAMA_MASTER
3392 DAMA is a mechanism to prevent collisions when doing AX.25
3393 networking. A DAMA server (called "master") accepts incoming traffic
3394 from clients (called "slaves") and redistributes it to other
3395 slaves. If you say Y here, your Linux box will act as a DAMA server.
3398 Amateur Radio NET/ROM
3400 NET/ROM is a network layer protocol on top of AX.25 useful for
3403 A comprehensive listing of all the software for Linux amateur radio
3404 users as well as information about how to configure an AX.25 port is
3405 contained in the AX25-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
3406 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. You also might want to
3407 check out the file Documentation/networking/ax25.txt. More
3408 information about digital amateur radio in general is on the WWW at
3409 http://www.tapr.org/tapr/html/pkthome.html (to browse the WWW, you
3410 need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a program
3411 like lynx or netscape).
3413 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3414 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3415 The module will be called netrom.o. If you want to compile it as a
3416 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
3418 Amateur Radio X.25 PLP (Rose)
3420 The Packet Layer Protocol (PLP) is a way to route packets over X.25
3421 connections in general and amateur radio AX.25 connections in
3422 particular, essentially an alternative to NET/ROM.
3424 A comprehensive listing of all the software for Linux amateur radio
3425 users as well as information about how to configure an AX.25 port is
3426 contained in the AX25-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
3427 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. You also might want to
3428 check out the file Documentation/networking/ax25.txt. More
3429 information about digital amateur radio in general is on the WWW at
3430 http://www.tapr.org/tapr/html/pkthome.html (to browse the WWW, you
3431 need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a program
3432 like lynx or netscape).
3434 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3435 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3436 The module will be called rose.o. If you want to compile it as a
3437 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
3439 Serial port KISS driver for AX.25
3441 KISS is a protocol used for the exchange of data between a computer
3442 and a Terminal Node Controller (a small embedded system commonly
3443 used for networking over AX.25 amateur radio connections; it
3444 connects the computer's serial port with the radio's microphone
3445 input and speaker output).
3447 Although KISS is less advanced than the 6pack protocol, it has
3448 the advantage that it is already supported by most modern TNCs
3449 without the need for a firmware upgrade.
3451 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
3452 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3453 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
3456 Serial port 6PACK driver for AX.25
3458 6pack is a transmission protocol for the data exchange between your
3459 PC and your TNC (the Terminal Node Controller acts as a kind of
3460 modem connecting your computer's serial port to your radio's
3461 microphone input and speaker output). This protocol can be used as
3462 an alternative to KISS for networking over AX.25 amateur radio
3463 connections, but it has some extended functionality.
3465 Note that this driver is still experimental and might cause
3466 problems. For details about the features and the usage of the
3467 driver, read Documentation/networking/6pack.txt.
3469 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
3470 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3471 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
3476 AX.25 is the protocol used for computer communication over amateur
3477 radio. If you say Y here, you will be able to send and receive AX.25
3478 traffic over Ethernet (also called "BPQ AX.25"), which could be
3479 useful if some other computer on your local network has a direct
3480 amateur radio connection.
3482 High-speed (DMA) SCC driver for AX.25
3484 This is a driver for high-speed SCC boards, i.e. those supporting
3485 DMA on one port. You usually use those boards to connect your
3486 computer to an amateur radio modem (such as the WA4DSY 56kbps
3487 modem), in order to send and receive AX.25 packet radio network
3490 Currently, this driver supports Ottawa PI/PI2
3491 (http://hydra.carleton.ca/info/pi2.html) and Gracilis PackeTwin
3492 (http://www.paccomm.com/gracilis.html) boards. They are detected
3493 automatically. If you have one of these cards, say Y here and read
3494 the AX25-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
3495 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO/.
3497 This driver can operate multiple boards simultaneously. If you
3498 compile it as a module (by saying M instead of Y), it will be called
3499 dmascc.o. If you don't pass any parameter to the driver, all
3500 possible I/O addresses are probed. This could irritate other devices
3501 that are currently not in use. You may specify the list of addresses
3502 to be probed by "dmascc=addr1,addr2,..." (when compiled into the
3503 kernel image) or "io=addr1,addr2,..." (when loaded as a module). The
3504 network interfaces will be called dmascc0 and dmascc1 for the board
3505 detected first, dmascc2 and dmascc3 for the second one, and so on.
3507 Before you configure each interface with ifconfig, you MUST set
3508 certain parameters, such as channel access timing, clock mode, and
3509 DMA channel. This is accomplished with a small utility program,
3510 dmascc_cfg, available at
3511 http://www.nt.tuwien.ac.at/~kkudielk/Linux/. (To browse the WWW, you
3512 need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a program
3513 like lynx or netscape).
3515 Z8530 SCC driver for AX.25
3517 These cards are used to connect your Linux box to an amateur radio
3518 in order to communicate with other computers. If you want to use
3519 this, read Documentation/networking/z8530drv.txt and the
3520 AX25-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
3521 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. Also make sure to say Y
3522 to "Amateur Radio AX.25 Level 2" support.
3524 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
3525 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3526 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
3529 additional delay for PA0HZP OptoSCC compatible boards
3531 Say Y here if you experience problems with the SCC driver not
3532 working properly; please read Documentation/networking/z8530drv.txt
3533 for details. If unsure, say N.
3535 #support for TRX that feedback the tx signal to rx
3538 ### Don't know what's going on here.
3541 BAYCOM picpar and par96 driver for AX.25
3543 This is a driver for Baycom style simple amateur radio modems that
3544 connect to a parallel interface. The driver supports the picpar and
3545 par96 designs. To configure the driver, use the sethdlc utility
3546 available in the standard ax25 utilities package. For information on
3547 the modems, see http://www.baycom.de (to browse the WWW, you need to
3548 have access to a machine on the Internet that has a program like
3549 lynx or netscape) and Documentation/networking/baycom.txt.
3551 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
3552 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3553 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended.
3554 The module will be called baycom_par.o.
3556 BAYCOM EPP driver for AX.25
3558 This is a driver for Baycom style simple amateur radio modems that
3559 connect to a parallel interface. The driver supports the EPP
3560 designs. To configure the driver, use the sethdlc utility available
3561 in the standard ax25 utilities package. For information on the
3562 modems, see http://www.baycom.de (to browse the WWW, you need to
3563 have access to a machine on the Internet that has a program like
3564 lynx or netscape) and Documentation/networking/baycom.txt.
3566 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
3567 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3568 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended.
3569 The module will be called baycom_par.o.
3571 BAYCOM ser12 full duplex driver for AX.25
3572 CONFIG_BAYCOM_SER_FDX
3573 This is one of two drivers for Baycom style simple amateur radio
3574 modems that connect to a serial interface. The driver supports the
3575 ser12 design in full duplex mode. In addition, it allows the
3576 baudrate to be set between 300 and 4800 baud (however not all modems
3577 support all baudrates). This is the preferred driver. The next
3578 driver, "BAYCOM ser12 half duplex driver for AX.25" is the old
3579 driver and still provided in case this driver does not work with
3580 your serial interface chip. To configure the driver, use the sethdlc
3581 utility available in the standard ax25 utilities package. For
3582 information on the modems, see http://www.baycom.de (to browse the
3583 WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a
3584 program like lynx or netscape) and
3585 Documentation/networking/baycom.txt.
3587 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
3588 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3589 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended.
3590 The module will be called baycom_ser_fdx.o.
3592 BAYCOM ser12 half duplex driver for AX.25
3593 CONFIG_BAYCOM_SER_HDX
3594 This is one of two drivers for Baycom style simple amateur radio
3595 modems that connect to a serial interface. The driver supports the
3596 ser12 design in full duplex mode. This is the old driver. It is
3597 still provided in case your serial interface chip does not work with
3598 the full duplex driver. This driver is depreciated. To configure
3599 the driver, use the sethdlc utility available in the standard ax25
3600 utilities package. For information on the modems, see
3601 http://www.baycom.de (to browse the WWW, you need to have access to
3602 a machine on the Internet that has a program like lynx or netscape)
3603 and Documentation/networking/baycom.txt.
3605 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
3606 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3607 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended.
3608 The module will be called baycom_ser_hdx.o.
3610 Sound card modem driver for AX.25
3612 This experimental driver allows a standard Sound Blaster or
3613 WindowsSoundSystem compatible sound card to be used as a packet
3614 radio modem (NOT as a telephone modem!), to send digital traffic
3617 To configure the driver, use the sethdlc, smdiag and smmixer
3618 utilities available in the standard ax25 utilities package. For
3619 information on how to key the transmitter, see
3620 http://www.ife.ee.ethz.ch/~sailer/pcf/ptt_circ/ptt.html (to browse
3621 the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that
3622 has a program like lynx or netscape) and
3623 Documentation/networking/soundmodem.txt.
3625 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
3626 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3627 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended.
3628 The module will be called soundmodem.o.
3630 Sound card modem support for Sound Blaster and compatible cards
3631 CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_SBC
3632 This option enables the soundmodem driver to use Sound Blaster and
3633 compatible cards. If you have a dual mode card (i.e. a WSS cards
3634 with a Sound Blaster emulation) you should say N here and Y to
3635 "Sound card modem support for WSS and Crystal cards", below, because
3636 this usually results in better performance. This option also
3637 supports SB16/32/64 in full duplex mode.
3639 Sound card modem support for WSS and Crystal cards
3640 CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_WSS
3641 This option enables the soundmodem driver to use WindowsSoundSystem
3642 compatible cards. These cards feature a codec chip from either
3643 Analog Devices (such as AD1848, AD1845, AD1812) or Crystal
3644 Semiconductors (such as CS4248, CS423x). This option also supports
3645 the WSS full duplex operation which currently works with Crystal
3646 CS423x chips. If you don't need full duplex operation, do not enable
3647 it to save performance.
3649 Sound card modem support for 1200 baud AFSK modulation
3650 CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_AFSK1200
3651 This option enables the soundmodem driver 1200 baud AFSK modem,
3652 compatible to popular modems using TCM3105 or AM7911. The
3653 demodulator requires about 12% of the CPU power of a Pentium 75 CPU
3656 Sound card modem support for 2400 baud AFSK modulation (7.3728MHz crystal)
3657 CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_AFSK2400_7
3658 This option enables the soundmodem driver 2400 baud AFSK modem,
3659 compatible to TCM3105 modems (over-)clocked with a 7.3728MHz
3660 crystal. Note that the availability of this driver does _not_ imply
3661 that I recommend building such links. It is only here since users
3662 especially in eastern Europe have asked me to do so. In fact this
3663 modulation scheme has many disadvantages, mainly its incompatibility
3664 with many transceiver designs and the fact that the TCM3105 (if
3665 used) is operated widely outside its specifications.
3667 Sound card modem support for 2400 baud AFSK modulation (8MHz crystal)
3668 CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_AFSK2400_8
3669 This option enables the soundmodem driver 2400 baud AFSK modem,
3670 compatible to TCM3105 modems (over-)clocked with an 8MHz crystal.
3671 Note that the availability of this driver does _not_ imply that I
3672 recommend building such links. It is only here since users
3673 especially in eastern Europe have asked me to do so. In fact this
3674 modulation scheme has many disadvantages, mainly its incompatibility
3675 with many transceiver designs and the fact that the TCM3105 (if
3676 used) is operated widely outside its specifications.
3678 Sound card modem support for 2666 baud AFSK modulation
3679 CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_AFSK2666
3680 This option enables the soundmodem driver 2666 baud AFSK modem.
3681 This modem is experimental, and not compatible to anything
3684 Sound card modem support for 4800 baud 8PSK modulation
3685 CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_PSK4800
3686 This option enables the soundmodem driver 4800 baud 8PSK modem.
3687 This modem is experimental, and not compatible to anything
3690 Sound card modem support for 4800 baud HAPN-1 modulation
3691 CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_HAPN4800
3692 This option enables the soundmodem driver 4800 baud HAPN-1
3693 compatible modem. This modulation seems to be widely used 'down
3694 under' and in the Netherlands. Here, nobody uses it, so I could not
3695 test if it works. It is compatible to itself, however :-)
3697 Sound card modem support for 9600 baud FSK G3RUH modulation
3698 CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_FSK9600
3699 This option enables the soundmodem driver 9600 baud FSK modem,
3700 compatible to the G3RUH standard. The demodulator requires about 4%
3701 of the CPU power of a Pentium 75 CPU per channel. You can say Y to
3702 both 1200 baud AFSK and 9600 baud FSK if you want (but obviously you
3703 can only use one protocol at a time, depending on what the other end
3706 CCITT X.25 Packet Layer
3708 X.25 is a set of standardized network protocols, similar in scope to
3709 frame relay; the one physical line from your box to the X.25 network
3710 entry point can carry several logical point-to-point connections
3711 (called "virtual circuits") to other computers connected to the X.25
3712 network. Governments, banks, and other organizations tend to use it
3713 to connect to each other or to form Wide Area Networks (WANs). Many
3714 countries have public X.25 networks. X.25 consists of two
3715 protocols: the higher level Packet Layer Protocol (PLP) (say Y here
3716 if you want that) and the lower level data link layer protocol LAPB
3717 (say Y to "LAPB Data Link Driver" below if you want that).
3719 You can read more about X.25 at http://www.sangoma.com/x25.html and
3720 http://www.cisco.com/univercd/data/doc/software/11_0/rpcg/cx25.htm
3721 (to browse the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the
3722 Internet that has a program like lynx or netscape). Information
3723 about X.25 for Linux is contained in the files
3724 Documentation/networking/x25.txt and
3725 Documentation/networking/x25-iface.txt.
3727 One connects to an X.25 network either with a dedicated network card
3728 using the X.21 protocol (not yet supported by Linux) or one can do
3729 X.25 over a standard telephone line using an ordinary modem (say Y
3730 to "X.25 async driver" below) or over Ethernet using an ordinary
3731 Ethernet card and either the 802.2 LLC protocol (say Y to "802.2
3732 LLC" below) or LAPB over Ethernet (say Y to "LAPB Data Link Driver"
3733 and "LAPB over Ethernet driver" below).
3735 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
3736 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3737 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
3738 called x25.o. If unsure, say N.
3740 LAPB Data Link Driver (EXPERIMENTAL)
3742 Link Access Procedure, Balanced (LAPB) is the data link layer (i.e.
3743 the lower) part of the X.25 protocol. It offers a reliable
3744 connection service to exchange data frames with one other host, and
3745 it is used to transport higher level protocols (mostly X.25 Packet
3746 Layer, the higher part of X.25, but others are possible as well).
3747 Usually, LAPB is used with specialized X.21 network cards, but Linux
3748 currently supports LAPB only over Ethernet connections. If you want
3749 to use LAPB connections over Ethernet, say Y here and to "LAPB over
3750 Ethernet driver" below. Read
3751 Documentation/networking/lapb-module.txt for technical details.
3753 If you want to compile this driver as a module though ( = code which
3754 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
3755 want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module
3756 will be called lapb.o. If unsure, say N.
3758 802.2 LLC (VERY EXPERIMENTAL)
3760 This is a Logical Link Layer protocol used for X.25 connections over
3761 Ethernet, using ordinary Ethernet cards.
3763 Bridging (EXPERIMENTAL)
3765 If you say Y here, then your Linux box will be able to act as an
3766 Ethernet bridge, which means that the different Ethernet segments it
3767 is connected to will appear as one Ethernet to the participants.
3768 Several such bridges can work together to create even larger
3769 networks of Ethernets using the IEEE802.1 spanning tree algorithm.
3770 As this is a standard, Linux bridges will interwork properly with
3771 other third party bridge products.
3773 In order to use this, you'll need the bridge configuration tools
3774 available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
3775 ftp://shadow.cabi.net/pub/Linux. Please read the Bridge mini-HOWTO
3776 for more information. Note that if your box acts as a bridge, it
3777 probably contains several Ethernet devices, but the kernel is not
3778 able to recognize more than one at boot time without help; for
3779 details read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous)
3780 in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. The Bridging code is
3781 still in test. If unsure, say N.
3785 The Packet protocol is used by applications which communicate
3786 directly with network devices without an intermediate network
3787 protocol implemented in the kernel, e.g. tcpdump. If you want them
3788 to work, choose Y. This driver is also available as a module called
3789 af_packet.o ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the
3790 running kernel whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a
3791 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure,
3794 Kernel/User network link driver
3796 This driver allows for two-way communication between certain parts
3797 of the kernel or modules and user processes; the user processes are
3798 able to read from and write to character special files in the /dev
3799 directory having major mode 36. So far, the kernel uses it to
3800 publish some network related information if you say Y to "Routing
3801 messages", below. It is also used by the firewall code to publish
3802 information about possible attacks if you say Y to "IP: firewall
3803 packet netlink device" further down. You also need to say Y here if
3804 you want to use arpd, a daemon that helps keep the internal ARP
3805 cache (a mapping between IP addresses and hardware addresses on the
3806 local network) small. The ethertap device, which lets user space
3807 programs read and write raw Ethernet frames, also needs the network
3808 link driver. If unsure, say Y.
3812 If you say Y here and create a character special file /dev/route
3813 with major number 36 and minor number 0 using mknod ("man mknod"),
3814 you (or some user space utility) can read some network related
3815 routing information from that file. Everything you write to that
3816 file will be discarded.
3818 Netlink device emulation
3820 This is a backward compatibility option, choose Y for now.
3821 This option will be removed soon.
3825 If you want to use a SCSI hard disk, SCSI tape drive, SCSI CDROM or
3826 any other SCSI device under Linux, say Y and make sure that you know
3827 the name of your SCSI host adapter (the card inside your computer
3828 that "speaks" the SCSI protocol, also called SCSI controller),
3829 because you will be asked for it.
3831 You also need to say Y here if you want support for the parallel
3832 port version of the 100 MB IOMEGA ZIP drive.
3834 Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
3835 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. The
3836 SCSI-Programming-HOWTO contains information about how to add or
3837 remove an SCSI device from a running Linux machine without
3840 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3841 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3842 The module will be called scsi_mod.o. If you want to compile it as a
3843 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt and
3844 Documentation/scsi.txt. However, do not compile this as a module if
3845 your root filesystem (the one containing the directory /) is located
3850 If you want to use a SCSI hard disk or the SCSI or parallel port
3851 version of the IOMEGA ZIP drive under Linux, say Y and read the
3852 SCSI-HOWTO, the Disk-HOWTO and the Multi-Disk-HOWTO, available via
3853 FTP (user: anonymous) in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
3854 This is NOT for SCSI CDROMs.
3856 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3857 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3858 The module will be called sd_mod.o. If you want to compile it as a
3859 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt and
3860 Documentation/scsi.txt. Do not compile this driver as a module if
3861 your root filesystem (the one containing the directory /) is located
3862 on a SCSI disk. In this case, do not compile the driver for your
3863 SCSI host adapter (below) as a module either.
3867 If you want to use a SCSI tape drive under Linux, say Y and read the
3868 SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
3869 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO and
3870 drivers/scsi/README.st in the kernel source. This is NOT for SCSI
3873 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3874 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3875 The module will be called st.o. If you want to compile it as a
3876 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt and
3877 Documentation/scsi.txt .
3881 If you want to use a SCSI CDROM under Linux, say Y and read the
3882 SCSI-HOWTO and the CDROM-HOWTO from
3883 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. Also make sure to say Y
3884 or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM filesystem support" later.
3886 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3887 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3888 The module will be called sr_mod.o. If you want to compile it as a
3889 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt and
3890 Documentation/scsi.txt .
3892 Enable vendor-specific extensions (for SCSI CDROM)
3893 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SR_VENDOR
3894 This enables the usage of vendor specific SCSI commands. This is
3895 required to support multisession CDs with old NEC/TOSHIBA cdrom
3896 drives (and HP Writers). If you have such a drive and get the first
3897 session only, try saying Y here; everybody else says N.
3899 SCSI generic support
3901 If you want to use SCSI scanners, synthesizers or CD-writers or just
3902 about anything having "SCSI" in its name other than hard disks,
3903 CDROMs or tapes, say Y here. These won't be supported by the kernel
3904 directly, so you need some additional software which knows how to
3905 talk to these devices using the SCSI protocol. For CD-writers, you
3906 would need the program cdwrite, available via FTP (user: anonymous)
3907 from ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/disk-management; for
3908 other devices, it's possible that you'll have to write the driver
3909 software yourself, so have a look at the SCSI-HOWTO and at the
3910 SCSI-Programming-HOWTO, both available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
3911 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. Please read the file
3912 Documentation/scsi-generic.txt for more information.
3914 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
3915 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3916 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt and
3917 Documentation/scsi.txt. The module will be called sg.o. If unsure,
3920 Probe all LUNs on each SCSI device
3921 CONFIG_SCSI_MULTI_LUN
3922 If you have a SCSI device that supports more than one LUN (Logical
3923 Unit Number), e.g. a CD jukebox, and only one LUN is detected, you
3924 can say Y here to force the SCSI driver to probe for multiple LUNs.
3925 A SCSI device with multiple LUNs acts logically like multiple SCSI
3926 devices. The vast majority of SCSI devices have only one LUN, and
3927 so most people can say N here and should in fact do so, because it
3930 Verbose SCSI error reporting (kernel size +=12K)
3931 CONFIG_SCSI_CONSTANTS
3932 The error messages regarding your SCSI hardware will be easier to
3933 understand if you say Y here; it will enlarge your kernel by about
3934 12 KB. If in doubt, say Y.
3936 SCSI logging facility
3938 This turns on a logging facility that can be used to debug a number
3939 of SCSI related problems.
3941 If you say Y here, no logging output will appear by default, but you
3942 can enable logging by saying Y to "/proc filesystem support" and
3943 "Sysctl support" below and executing the command
3945 echo "scsi log token [level]" > /proc/scsi/scsi
3947 at boot time after the /proc filesystem has been mounted.
3949 There are a number of things that can be used for 'token' (you can
3950 find them in the source: drivers/scsi/scsi.c), and this allows you
3951 to select the types of information you want, and the level allows
3952 you to select the level of verbosity.
3954 If you say N here, it may be harder to track down some types of SCSI
3955 problems. If you say Y here your kernel will be somewhat larger, but
3956 there should be no noticeable performance impact as long as you have
3959 AdvanSys SCSI support
3960 CONFIG_SCSI_ADVANSYS
3961 This is a driver for all SCSI host adapters manufactured by
3962 AdvanSys. It is documented in the kernel source in
3963 drivers/scsi/advansys.c.
3965 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3966 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3967 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3968 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called advansys.o.
3970 Adaptec AHA152X/2825 support
3972 This is a driver for the AHA-1510, AHA-1520, AHA-1522, and AHA-2825
3973 SCSI host adapters. It also works for the AVA-1505, but the IRQ etc.
3974 must be manually specified in this case.
3976 It is explained in section 3.3 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP
3977 (user: anonymous) at ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. You
3978 might also want to read the comments at the top of
3979 drivers/scsi/aha152x.c.
3981 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3982 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3983 The module will be called aha152x.o. If you want to compile it as a
3984 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
3986 Adaptec AHA1542 support
3988 This is support for a SCSI host adapter. It is explained in section
3989 3.4 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
3990 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. Note that Trantor was
3991 recently purchased by Adaptec, and some former Trantor products are
3992 being sold under the Adaptec name. If it doesn't work out of the
3993 box, you may have to change some settings in drivers/scsi/aha1542.h.
3995 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
3996 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3997 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4000 Adaptec AHA1740 support
4002 This is support for a SCSI host adapter. It is explained in section
4003 3.5 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
4004 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. If it doesn't work out
4005 of the box, you may have to change some settings in
4006 drivers/scsi/aha1740.h.
4008 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4009 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4010 The module will be called aha1740.o. If you want to compile it as a
4011 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4013 Adaptec AIC7xxx chipset SCSI controller support
4015 This is support for the various aic7xxx based Adaptec SCSI
4016 controllers. These include the 274x EISA cards; 284x VLB cards;
4017 2902, 2910, 293x, 294x, 394x, 3985 and several other PCI and
4018 motherboard based SCSI controllers from Adaptec. It does not support
4019 the AAA-13x RAID controllers from Adaptec, nor will it likely ever
4020 support them. It does not support the 2920 cards from Adaptec that
4021 use the Future Domain SCSI controller chip. For those cards, you
4022 need the "Future Domain 16xx SCSI support" driver.
4024 In general, if the controller is based on an Adaptec SCSI controller
4025 chip from the aic777x series or the aic78xx series, this driver
4026 should work. The only exception is the 7810 which is specifically
4027 not supported (that's the RAID controller chip on the AAA-13x
4030 Note that the AHA2920 SCSI host adapter is *not* supported by this
4031 driver; choose "Future Domain 16xx SCSI support" instead if you have
4034 Information on the configuration options for this controller can be
4035 found by checking the help file for each of the available
4036 configuration options. You should read drivers/scsi/README.aic7xxx
4037 at a minimum before contacting the maintainer with any questions.
4038 The SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
4039 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO can also be of great
4042 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
4043 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4044 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4047 Enable or Disable Tagged Command Queueing by default
4048 CONFIG_AIC7XXX_TCQ_ON_BY_DEFAULT
4049 This option causes the aic7xxx driver to attempt to use tagged command
4050 queueing on any devices that claim to support it. If this is set to yes,
4051 you can still turn off TCQ on troublesome devices with the use of the
4052 tag_info boot parameter. See /usr/src/linux/drivers/scsi/README.aic7xxx
4053 for more information on that and other aic7xxx setup commands. If this
4054 option is turned off, you may still enable TCQ on known good devices by
4055 use of the tag_info boot parameter.
4057 If you are unsure about your devices then it is safest to say N here.
4059 However, TCQ can increase performance on some hard drives by as much
4060 as 50% or more, so I would recommend that if you say N here, that you
4061 at least read the README.aic7xxx file so you will know how to enable
4062 this option manually should your drives prove to be safe in regards
4065 Conversely, certain drives are known to lock up or cause bus resets when
4066 TCQ is enabled on them. If you have a Western Digital Enterprise SCSI
4067 drive for instance, then don't even bother to enable TCQ on it as the
4068 drive will become unreliable, and it will actually reduce performance.
4070 Default number of TCQ commands per device
4071 CONFIG_AIC7XXX_CMDS_PER_DEVICE
4072 Specify the number of commands you would like to allocate per SCSI
4073 device when Tagged Command Queueing (TCQ) is enabled on that device.
4075 Reasonable figures are in the range of 8 to 24 commands per device,
4076 but depending on hardware could be increased or decreased from that
4077 figure. If the number is too high for any particular device, the
4078 driver will automatically compensate usually after only 10 minutes
4079 of uptime. It will not hinder performance if some of your devices
4080 eventually have their command depth reduced, but is a waste of memory
4081 if all of your devices end up reducing this number down to a more
4084 NOTE: Certain very broken drives are known to lock up when given more
4085 commands than they like to deal with. Quantum Fireball drives are the
4086 most common in this category. For the Quantum Fireball drives I would
4087 suggest no more than 8 commands per device.
4091 Collect statistics to report in /proc
4092 CONFIG_AIC7XXX_PROC_STATS
4093 This option tells the driver to keep track of how many commands have
4094 been sent to each particular device and report that information to
4095 the user via the /proc/scsi/aic7xxx/n file, where n is the number of
4096 the aic7xxx controller you want the information on. This adds a
4097 small amount of overhead to each and every SCSI command the aic7xxx
4098 driver handles, so if you aren't really interested in this
4099 information, it is best to leave it disabled. This will only work if
4100 you also say Y to "/proc filesystem support", below.
4104 Delay in seconds after SCSI bus reset
4105 CONFIG_AIC7XXX_RESET_DELAY
4106 This sets how long the driver will wait after resetting the SCSI bus
4107 before attempting to communicate with the devices on the SCSI bus
4108 again. This delay will be used during the reset phase at bootup time
4109 as well as after any reset that might occur during normal operation.
4110 Reasonable numbers range anywhere from 5 to 15 seconds depending on
4111 your devices. DAT tape drives are notorious for needing more time
4112 after a bus reset to be ready for the next command, but most hard
4113 drives and CD-ROM devices are ready in only a few seconds. This
4114 option has a maximum upper limit of 20 seconds to avoid bad
4115 interactions between the aic7xxx driver and the rest of the linux
4116 kernel. The default value has been reduced to 5 seconds. If this
4117 doesn't work with your hardware, try increasing this value.
4119 BusLogic SCSI support
4120 CONFIG_SCSI_BUSLOGIC
4121 This is support for BusLogic MultiMaster and FlashPoint SCSI Host
4122 Adapters. Consult the SCSI-HOWTO, available via anonymous FTP from
4123 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO, and the files
4124 README.BusLogic and README.FlashPoint in drivers/scsi for more
4125 information. If this driver does not work correctly without
4126 modification, please contact the author, Leonard N. Zubkoff, by
4127 email to lnz@dandelion.com.
4129 You can also build this driver as a module ( = code which can be
4130 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4131 but only a single instance may be loaded. If you want to compile it
4132 as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The
4133 module will be called BusLogic.o.
4135 Omit BusLogic SCSI FlashPoint support
4136 CONFIG_SCSI_OMIT_FLASHPOINT
4137 This option allows you to omit the FlashPoint support from the
4138 BusLogic SCSI driver. The FlashPoint SCCB Manager code is
4139 substantial, so users of MultiMaster Host Adapters may wish to omit
4142 DTC3180/3280 SCSI support
4144 This is support for DTC 3180/3280 SCSI Host Adapters. Please read
4145 the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
4146 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO and the file
4147 drivers/scsi/README.dtc3x80.
4149 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4150 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4151 The module will be called dtc.o. If you want to compile it as a
4152 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4154 EATA-DMA [Obsolete] (DPT, NEC, AT&T, SNI, AST, Olivetti, Alphatronix) support
4155 CONFIG_SCSI_EATA_DMA
4156 This is support for the EATA-DMA protocol compliant SCSI Host
4157 Adapters like the SmartCache III/IV, SmartRAID controller families
4158 and the DPT PM2011B and PM2012B controllers.
4160 Note that this driver is obsolete; if you have one of the above SCSI
4161 Host Adapters, you should normally say N here and Y to "EATA
4162 ISA/EISA/PCI support", below. Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available
4163 via FTP (user: anonymous) at
4164 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
4166 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4167 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4168 The module will be called eata_dma.o. If you want to compile it as a
4169 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4171 EATA-PIO (old DPT PM2001, PM2012A) support
4172 CONFIG_SCSI_EATA_PIO
4173 This driver supports all EATA-PIO protocol compliant SCSI Host
4174 Adapters like the DPT PM2001 and the PM2012A. EATA-DMA compliant
4175 host adapters could also use this driver but are discouraged from
4176 doing so, since this driver only supports hard disks and lacks
4177 numerous features. You might want to have a look at the SCSI-HOWTO,
4178 available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
4179 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
4181 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
4182 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4183 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4186 UltraStor 14F/34F support
4188 This is support for the UltraStor 14F and 34F SCSI-2 host adapters.
4189 The source at drivers/scsi/u14-34f.c contains some information about
4190 this hardware. If the driver doesn't work out of the box, you may
4191 have to change some settings in drivers/scsi/u14-34f.c. Read the
4192 SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
4193 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. Note that there is also
4194 another driver for the same hardware: "UltraStor SCSI support",
4195 below. You should say Y to both only if you want 24F support as
4198 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4199 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4200 The module will be called u14-34f.o. If you want to compile it as a
4201 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4203 enable elevator sorting
4204 CONFIG_SCSI_U14_34F_LINKED_COMMANDS
4205 This option enables elevator sorting for all probed SCSI disks and
4206 CDROMs. It definitely reduces the average seek distance when doing
4207 random seeks, but this does not necessarily result in a noticeable
4208 performance improvement: your mileage may vary...
4210 The safe answer is N.
4212 maximum number of queued commands
4213 CONFIG_SCSI_U14_34F_MAX_TAGS
4214 This specifies how many SCSI commands can be maximally queued for
4215 each probed SCSI device. You should reduce the default value of 8
4216 only if you have disks with buggy or limited tagged command support.
4217 Minimum is 2 and maximum is 14. This value is also the window size
4218 used by the elevator sorting option above. The effective value used
4219 by the driver for each probed SCSI device is reported at boot time.
4221 Future Domain 16xx SCSI/AHA-2920A support
4222 CONFIG_SCSI_FUTURE_DOMAIN
4223 This is support for Future Domain's 16-bit SCSI host adapters
4224 (TMC-1660/1680, TMC-1650/1670, TMC-3260, TMC-1610M/MER/MEX) and
4225 other adapters based on the Future Domain chipsets (Quantum
4226 ISA-200S, ISA-250MG; Adaptec AHA-2920A; and at least one IBM board).
4227 It is explained in section 3.7 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP
4228 (user: anonymous) at ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
4230 NOTE: Newer Adaptec AHA-2920C boards use the Adaptec AIC-7850 chip
4231 and should use the aic7xxx driver ("Adaptec AIC7xxx chipset SCSI
4232 controller support"). This Future Domain driver works with the older
4233 Adaptec AHA-2920A boards with a Future Domain chip on them.
4235 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4236 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4237 The module will be called fdomain.o. If you want to compile it as a
4238 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4240 Future Domain MCS-600/700 SCSI support
4242 This is support for Future Domain MCS 600/700 MCA SCSI adapters. Some
4243 PS/2 computers are equipped with IBM Fast SCSI Adapter/A which is
4244 identical to the MCS 700 and hence also supported by this driver.
4245 This driver also supports the Reply SB16/SCSI card (the SCSI part).
4246 It supports multiple adapters in the same system.
4248 Generic NCR5380/53c400 SCSI support
4249 CONFIG_SCSI_GENERIC_NCR5380
4250 This is the generic NCR family of SCSI controllers, not to be
4251 confused with the NCR 53c7 or 8xx controllers. It is explained in
4252 section 3.8 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous)
4253 at ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. If it doesn't work
4254 out of the box, you may have to change some settings in
4255 drivers/scsi/g_NCR5380.h.
4257 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4258 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4259 The module will be called g_NCR5380.o. If you want to compile it as
4260 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4262 Enable NCR53c400 extensions
4263 CONFIG_SCSI_GENERIC_NCR53C400
4264 This enables certain optimizations for the NCR53c400 SCSI cards. You
4265 might as well try it out. Note that this driver will only probe for
4266 the Trantor T130B in its default configuration; you might have to
4267 pass a command line option to the kernel at boot time if it doesn't
4268 detect your card. See the file drivers/scsi/README.g_NCR5380 for
4271 NCR5380/53c400 mapping method (use Port for T130B)
4272 CONFIG_SCSI_G_NCR5380_PORT
4273 The NCR5380 and NCR53c400 SCSI controllers come in two varieties:
4274 port or memory mapped. You should know what you have. The most
4275 common card, Trantor T130B, uses port mapped mode.
4277 NCR53c7,8xx SCSI support
4278 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C7xx
4279 This is a driver for the 53c7 and 8xx NCR family of SCSI
4280 controllers, not to be confused with the NCR 5380 controllers. It is
4281 explained in section 3.8 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user:
4282 anonymous) at ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. If it
4283 doesn't work out of the box, you may have to change some settings in
4284 drivers/scsi/53c7,8xx.h. Please read drivers/scsi/README.ncr53c7xx
4285 for the available boot time command line options.
4287 Note: there is another driver for the 53c8xx family of controllers
4288 ("NCR53C8XX SCSI support" below). If you want to use them both, you
4289 need to say M to both and build them as modules, but only one may be
4290 active at a time. If you have a 53c8xx board, it's better to use the
4293 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4294 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4295 The module will be called 53c7,8xx.o. If you want to compile it as a
4296 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4298 always negotiate synchronous transfers
4299 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C7xx_sync
4300 In general, this is good; however, it is a bit dangerous since there
4301 are some broken SCSI devices out there. Take your chances. Safe bet
4304 allow FAST-SCSI [10MHz]
4305 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C7xx_FAST
4306 This will enable 10MHz FAST-SCSI transfers with your host
4307 adapter. Some systems have problems with that speed, so it's safest
4311 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C7xx_DISCONNECT
4312 This enables the disconnect/reconnect feature of the NCR SCSI
4313 controller. When you say Y here, a slow SCSI device will not lock
4314 the SCSI bus while processing a request, allowing simultaneous use
4315 of e.g. a SCSI hard disk and SCSI tape or CD-ROM drive, and
4316 providing much better performance when using slow and fast SCSI
4317 devices at the same time. Some devices, however, do not operate
4318 properly with this option enabled, and will cause your SCSI system
4319 to hang, which might cause a system crash. The safe answer
4320 therefore is to say N.
4322 NCR53C8XX SCSI support
4323 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX
4324 This is the BSD ncr driver adapted to Linux for the NCR53C8XX family
4325 of PCI-SCSI controllers. This driver supports parity checking,
4326 tagged command queuing and fast synchronous data transfers up to 80
4327 MB/s with wide FAST-40 LVD devices and controllers.
4329 Recent versions of the 53C8XX chips are better supported by the
4330 option "SYM53C8XX SCSI support", below.
4332 Note: there is yet another driver for the 53c8xx family of controllers
4333 ("NCR53c7,8xx SCSI support" above). If you want to use them both,
4334 you need to say M to both and build them as modules, but only one
4335 may be active at a time. If you have a 53c8xx board, you probably do
4336 not want to use the "NCR53c7,8xx SCSI support".
4338 Please read drivers/scsi/README.ncr53c8xx for more information.
4340 SYM53C8XX SCSI support
4341 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX
4342 This driver supports all the features of recent 53C8XX chips (used
4343 in PCI SCSI controllers), notably the hardware phase mismatch
4344 feature of the SYM53C896.
4346 Older versions of the 53C8XX chips are not supported by this
4347 driver. If your system uses either a 810 rev. < 16, a 815, or a 825
4348 rev. < 16 PCI SCSI processor, you must use the generic NCR53C8XX
4349 driver ("NCR53C8XX SCSI support" above) or configure both the
4350 NCR53C8XX and this SYM53C8XX drivers either as module or linked to
4353 When both drivers are linked to the kernel, the SYM53C8XX driver is
4354 called first at initialization and you can use the 'excl=ioaddr'
4355 driver boot option to exclude attachment of adapters by the SYM53C8XX
4356 driver. For instance, entering 'sym53c8xx=excl:0xb400,excl=0xc000' at
4357 lilo prompt prevents adapters at io address 0xb400 and 0xc000 from
4358 being attached by the SYM53C8XX driver, thus allowing the NCR53C8XX
4359 driver to attach them. The 'excl' option is also supported by the
4362 Please read drivers/scsi/README.ncr53c8xx for more information.
4364 synchronous data transfers frequency
4365 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_SYNC
4366 The SCSI Parallel Interface-2 Standard defines 4 classes of transfer
4367 rates: FAST-5, FAST-10, FAST-20 and FAST-40. The numbers are
4368 respectively the maximum data transfer rates in mega-transfers per
4369 second for each class. For example, a FAST-20 Wide 16 device is able
4370 to transfer data at 20 million 16 bit packets per second for a total
4373 You may specify 0 if you want to only use asynchronous data
4374 transfers. This is the safest and slowest option. Otherwise, specify
4375 a value between 5 and 40, depending on the capability of your SCSI
4376 controller. The higher the number, the faster the data transfer.
4377 Note that 40 should normally be ok since the driver decreases the
4378 value automatically according to the controller's capabilities.
4380 Your answer to this question is ignored for controllers with NVRAM,
4381 since the driver will get this information from the user set-up. It
4382 also can be overridden using a boot setup option, as follows
4383 (example): 'ncr53c8xx=sync:12' will allow the driver to negotiate
4384 for FAST-20 synchronous data transfer (20 mega-transfers per
4387 The normal answer therefore is not to go with the default but to
4388 select the maximum value 40 allowing the driver to use the maximum
4389 value supported by each controller. If this causes problems with
4390 your SCSI devices, you should come back and decrease the value.
4392 There is no safe option other than using good cabling, right
4393 terminations and SCSI conformant devices.
4396 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_IOMAPPED
4397 If you say Y here, the driver will use normal IO, as opposed to
4398 memory mapped IO. Memory mapped IO has less latency than normal IO
4399 and works for most Intel-based hardware. Under Linux/Alpha only
4400 normal IO is currently supported by the driver and so, this option
4401 has no effect on those systems.
4403 The normal answer therefore is N; try Y only if you encounter SCSI
4406 not allow targets to disconnect
4407 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_NO_DISCONNECT
4408 This option is only provided for safety if you suspect some SCSI
4409 device of yours to not support properly the target-disconnect
4410 feature. In that case, you would say Y here. In general however, to
4411 not allow targets to disconnect is not reasonable if there is more
4412 than 1 device on a SCSI bus. The normal answer therefore is N.
4414 default tagged command queue depth
4415 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_DEFAULT_TAGS
4416 "Tagged command queuing" is a feature of SCSI-2 which improves
4417 performance: the host adapter can send several SCSI commands to a
4418 device's queue even if previous commands haven't finished yet. Some
4419 SCSI devices don't implement this properly; if you want to disable
4420 this feature, enter 0 or 1 here (it doesn't matter which).
4422 The default value is 8 and should be supported by most hard disks.
4423 This value can be overridden from the boot command line using the
4424 'tags' option as follows (example):
4425 'ncr53c8xx=tags:4/t2t3q16/t0u2q10' will set default queue depth to
4426 4, set queue depth to 16 for target 2 and target 3 on controller 0
4427 and set queue depth to 10 for target 0 / lun 2 on controller 1.
4429 The normal answer therefore is to go with the default 8 and to use
4430 a boot command line option for devices that need to use a different
4431 command queue depth.
4433 There is no safe option other than using good SCSI devices.
4435 maximum number of queued commands
4436 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_MAX_TAGS
4437 This option allows you to specify the maximum number of commands
4438 that can be queued to any device, when tagged command queuing is
4439 possible. The default value is 32. Minimum is 2, maximum is 64.
4440 Modern hard disks are able to support 64 tags and even more, but
4441 do not seem to be faster when more than 32 tags are being used.
4443 So, the normal answer here is to go with the default value 32 unless
4444 you are using very large hard disks with large cache (>= 1 MB) that
4445 are able to take advantage of more than 32 tagged commands.
4447 There is no safe option and the default answer is recommended.
4449 assume boards are SYMBIOS compatible
4450 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_SYMBIOS_COMPAT
4451 This option allows you to enable some features depending on GPIO
4452 wiring. These General Purpose Input/Output pins can be used for
4453 vendor specific features or implementation of the standard SYMBIOS
4454 features. Genuine SYMBIOS controllers use GPIO0 in output for
4455 controller LED and GPIO3 bit as a flag indicating
4456 singled-ended/differential interface. The Tekram DC-390U/F boards
4457 uses a different GPIO wiring.
4459 Your answer to this question is ignored if all your controllers have
4460 NVRAM, since the driver is able to detect the board type from the
4463 If all the controllers in your system are genuine SYMBIOS boards or
4464 use BIOS and drivers from SYMBIOS, you would want to say Y here,
4465 otherwise N. N is the safe answer.
4467 enable profiling statistics gathering
4468 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_PROFILE
4469 This option allows you to enable profiling information gathering.
4470 These statistics are not very accurate due to the low frequency
4471 of the kernel clock (100 Hz on i386) and have performance impact
4472 on systems that use very fast devices.
4474 The normal answer therefore is N.
4476 include support for the NCR PQS/PDS SCSI card
4477 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_PQS_PDS
4478 Say Y here if you have a special SCSI adapter produced by NCR
4479 corporation called a PCI Quad SCSI or PCI Dual SCSI. You do not need
4480 this if you do not have one of these adapters. However, since this
4481 device is detected as a specific PCI device, this option is quite
4484 The common answer here is N, but answering Y is safe.
4488 This is support for the IBM SCSI adapter found in many of the PS/2
4489 series computers. These machines have an MCA bus, so you need to
4490 answer Y to "MCA support" as well and read Documentation/mca.txt.
4492 If the adapter isn't found during boot (a common problem for models
4493 56, 57, 76, and 77) you'll need to use the 'ibmmcascsi=<pun>' kernel
4494 option, where <pun> is the id of the SCSI subsystem (usually 7, but
4495 if that doesn't work check your reference diskette). Owners of model
4496 95 with a LED-matrix-display can in addition activate some activity
4497 info like under OS/2, but more informative, by setting
4498 'ibmmcascsi=display' as an additional kernel parameter. Try "man
4499 bootparam" or see the documentation of your boot loader about how to
4500 pass options to the kernel. The lilo procedure is also explained in
4501 the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
4502 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
4504 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
4505 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4506 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4510 CONFIG_IBMMCA_SCSI_ORDER_STANDARD
4511 In the PC-world and in most modern SCSI-BIOS-setups, SCSI-hard disks
4512 are assigned to the drive letters, starting with the lowest SCSI-id
4513 (physical number -- pun) to be drive C:, as seen from DOS and
4514 similar operating systems. When looking into papers describing the
4515 ANSI-SCSI-standard, this assignment of drives appears to be wrong.
4516 The SCSI-standard follows a hardware-hierarchy which says that id 7
4517 has the highest priority and id 0 the lowest. Therefore, the host
4518 adapters are still today everywhere placed as SCSI-id 7 by default.
4519 In the SCSI-standard, the drive letters express the priority of the
4520 disk. C: should be the hard disk, or a partition on it, with the
4521 highest priority. This must therefore be the disk with the highest
4522 SCSI-id (e.g. 6) and not the one with the lowest! IBM-BIOS kept the
4523 original definition of the SCSI-standard as also industrial- and
4524 process-control-machines, like VME-CPUs running under realtime-OSs
4525 (e.g. LynxOS, OS9) do.
4527 If you like to run Linux on your MCA-machine with the same
4528 assignment of hard disks as seen from e.g. DOS or OS/2 on your
4529 machine, which is in addition conformant to the SCSI-standard, you
4530 must say Y here. This is also necessary for MCA-Linux users who want
4531 to keep downward compatibility to older releases of the
4532 IBM-MCA-SCSI-driver (older than driver-release 2.00 and older than
4535 If you like to have the lowest SCSI-id assigned as drive C:, as
4536 modern SCSI-BIOSes do, which does not conform to the standard, but
4537 is widespread and common in the PC-world of today, you must say N
4538 here. If unsure, say Y.
4540 Reset SCSI-devices at boot time
4541 CONFIG_IBMMCA_SCSI_DEV_RESET
4542 By default, SCSI-devices are reset when the machine is powered on.
4543 However, some devices exist, like special-control-devices,
4544 SCSI-CNC-machines, SCSI-printer or scanners of older type, that do
4545 not reset when switched on. If you say Y here, each device connected
4546 to your SCSI-bus will be issued a reset-command after it has been
4547 probed, while the kernel is booting. This may cause problems with
4548 more modern devices, like hard disks, which do not appreciate these
4549 reset commands, and can cause your system to hang. So say Y only if
4550 you know that one of your older devices needs it; N is the safe
4553 NCR 53C9x MCA support
4554 CONFIG_SCSI_MCA_53C9X
4555 Some Microchannel machines, notably the NCR 35xx line, use a SCSI
4556 controller based on the NCR 53C94. This driver will allow use of
4557 the controller on the 3550, and very possibly others.
4559 If you want to compile this as a module (= code which can be
4560 inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say
4561 M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called
4564 Always IN2000 SCSI support
4566 This is support for an ISA bus SCSI host adapter. You'll find more
4567 information in drivers/scsi/in2000.readme. If it doesn't work out of
4568 the box, you may have to change the jumpers for IRQ or address
4571 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
4572 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4573 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4576 Initio 91XXU(W) SCSI support
4578 This is support for the Initio 91XXU(W) SCSI host adapter.
4579 Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
4580 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
4582 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
4583 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4584 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4589 This is support for a SCSI host adapter. It is explained in section
4590 3.10 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
4591 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. If it doesn't work out
4592 of the box, you may have to change some settings in
4593 drivers/scsi/pas16.h.
4595 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4596 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4597 The module will be called pas16.o. If you want to compile it as a
4598 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4600 Initio INI-A100U2W SCSI support
4602 This is support for the Initio INI-A100U2W SCSI host adapter.
4603 Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
4604 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
4606 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
4607 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4608 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4613 This is support for the PCI2000I EIDE interface card which acts as a
4614 SCSI host adapter. Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP
4615 (user: anonymous) at ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
4617 This driver is also available as a module called pci2000.o ( = code
4618 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
4619 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
4620 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4623 CONFIG_SCSI_PCI2220I
4624 This is support for the PCI2220i EIDE interface card which acts as a
4625 SCSI host adapter. Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP
4626 (user: anonymous) at ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
4628 This driver is also available as a module called pci2220i.o ( = code
4629 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
4630 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
4631 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4635 This is support for the PSI240i EIDE interface card which acts as a
4636 SCSI host adapter. Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP
4637 (user: anonymous) at ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
4639 This driver is also available as a module called psi240i.o ( = code
4640 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
4641 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
4642 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4644 Qlogic FAS SCSI support
4645 CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGIC_FAS
4646 This is a driver for the ISA, VLB, and PCMCIA versions of the Qlogic
4647 FastSCSI! cards as well as any other card based on the FASXX chip
4648 (including the Control Concepts SCSI/IDE/SIO/PIO/FDC cards).
4650 This driver does NOT support the PCI versions of these cards. The
4651 PCI versions are supported by the Qlogic ISP driver ("Qlogic ISP
4652 SCSI support"), below.
4654 Information about this driver is contained in
4655 drivers/scsi/README.qlogicfas. You should also read the SCSI-HOWTO,
4656 available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
4657 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
4659 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4660 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4661 The module will be called qlogicfas.o. If you want to compile it as
4662 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4664 Qlogic ISP SCSI support (EXPERIMENTAL)
4665 CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGIC_ISP
4666 This driver works for all QLogic PCI SCSI host adapters (IQ-PCI,
4667 IQ-PCI-10, IQ_PCI-D) except for the PCI-basic card. (This latter
4668 card is supported by the "AM53/79C974 PCI SCSI" driver).
4670 If you say Y here, make sure to choose "BIOS" at the question "PCI
4673 Please read the file drivers/scsi/README.qlogicisp. You should also
4674 read the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
4675 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
4677 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4678 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4679 The module will be called qlogicisp.o. If you want to compile it as
4680 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4682 Qlogic ISP FC SCSI support
4683 CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGIC_FC
4684 This is a driver for the QLogic ISP2100 SCSI-FCP host adapter.
4686 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4687 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4688 The module will be called qlogicfc.o. If you want to compile it as
4689 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4691 Seagate ST-02 and Future Domain TMC-8xx SCSI support
4693 These are 8-bit SCSI controllers; the ST-01 is also supported by
4694 this driver. It is explained in section 3.9 of the SCSI-HOWTO,
4695 available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
4696 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. If it doesn't work out
4697 of the box, you may have to change some settings in
4698 drivers/scsi/seagate.h.
4700 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4701 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4702 The module will be called seagate.o. If you want to compile it as a
4703 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4705 Trantor T128/T128F/T228 SCSI support
4707 This is support for a SCSI host adapter. It is explained in section
4708 3.11 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
4709 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. If it doesn't work out
4710 of the box, you may have to change some settings in
4711 drivers/scsi/t128.h. Note that Trantor was purchased by Adaptec, and
4712 some former Trantor products are being sold under the Adaptec name.
4714 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4715 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4716 The module will be called t128.o. If you want to compile it as a
4717 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4719 UltraStor SCSI support
4720 CONFIG_SCSI_ULTRASTOR
4721 This is support for the UltraStor 14F, 24F and 34F SCSI-2 host
4722 adapter family. This driver is explained in section 3.12 of the
4723 SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
4724 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. If it doesn't work out
4725 of the box, you may have to change some settings in
4726 drivers/scsi/ultrastor.h.
4728 Note that there is also another driver for the same hardware:
4729 "UltraStor 14F/34F support", above.
4731 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
4732 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4733 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4736 7000FASST SCSI support
4737 CONFIG_SCSI_7000FASST
4738 This driver supports the Western Digital 7000 SCSI host adapter
4739 family. Some information is in the source: drivers/scsi/wd7000.c.
4741 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4742 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
4743 want). The module will be called wd7000.o. If you want to compile it
4744 as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4748 This driver supports the ACARD 870U/W SCSI host adapter.
4750 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4751 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4752 The module will be called atp870u.o. If you want to compile it as a
4753 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4755 EATA ISA/EISA/PCI (DPT and generic EATA/DMA-compliant boards) support
4757 This driver supports all EATA/DMA-compliant SCSI host adapters. DPT
4758 ISA and all EISA i/o addresses are probed looking for the "EATA"
4759 signature. If you chose "BIOS" at the question "PCI access mode",
4760 the addresses of all the PCI SCSI controllers reported by the PCI
4761 subsystem are probed as well.
4763 You want to read the start of drivers/scsi/eata.c and the
4764 SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
4765 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
4767 Note that there is also another driver for the same hardware
4768 available: "EATA-DMA support". You should say Y to only one of them.
4770 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
4771 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4772 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4775 enable tagged command queuing
4776 CONFIG_SCSI_EATA_TAGGED_QUEUE
4777 This is a feature of SCSI-2 which improves performance: the host
4778 adapter can send several SCSI commands to a device's queue even if
4779 previous commands haven't finished yet. Most EATA adapters negotiate
4780 this feature automatically with the device, even if your answer is
4781 N. The safe answer is N.
4783 enable elevator sorting
4784 CONFIG_SCSI_EATA_LINKED_COMMANDS
4785 This option enables elevator sorting for all probed SCSI disks and
4786 CDROMs. It definitely reduces the average seek distance when doing
4787 random seeks, but this does not necessarily result in a noticeable
4788 performance improvement: your mileage may vary...
4789 The safe answer is N.
4791 maximum number of queued commands
4792 CONFIG_SCSI_EATA_MAX_TAGS
4793 This specifies how many SCSI commands can be maximally queued for
4794 each probed SCSI device. You should reduce the default value of 16
4795 only if you have disks with buggy or limited tagged command support.
4796 Minimum is 2 and maximum is 62. This value is also the window size
4797 used by the elevator sorting option above. The effective value used
4798 by the driver for each probed SCSI device is reported at boot time.
4800 NCR53c406a SCSI support
4801 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C406A
4802 This is support for the NCR53c406a SCSI host adapter. For user
4803 configurable parameters, check out drivers/scsi/NCR53c406.c in the
4804 kernel source. Also read the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user:
4805 anonymous) at ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
4807 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
4808 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4809 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4812 Symbios Logic sym53c416 support
4813 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C416
4814 This is support for the sym53c416 SCSI host adapter, the SCSI
4815 adapter that comes with some HP scanners. This driver requires that
4816 the sym53c416 is configured first using some sort of pnp
4817 configuration program (e.g. isapnp) or by a PnP aware BIOS. If you
4818 are using isapnp then you need to compile this driver as a module
4819 and then load it using insmod after isapnp has run. The parameters
4820 of the configured card(s) should be passed to the driver. The format
4823 insmod sym53c416 sym53c416=<base>,<irq> [sym53c416_1=<base>,<irq>]
4825 There is support for up to four adapters. If you want to compile
4826 this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and
4827 removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here and
4828 read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called
4831 Tekram DC390(T) and Am53/79C974 (PCscsi) SCSI support
4833 This driver supports PCI SCSI host adapters based on the Am53C974A
4834 chip, e.g. Tekram DC390(T), DawiControl 2974 and some onboard
4835 PCscsi/PCnet (Am53/79C974) solutions.
4837 Documentation can be found in linux/drivers/scsi/README.tmscsim.
4839 Note that this driver does NOT support Tekram DC390W/U/F, which are
4840 based on NCR/Symbios chips. Use "NCR53C8XX SCSI support" for those.
4841 Also note that there is another generic Am53C974 driver,
4842 "AM53/79C974 PCI SCSI support" below. You can pick either one.
4844 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
4845 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4846 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4849 Omit support for other Am53/79C974 based SCSI adapters
4850 CONFIG_SCSI_DC390T_NOGENSUPP
4851 If you say N here, the DC390(T) SCSI driver relies on the DC390
4852 EEPROM to get initial values for its settings, such as speed,
4853 termination, etc. If it can't find this EEPROM, it will use defaults
4854 or the user supplied boot/module parameters. For details on driver
4855 configuration see linux/drivers/scsi/README.tmscsim.
4857 If you say Y here and if no EEPROM is found, the driver gives up and
4858 thus only supports Tekram DC390(T) adapters. This can be useful if
4859 you have a DC390(T) and another Am53C974 based adapter, which, for
4860 some reason, you want to drive with the other AM53C974 driver.
4864 AM53/79C974 PCI SCSI support
4865 CONFIG_SCSI_AM53C974
4866 This is support for the AM53/79C974 SCSI host adapters. Please read
4867 drivers/scsi/README.AM53C974 for details. Also, the SCSI-HOWTO,
4868 available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
4869 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO, is for you.
4871 Note that there is another driver for AM53C974 based adapters:
4872 "Tekram DC390(T) and Am53/79C974 (PCscsi) SCSI support", above. You
4873 can pick either one.
4875 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
4876 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4877 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4880 AMI MegaRAID support
4881 CONFIG_SCSI_MEGARAID
4882 This driver supports the AMI MegaRAID 428 and 438 (and maybe 466)
4885 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
4886 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4887 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4893 #Concurrent IO commands on MegaRAID
4894 #CONFIG_MEGARAID_MULTI_IO
4896 GDT SCSI Disk Array Controller support
4898 This is a driver for all SCSI Disk Array Controllers (EISA/ISA/PCI)
4899 manufactured by ICP vortex. It is documented in the kernel source in
4900 drivers/scsi/gdth.c and drivers/scsi/gdth.h.
4902 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4903 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4904 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
4905 Documentation/modules.txt.
4907 IOMEGA parallel port (ppa - older drives)
4909 This driver supports older versions of IOMEGA's parallel port ZIP
4910 drive (a 100 MB removable media device).
4912 Note that you can say N here if you have the SCSI version of the ZIP
4913 drive: it will be supported automatically if you said Y to the
4914 generic "SCSI disk support", above.
4916 If you have the ZIP Plus drive or a more recent parallel port ZIP
4917 drive (if the supplied cable with the drive is labeled "AutoDetect")
4918 then you should say N here and Y to "IOMEGA parallel port (imm -
4919 newer drives)", below.
4921 For more information about this driver and how to use it you should
4922 read the file drivers/scsi/README.ppa. You should also read the
4923 SCSI-HOWTO, which is available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
4924 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. If you use this driver,
4925 you will still be able to use the parallel port for other tasks,
4926 such as a printer; it is safe to compile both drivers into the
4929 This driver is also available as a module which can be inserted in
4930 and removed from the running kernel whenever you want. To compile
4931 this driver as a module, say M here and read
4932 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called ppa.o.
4934 IOMEGA parallel port (imm - newer drives)
4936 This driver supports newer versions of IOMEGA's parallel port ZIP
4937 drive (a 100 MB removable media device).
4939 Note that you can say N here if you have the SCSI version of the ZIP
4940 drive: it will be supported automatically if you said Y to the
4941 generic "SCSI disk support", above.
4943 If you have the ZIP Plus drive or a more recent parallel port ZIP
4944 drive (if the supplied cable with the drive is labeled "AutoDetect")
4945 then you should say Y here; if you have an older ZIP drive, say N
4946 here and Y to "IOMEGA Parallel Port (ppa - older drives)", above.
4948 For more information about this driver and how to use it you should
4949 read the file drivers/scsi/README.ppa. You should also read the
4950 SCSI-HOWTO, which is available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
4951 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. If you use this driver,
4952 you will still be able to use the parallel port for other tasks,
4953 such as a printer; it is safe to compile both drivers into the
4956 This driver is also available as a module which can be inserted in
4957 and removed from the running kernel whenever you want. To compile
4958 this driver as a module, say M here and read
4959 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called imm.o.
4961 Force the Iomega ZIP drivers to use EPP-16
4962 CONFIG_SCSI_IZIP_EPP16
4963 EPP (Enhanced Parallel Port) is a standard for parallel ports which
4964 allows them to act as expansion buses that can handle up to 64
4967 Some parallel port chipsets are slower than their motherboard, and
4968 so we have to control the state of the chipset's FIFO queue every
4969 now and then to avoid data loss. This will be done if you say Y
4972 Generally, saying Y is the safe option and slows things down a bit.
4974 Assume slow parallel port control register
4975 CONFIG_SCSI_IZIP_SLOW_CTR
4976 Some parallel ports are known to have excessive delays between
4977 changing the parallel port control register and good data being
4978 available on the parallel port data/status register. This option
4979 forces a small delay (1.0 usec to be exact) after changing the
4980 control register to let things settle out. Enabling this option may
4981 result in a big drop in performance but some very old parallel ports
4982 (found in 386 vintage machines) will not work properly.
4984 Generally, saying N is fine.
4986 SCSI Debug host simulator.
4988 This is a host adapter simulator that can be programmed to simulate
4989 a large number of conditions that could occur on a real bus. The
4990 advantage is that many hard to reproduce problems can be tested in a
4991 controlled environment where there is reduced risk of losing
4992 important data. This is primarily of use to people trying to debug
4993 the middle and upper layers of the SCSI subsystem. If unsure, say N.
4995 Fibre Channel support
4997 This is an experimental support for storage arrays connected to
4998 the system using Fibre Optic and the "X3.269-199X Fibre Channel
4999 Protocol for SCSI" specification. You'll also need the generic SCSI
5000 support, as well as the drivers for the storage array itself and
5001 for the interface adapter such as SOC. This subsystem could even
5002 serve for IP networking, with some code extensions.
5008 Serial Optical Channel is an interface card with one or two Fibre
5009 Optic ports, each of which can be connected to a disk array. Only
5010 the SBus incarnation of the adapter is supported at the moment.
5012 SparcSTORAGE Array 100 and 200 series
5014 If you never bought a disk array made by Sun, go with N.
5017 CONFIG_SCSI_ACORNSCSI_3
5018 This enables support for the Acorn SCSI card (aka30). If you have an
5019 Acorn system with one of these, say Y. If unsure, say N.
5021 Acorn SCSI tagged queue support
5022 CONFIG_SCSI_ACORNSCSI_TAGGED_QUEUE
5023 Say Y here to enable tagged queuing support on the Acorn SCSI card.
5025 This is a feature of SCSI-2 which improves performance: the host
5026 adapter can send several SCSI commands to a device's queue even if
5027 previous commands haven't finished yet. Some SCSI devices don't
5028 implement this properly, so the safe answer is N.
5030 Acorn SCSI Synchronous transfers support
5031 CONFIG_SCSI_ACORNSCSI_SYNC
5032 Say Y here to enable synchronous transfer negotiation with all
5033 targets on the Acorn SCSI card.
5035 In general, this improves performance; however some SCSI devices
5036 don't implement it properly, so the safe answer is N.
5040 This enables support for the Oak SCSI card. If you have an Acorn
5041 system with one of these, say Y. If unsure, say N.
5043 Cumana SCSI I support
5044 CONFIG_SCSI_CUMANA_1
5045 This enables support for the Cumana SCSI I card. If you have an
5046 Acorn system with one of these, say Y. If unsure, say N.
5048 Cumana SCSI II support
5049 CONFIG_SCSI_CUMANA_2
5050 This enables support for the Cumana SCSI II card. If you have an
5051 Acorn system with one of these, say Y. If unsure, say N.
5055 This enables support for the EcoSCSI card -- a small card that sits
5056 in the Econet socket. If you have an Acorn system with one of these,
5057 say Y. If unsure, say N.
5060 CONFIG_SCSI_EESOXSCSI
5061 This enables support for the EESOX SCSI card. If you have an Acorn
5062 system with one of these, say Y, otherwise say N.
5064 Powertec SCSI support
5065 CONFIG_SCSI_POWERTECSCSI
5066 This enables support for the Powertec SCSI card on Acorn systems. If
5067 you have one of these, say Y. If unsure, say N.
5069 Network device support?
5071 You can say N here if you don't intend to connect your Linux box to
5072 any other computer at all or if all your connections will be over a
5073 telephone line with a modem either via UUCP (UUCP is a protocol to
5074 forward mail and news between unix hosts over telephone lines; read
5075 the UUCP-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5076 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO) or dialing up a shell
5077 account or a BBS, even using term (term is a program which gives you
5078 almost full Internet connectivity if you have a regular dial up
5079 shell account on some Internet connected Unix computer. Read
5080 http://www.bart.nl/~patrickr/term-howto/Term-HOWTO.html (to browse
5081 the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that
5082 has a program like lynx or netscape)).
5084 You'll have to say Y if your computer contains a network card that
5085 you want to use under Linux (make sure you know its name because you
5086 will be asked for it and read the Ethernet-HOWTO (especially if you
5087 plan to use more than one network card under Linux), available from
5088 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO/mini) or if you want to
5089 use SLIP (Serial Line Internet Protocol is the protocol used to send
5090 Internet traffic over telephone lines or null modem cables) or CSLIP
5091 (compressed SLIP) or PPP (Point to Point Protocol, a better and
5092 newer replacement for SLIP) or PLIP (Parallel Line Internet Protocol
5093 is mainly used to create a mini network by connecting the parallel
5094 ports of two local machines) or AX.25/KISS (protocol for sending
5095 Internet traffic over amateur radio links).
5097 Make sure to read the NET-3-HOWTO. Eventually, you will have to read
5098 Olaf Kirch's excellent and free book "Network Administrator's
5099 Guide", to be found in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/LDP. If
5102 Dummy net driver support
5104 This is essentially a bit-bucket device (i.e. traffic you send to
5105 this device is consigned into oblivion) with a configurable IP
5106 address. It is most commonly used in order to make your currently
5107 inactive SLIP address seem like a real address for local programs.
5108 If you use SLIP or PPP, you might want to say Y here. Read about it
5109 in the Network Administrator's Guide, available via FTP (user:
5110 anonymous) from ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/LDP. Since this
5111 thing often comes in handy, the default is Y. It won't enlarge your
5112 kernel either. What a deal.
5114 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
5115 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
5116 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
5117 called dummy.o. If you want to use more than one dummy device at a
5118 time, you need to compile this driver as a module. Instead of
5119 'dummy', the devices will then be called 'dummy0', 'dummy1' etc.
5121 SLIP (serial line) support
5123 Say Y if you intend to use SLIP or CSLIP (compressed SLIP) to
5124 connect to your Internet service provider or to connect to some
5125 other local Unix box or if you want to configure your Linux box as a
5126 Slip/CSlip server for other people to dial in. SLIP (Serial Line
5127 Internet Protocol) is a protocol used to send Internet traffic over
5128 serial connections such as telephone lines or null modem cables;
5129 nowadays, the protocol PPP is more commonly used for this same
5132 Normally, your access provider has to support SLIP in order for you
5133 to be able to use it, but there is now a SLIP emulator called SLiRP
5134 around (available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
5135 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/network/serial/ ) which
5136 allows you to use SLIP over a regular dial up shell connection. If
5137 you plan to use SLiRP, make sure to say Y to CSLIP, below. The
5138 NET-3-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5139 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO, explains how to
5140 configure SLIP. Note that you don't need this option if you just
5141 want to run term (term is a program which gives you almost full
5142 Internet connectivity if you have a regular dial up shell account on
5143 some Internet connected Unix computer. Read
5144 http://www.bart.nl/~patrickr/term-howto/Term-HOWTO.html (to browse
5145 the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that
5146 has a program like lynx or netscape)). SLIP support will enlarge
5147 your kernel by about 4 KB. If unsure, say N.
5149 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
5150 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
5151 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5152 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. The module will be called
5155 CSLIP compressed headers
5156 CONFIG_SLIP_COMPRESSED
5157 This protocol is faster than SLIP because it uses compression on the
5158 TCP/IP headers (not on the data itself), but it has to be supported
5159 on both ends. Ask your access provider if you are not sure and
5160 answer Y, just in case. You will still be able to use plain SLIP. If
5161 you plan to use SLiRP, the SLIP emulator (available via FTP (user:
5163 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/network/serial/) which allows
5164 you to use SLIP over a regular dial up shell connection, you
5165 definitely want to say Y here. The NET-3-HOWTO, available via FTP
5166 (user: anonymous) in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO,
5167 explains how to configure CSLIP. This won't enlarge your kernel.
5169 Keepalive and linefill
5171 Adds additional capabilities to the SLIP driver to support the
5172 RELCOM line fill and keepalive monitoring. Ideal on poor quality
5175 Six bit SLIP encapsulation
5176 CONFIG_SLIP_MODE_SLIP6
5177 Just occasionally you may need to run IP over hostile serial
5178 networks that don't pass all control characters or are only seven
5179 bit. Saying Y here adds an extra mode you can use with SLIP:
5180 "slip6". In this mode, SLIP will only send normal ASCII symbols over
5181 the serial device. Naturally, this has to be supported at the other
5182 end of the link as well. It's good enough, for example, to run IP
5183 over the async ports of a Camtec JNT Pad. If unsure, say N.
5185 PPP (point-to-point) support
5187 PPP (Point to Point Protocol) is a newer and better SLIP. It serves
5188 the same purpose: sending Internet traffic over telephone (and other
5189 serial) lines. Ask your access provider if they support it, because
5190 otherwise you can't use it (not quite true any more: the free
5191 program SLiRP can emulate a PPP line if you just have a regular dial
5192 up shell account on some UNIX computer; get it via FTP (user:
5194 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/network/serial/). Note that
5195 you don't need "PPP support" if you just want to run term (term is a
5196 program which gives you almost full Internet connectivity if you
5197 have a regular dial up shell account on some Internet connected UNIX
5199 http://www.bart.nl/~patrickr/term-howto/Term-HOWTO.html (to browse
5200 the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that
5201 has a program like lynx or netscape)).
5203 To use PPP, you need an additional program called pppd as described
5204 in Documentation/networking/ppp.txt and in the PPP-HOWTO, available
5205 from ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. If you upgrade
5206 from an older kernel, you might need to upgrade pppd as well. The
5207 PPP option enlarges your kernel by about 16 KB.
5209 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5210 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5211 If you said Y to "Version information on all symbols" above, then
5212 you cannot compile the PPP driver into the kernel; you can then only
5213 compile it as a module. The module will be called ppp.o. If you want
5214 to compile it as a module, say M here and read
5215 Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5216 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. Note that, no matter what
5217 you do, the BSD compression code (used to compress the IP packets
5218 sent over the serial line; has to be supported at the other end as
5219 well) will always be compiled as a module; it is called bsd_comp.o
5220 and will show up in the directory modules once you have said "make
5221 modules". If unsure, say N.
5223 Wireless LAN (non-hamradio)
5225 Support for wireless LANs and everything having to do with radio,
5226 but not with amateur radio. Note that the answer to this question
5227 won't directly affect the kernel: saying N will just cause this
5228 configure script to skip all the questions about radio
5231 Some user-level drivers for scarab devices which don't require
5232 special kernel support are available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
5233 ftp://shadow.cabi.net/pub/Linux.
5235 STRIP (Metricom Starmode radio IP)
5237 Say Y if you have a Metricom radio and intend to use Starmode Radio
5238 IP. STRIP is a radio protocol developed for the MosquitoNet project
5239 (On the WWW at http://mosquitonet.stanford.edu/; to browse the WWW,
5240 you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a
5241 program like lynx or netscape) to send Internet traffic using
5242 Metricom radios. Metricom radios are small, battery powered,
5243 100kbit/sec packet radio transceivers, about the size and weight of
5244 a cellular telephone. (You may also have heard them called
5245 "Metricom modems" but we avoid the term "modem" because it misleads
5246 many people into thinking that you can plug a Metricom modem into a
5247 phone line and use it as a modem.)
5249 You can use STRIP on any Linux machine with a serial port, although
5250 it is obviously most useful for people with laptop computers. If you
5251 think you might get a Metricom radio in the future, there is no harm
5252 in saying Y to STRIP now, except that it makes the kernel a bit
5255 You can also compile this as a module ( = code which can be inserted
5256 in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M
5257 here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called
5260 AT&T WaveLAN & DEC RoamAbout DS support
5262 The Lucent WaveLAN (formerly NCR and AT&T; or DEC RoamAbout DS) is
5263 a Radio LAN (wireless Ethernet-like Local Area Network) using the
5264 radio frequencies 900 MHz and 2.4 GHz.
5266 This driver support the ISA version of the WaveLAN card. A separate
5267 driver for the PCMCIA (PC-card) hardware is available in David
5268 Hinds' pcmcia-cs package (see the file Documentation/Changes for
5271 If you want to use an ISA WaveLAN card under Linux, say Y and read
5272 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5273 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. Some more specific
5274 information is contained in Documentation/networking/wavelan.txt and
5275 in the source code drivers/net/wavelan.p.h.
5277 You will also need the wireless tools package available from
5278 ftp://ftp.inka.de/pub/comp/Linux/networking/NetTools/contrib/.
5279 Please read the man pages contained therein.
5281 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5282 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5283 The module will be called wavelan.o. If you want to compile it as a
5284 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5285 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
5287 Aironet Arlan 655 & IC2200 DS support
5289 Aironet makes Arlan. www.aironet.com. Uses www.Telxon.com chip, which is
5290 used on several similar cards. Driver is tested on 655 and IC2200 series.
5291 Look for http://www.ylenurme.ee/~elmer/655/ for latest information.
5292 Driver is build as two modules, arlan and arlan-proc. The later is /proc
5293 interface and not needed most of time.
5294 On some computers the card ends up in non-valid state after some time.
5295 Use a ping-reset script to clear it.
5298 LAPB over Ethernet driver
5300 This is a driver for a pseudo device (typically called /dev/lapb0)
5301 which allows you to open an LAPB point-to-point connection to some
5302 other computer on your Ethernet network. In order to do this, you
5303 need to say Y or M to the driver for your Ethernet card as well as
5304 to "LAPB Data Link Driver".
5306 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
5307 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
5308 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
5309 called lapbether.o. If unsure, say N.
5313 This is a driver for sending and receiving X.25 frames over regular
5314 asynchronous serial lines such as telephone lines equipped with
5315 ordinary modems. Experts should note that this driver doesn't
5316 currently comply with the asynchronous HDLS framing protocols in
5317 CCITT recommendation X.25.
5319 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
5320 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
5321 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
5322 called x25_asy.o. If unsure, say N.
5324 Shortwave radio modem driver
5326 This experimental driver is used by a package (to be released)
5327 that implements the shortwave radio protocols RTTY, Sitor (Amtor),
5328 Pactor 1 and GTOR using a standard PC sound card. If unsure,
5331 Shortwave radio modem driver support for Sound Blaster and compatible cards
5333 This option enables the hfmodem driver to use Sound Blaster and
5334 compatible cards. It requires a 16bit capable card, i.e.
5335 SB16 or better, or ESS1688 or newer.
5337 Shortwave radio modem driver support for WSS and Crystal cards
5339 This option enables the hfmodem driver to use WindowsSoundSystem
5340 compatible cards. These cards feature a codec chip from either
5341 Analog Devices (such as AD1848, AD1845) or Crystal Semiconductors
5342 (such as CS4248, CS423x).
5344 PLIP (parallel port) support
5346 PLIP (Parallel Line Internet Protocol) is used to create a
5347 reasonably fast mini network consisting of two (or, rarely, more)
5348 local machines. A PLIP link from a Linux box is a popular means to
5349 install a Linux distribution on a machine which doesn't have a CDROM
5350 drive (a minimal system has to be transferred with floppies first).
5351 The kernels on both machines need to have this PLIP option enabled
5354 The PLIP driver has two modes, mode 0 and mode 1. The parallel ports
5355 (the connectors at the computers with 25 holes) are connected with
5356 "null printer" or "Turbo Laplink" cables which can transmit 4 bits
5357 at a time (mode 0) or with special PLIP cables, to be used on
5358 bidirectional parallel ports only, which can transmit 8 bits at a
5359 time (mode 1); you can find the wiring of these cables in
5360 Documentation/networking/PLIP.txt. The cables can be up to 15m long.
5361 Mode 0 works also if one of the machines runs DOS/Windows and has
5362 some PLIP software installed, e.g. the Crynwr PLIP packet driver
5363 (http://oak.oakland.edu/simtel.net/msdos/pktdrvr-pre.html; to browse
5364 the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that
5365 has a program like lynx or netscape) and winsock or NCSA's telnet.
5367 If you want to use PLIP, say Y and read the PLIP mini-HOWTO,
5368 available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5369 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO/mini as well as the
5370 NET-3-HOWTO in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. Note that
5371 the PLIP protocol was changed and this PLIP driver won't work
5372 together with the PLIP support in Linux versions 1.0.x. This option
5373 enlarges your kernel by about 8 KB.
5375 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
5376 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
5377 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5378 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. The module will be called
5379 plip.o. If unsure, say Y or M, in case you buy a laptop later.
5381 EQL (serial line load balancing) support
5383 If you have two serial connections to some other computer (this
5384 usually requires two modems and two telephone lines) and you use
5385 SLIP (the protocol for sending Internet traffic over telephone
5386 lines) or PPP (a better SLIP) on them, you can make them behave like
5387 one double speed connection using this driver. Naturally, this has
5388 to be supported at the other end as well, either with a similar EQL
5389 Linux driver or with a Livingston Portmaster 2e.
5391 Say Y if you want this and read Documentation/networking/eql.txt.
5392 You may also want to read section 6.2 of the NET-3-HOWTO, available
5393 via FTP (user: anonymous) from
5394 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
5396 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5397 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5398 The module will be called eql.o. If you want to compile it as a
5399 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure,
5402 Ethertap network tap
5404 If you say Y here (and have said Y to "Kernel/User network link
5405 driver", above) and create a character special file /dev/tap0 with
5406 major number 36 and minor number 16 using mknod ("man mknod"), you
5407 will be able to have a user space program read and write raw
5408 Ethernet frames from/to that special file. tap0 can be configured
5409 with ifconfig and route like any other Ethernet device but it is not
5410 connected to any physical LAN; everything written by the user to
5411 /dev/tap0 is treated by the kernel as if it had come in from a LAN
5412 to the device tap0; everything the kernel wants to send out over the
5413 device tap0 can instead be read by the user from /dev/tap0: the user
5414 mode program replaces the LAN that would be attached to an ordinary
5415 Ethernet device. Please read the file
5416 Documentation/networking/ethertap.txt for more information.
5418 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5419 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5420 The module will be called ethertap.o. If you want to compile it as a
5421 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If you don't
5422 know what to use this for, you don't need it.
5424 Sealevel Systems 4021 support
5425 CONFIG_SEALEVEL_4021
5426 This is a driver for the Sealevel Systems ACB 56 serial I/O adapter.
5428 This driver can only be compiled as a module ( = code which can be
5429 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5430 If you want to do that, say M here. The module will be called
5433 Frame Relay (DLCI) support
5435 This is support for the frame relay protocol; frame relay is a fast
5436 low-cost way to connect to a remote Internet access provider or to
5437 form a private wide area network. The one physical line from your
5438 box to the local "switch" (i.e. the entry point to the frame relay
5439 network, usually at the phone company) can carry several logical
5440 point-to-point connections to other computers connected to the frame
5441 relay network. For a general explanation of the protocol, check out
5442 http://www.frforum.com/ on the WWW. (To browse the WWW, you need to
5443 have access to a machine on the Internet that has a program like
5444 lynx or netscape.) To use frame relay, you need supporting hardware
5445 (called FRAD) and certain programs from the net-tools package as
5446 explained in Documentation/networking/framerelay.txt.
5448 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5449 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5450 The module will be called dlci.o. If you want to compile it as a
5451 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5455 This is the maximal number of logical point-to-point frame relay
5456 connections (the identifiers of which are called DCLIs) that
5457 the driver can handle. The default is probably fine.
5461 You can specify here how many logical point-to-point frame relay
5462 connections (the identifiers of which are called DCLIs) should be
5463 handled by each of your hardware frame relay access devices. Go with
5466 Sangoma S502A FRAD support
5468 Say Y here if you need a driver for the Sangoma S502A, S502E, and
5469 S508 Frame Relay Access Devices. These are multi-protocol cards, but
5470 only frame relay is supported by the driver at this time. Please
5471 read Documentation/framerelay.txt.
5473 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5474 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5475 The module will be called sdla.o. If you want to compile it as a
5476 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5478 Acorn Econet/AUN protocols (EXPERIMENTAL)
5480 Econet is a fairly old and slow networking protocol mainly used by
5481 Acorn computers to access file and print servers. It uses native
5482 Econet network cards. AUN is an implementation of the higher level
5483 parts of Econet that runs over ordinary Ethernet connections, on
5484 top of the UDP packet protocol, which in turn runs on top of the
5485 Internet protocol IP.
5487 If you say Y here, you can choose with the next two options whether
5488 to send Econet/AUN traffic over a UDP Ethernet connection or over
5489 a native Econet network card.
5491 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5492 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5493 The module will be called econet.o. If you want to compile it as a
5494 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5497 CONFIG_ECONET_AUNUDP
5498 Say Y here if you want to send Econet/AUN traffic over a UDP
5499 connection (UDP is a packet based protocol that runs on top of the
5500 Internet protocol IP) using an ordinary Ethernet network card.
5503 CONFIG_ECONET_NATIVE
5504 Say Y here if you have a native Econet network card installed in
5509 Wide Area Networks (WANs), such as X.25, frame relay and leased
5510 lines, are used to interconnect Local Area Networks (LANs) over vast
5511 distances with data transfer rates significantly higher than those
5512 achievable with commonly used asynchronous modem connections.
5513 Usually, a quite expensive external device called a `WAN router' is
5514 needed to connect to a WAN.
5516 As an alternative, WAN routing can be built into the Linux kernel.
5517 With relatively inexpensive WAN interface cards available on the
5518 market, a perfectly usable router can be built for less than half
5519 the price of an external router. If you have one of those cards and
5520 wish to use your Linux box as a WAN router, say Y here and also to
5521 the WAN driver for your card, below. You will then need the
5522 wan-tools package which is available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
5523 ftp://ftp.sangoma.com. Read Documentation/networking/wan-router.txt
5524 for more information.
5526 The WAN routing support is also available as a module called
5527 wanrouter.o ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the
5528 running kernel whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a
5529 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5533 Fast switching (read help!)
5534 CONFIG_NET_FASTROUTE
5535 Saying Y here enables direct NIC-to-NIC (NIC = Network Interface
5536 Card) data transfers, which is fast.
5538 *** This option is NOT COMPATIBLE with several important ***
5539 *** networking options: especially CONFIG*FIREWALL. ***
5540 *** Say N here if you intend to use Linux as a firewall. ***
5542 However, it will work with all options in CONFIG_IP_ADVANCED_ROUTER
5543 section (except for CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_TOS and CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_FWMARK).
5544 At the moment, few devices support fast switching (tulip is one of
5545 them, modified 8390 can be found at
5546 ftp://ftp.inr.ac.ru/ip-routing/fastroute/fastroute-8390.tar.gz).
5550 Forwarding between high speed interfaces
5551 CONFIG_NET_HW_FLOWCONTROL
5552 This option enables NIC (Network Interface Card) hardware throttling
5553 during periods of extremal congestion. At the moment only a couple
5554 of device drivers support it (really only one -- tulip, modified
5555 8390 can be found at
5556 ftp://ftp.inr.ac.ru/ip-routing/fastroute/fastroute-8390.tar.gz).
5557 Really, this option is applicable to any machine attached to a fast enough
5558 network, and even a 10 Mb NIC is able to kill a not very slow box,
5559 such as a 120MHz Pentium.
5561 However, do not say Y here if you did not experience any serious
5564 CPU is too slow to handle full bandwidth
5566 If you suspect that your CPU is not fast enough to handle the
5567 full bandwidth of your network connection, try saying Y here. If
5570 QoS and/or fair queueing
5572 When the kernel has several packets to send out over the network
5573 devices, it has to make a decision which one to send first. This is
5574 especially important if some of the network devices are real time
5575 devices that need a certain minimum data flow rate. There are
5576 several different algorithms for how to do this "fairly"; they are
5577 called packet schedulers. If you want to stick to the default
5578 scheduling algorithm, say N here. If you want to experiment with a
5579 couple of different algorithms, say Y. You can then attach different
5580 schedulers to different network devices. Currently, this is only
5581 recommended for experts.
5583 To administer these schedulers, you'll need the user-level utilities
5584 from the package iproute2+tc at ftp://ftp.inr.ac.ru/ip-routing/
5586 If you say Y here and to "/proc filesystem" below, you will be able
5587 to read status information about priority schedulers from the file
5590 The available schedulers are listed in the following questions; you
5591 can say Y to as many as you like. If unsure, say N now.
5593 CBQ packet scheduler
5595 Say Y here if you want to use the Class-Based Queueing (CBQ) packet
5596 scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices. This
5597 algorithm classifies the waiting packets into a tree-like hierarchy
5598 of classes; the leaves of this tree are in turn scheduled by
5599 separate algorithms (called "disciplines" in this context) which you
5600 can choose below from among the various queueing algorithms. See the
5601 top of net/sched/sch_cbq.c for references about the CBQ algorithm.
5603 This code is also available as a module called sch_cbq.o ( = code
5604 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
5605 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
5606 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5608 CSZ packet scheduler
5610 Say Y here if you want to use the Clark-Shenker-Zhang (CSZ) packet
5611 scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices. At the
5612 moment, this is the only algorithm that can guarantee service for
5613 real-time applications (see the top of net/sched/sch_csz.c for
5614 details and references about the algorithm).
5616 Note: this scheduler is currently broken.
5618 This code is also available as a module called sch_csz.o ( = code
5619 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
5620 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
5621 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5623 The simplest PRIO pseudo scheduler
5625 Say Y here if you want to use an n-band priority queue packet
5626 "scheduler" for some of your network devices or as a leaf discipline
5627 for the CBQ scheduling algorithm.
5629 This code is also available as a module called sch_prio.o ( = code
5630 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
5631 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
5632 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5636 Say Y here if you want to use the Random Early Detection (RED)
5637 packet scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices (see
5638 the top of net/sched/sch_red.c for details and references about the
5641 This code is also available as a module called sch_red.o ( = code
5642 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
5643 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
5644 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5648 Say Y here if you want to use the Stochastic Fairness Queueing (SFQ)
5649 packet scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices or as a
5650 leaf discipline for the CBQ scheduling algorithm (see the top of
5651 net/sched/sch_sfq.c for details and references about the SFQ
5654 This code is also available as a module called sch_sfq.o ( = code
5655 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
5656 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
5657 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5661 Say Y here if you want to use the True Link Equalizer (TLE) packet
5662 scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices or as a leaf
5663 discipline for the CBQ scheduling algorithm. This queueing
5664 discipline allows the combination of several physical devices into
5665 one virtual device. (see the top of net/sched/sch_teql.c for
5668 This code is also available as a module called sch_teql.o ( = code
5669 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
5670 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
5671 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5675 Say Y here if you want to use the Simple Token Bucket Filter (TBF)
5676 packet scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices or as a
5677 leaf discipline for the CBQ scheduling algorithm (see the top of
5678 net/sched/sch_tbf.c for a description of the TBF algorithm).
5680 This code is also available as a module called sch_tbf.o ( = code
5681 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
5682 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
5683 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5687 Say Y here if you want to include Quality Of Service scheduling
5688 features, which means that you will be able to request certain
5689 rate-of-flow limits for your net devices.
5691 Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
5692 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
5693 the questions about QoS support.
5696 CONFIG_NET_ESTIMATOR
5697 In order for Quality of Service scheduling to work, the current
5698 rate-of-flow for a network device has to be estimated; if you say Y
5699 here, the kernel will do just that.
5701 Packet classifier API
5703 The CBQ scheduling algorithm requires that network packets which are
5704 scheduled to be sent out over a network device be classified in some
5705 way. If you say Y here, you will get a choice of several different
5706 packet classifiers with the following questions.
5708 # Routing tables based classifier
5709 # CONFIG_NET_CLS_ROUTE
5711 # Firewall based classifier
5715 # CONFIG_NET_CLS_U32
5717 # Special RSVP classifier
5718 # CONFIG_NET_CLS_RSVP
5720 # Special RSVP classifier for IPv6
5721 # CONFIG_NET_CLS_RSVP6
5723 # Ingres traffic policing
5724 # CONFIG_NET_CLS_POLICE
5726 ### Some expert please fill these in
5729 Network code profiler
5731 If you say Y here and to "/proc filesystem support" below, some
5732 obscure and undocumented information about the network code's
5733 performance will be written to /proc/net/profile. If you don't know
5734 what it is about, you don't need it: say N.
5736 Comtrol Hostess SV-11 support
5738 This is a network card for low speed synchronous serial links, at
5739 up to 256Kbps. It supports both PPP and Cisco HDLC.
5741 At this point, the driver can only be compiled as a module.
5743 COSA/SRP sync serial boards support
5745 This is a driver for COSA and SRP synchronous serial boards. These
5746 boards allow to connect synchronous serial devices (for example
5747 base-band modems, or any other device with the X.21, V.24, V.35 or
5748 V.36 interface) to your Linux box. The cards can work as the
5749 character device, synchronous PPP network device, or the Cisco HDLC
5752 To actually use the COSA or SRP board, you will need user-space
5753 utilities for downloading the firmware to the cards and to set them
5754 up. Look at the http://www.fi.muni.cz/~kas/cosa/ for more
5755 information about the cards (including the pointer to the user-space
5756 utilities). You can also read the comment at the top of the
5757 drivers/net/cosa.c for details about the cards and the driver
5760 The driver will be compiled as a module ( = code which can be
5761 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5762 The module will be called cosa.o. For general information about
5763 modules read Documentation/modules.txt.
5765 Red Creek Hardware VPN (EXPERIMENTAL)
5767 This is a driver for hardware which provides a Virtual Private
5768 Network (VPN). Say Y if you have it.
5770 This code is also available as a module called rcpci.o ( = code
5771 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
5772 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
5773 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5777 Say Y to this option if your Linux box contains a WAN card and you
5778 are planning to use the box as a WAN ( = Wide Area Network) router
5779 ( = device used to interconnect local area networks over wide area
5780 communication links, such as leased lines or public data networks,
5781 e.g. X.25 or frame relay) and you will be offered a list of drivers
5782 for WAN cards currently available. For more information, read
5783 Documentation/networking/wan-router.txt.
5785 Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
5786 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
5787 the questions about WAN card drivers. If unsure, say N.
5789 Sangoma WANPIPE(tm) multiprotocol cards
5790 CONFIG_VENDOR_SANGOMA
5791 WANPIPE from Sangoma Technologies Inc. (http://www.sangoma.com; to
5792 browse the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet
5793 that has a program like lynx or netscape) is a family of intelligent
5794 multiprotocol WAN adapters with data transfer rates up to T1 (1.544
5795 Mbps). They are also known as Synchronous Data Link Adapters (SDLA)
5796 and designated S502E(A), S503 or S508. These cards support the X.25,
5797 Frame Relay, and PPP protocols. If you have one or more of these
5798 cards, say Y to this option; you may then also want to read the file
5799 Documentation/networking/wanpipe.txt. The next questions will ask
5800 you about the protocols you want the driver to support.
5802 The driver will be compiled as a module ( = code which can be
5803 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5804 The module will be called wanpipe.o. For general information about
5805 modules read Documentation/modules.txt.
5807 Maximum number of cards
5808 CONFIG_WANPIPE_CARDS
5809 Enter number of WANPIPE adapters installed in your machine. The
5810 driver can support up to 8 cards. You may enter more than you
5811 actually have if you plan to add more cards in the future without
5812 re-compiling the driver, but remember that in this case you'll waste
5813 some kernel memory (about 1K per card).
5815 WANPIPE X.25 support
5817 Say Y to this option if you are planning to connect a WANPIPE card
5818 to an X.25 network. You should then also have said Y to "CCITT X.25
5819 Packet Layer" and "LAPB Data Link Driver", above. If you say N, the
5820 X.25 support will not be included in the driver (saves about 16 KB
5823 WANPIPE Frame Relay support
5825 Say Y to this option if you are planning to connect a WANPIPE card
5826 to a frame relay network. You should then also have said Y to "Frame
5827 Relay (DLCI) support", above. If you say N, the frame relay
5828 support will not be included in the driver (saves about 16 KB of
5833 Say Y to this option if you are planning to connect a WANPIPE card
5834 to a leased line using Point-to-Point protocol (PPP). You should
5835 then also have said Y to "PPP (point-to-point) support", above. If
5836 you say N, the PPP support will not be included in the driver (saves
5837 about 16 KB of kernel memory).
5839 Cyclom 2X(tm) multiprotocol cards
5840 CONFIG_CYCLADES_SYNC
5841 Cyclom 2X from Cyclades Corporation (http://www.cyclades.com and
5842 http://www.cyclades.com.br; to browse the WWW, you need to have
5843 access to a machine on the Internet that has a program like lynx or
5844 netscape) is an intelligent multiprotocol WAN adapter with data
5845 transfer rates up to 512 Kbps). These cards support the X.25 and SNA
5846 related protocols. If you have one or more of these cards, say Y to
5847 this option. The next questions will ask you about the protocols you
5848 want the driver to support (for now only X.25 is supported).
5850 While no documentation is available at this time please grab the
5851 wanconfig tarball in http://www.conectiva.com.br/~acme/cycsyn-devel
5852 (with minor changes to make it compile with the current wanrouter
5853 include files; efforts are being made to use the original package
5854 available at ftp://ftp.sangoma.com).
5856 Feel free to contact me or the cycsyn-devel mailing list at
5857 acme@conectiva.com.br and cycsyn-devel@bazar.conectiva.com.br for
5858 aditional details, I hope to have documentation available as soon
5861 The driver will be compiled as a module ( = code which can be
5862 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5863 The module will be called cyclomx.o. For general information about
5864 modules read Documentation/modules.txt.
5866 Cyclom 2X X.25 support
5868 Say Y to this option if you are planning to connect a Cyclom 2X card
5870 If you say N, the X.25 support will not be included in the driver
5871 (saves about 11 KB of kernel memory).
5873 Ethernet (10 or 100Mbit)
5875 Ethernet (also called IEEE 802.3 or ISO 8802-2) is the most common
5876 type of Local Area Network (LAN) in universities and companies.
5878 Common varieties of Ethernet are: 10BASE-2 or Thinnet (10 Mbps over
5879 coaxial cable, linking computers in a chain), 10BASE-T or twisted
5880 pair (10 Mbps over twisted pair cable, linking computers to central
5881 hubs), 10BASE-F (10 Mbps over optical fiber links, using hubs),
5882 100BASE-TX (100 Mbps over two twisted pair cables, using hubs),
5883 100BASE-T4 (100 Mbps over 4 standard voice-grade twisted pair
5884 cables, using hubs), 100BASE-FX (100 Mbps over optical fiber links)
5885 [the 100BASE varieties are also known as Fast Ethernet], and Gigabit
5886 Ethernet (1 Gbps over optical fiber or short copper links).
5888 If your Linux machine will be connected to an Ethernet and you have
5889 an Ethernet network interface card (NIC) installed in your computer,
5890 say Y here and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user:
5891 anonymous) from ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. You will
5892 then also have to say Y to the driver for your particular NIC.
5894 Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
5895 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
5896 the questions about Ethernet network cards. If unsure, say N.
5898 Sun LANCE Ethernet support
5900 This is support for lance Ethernet cards on Sun workstations such as
5901 the SPARCstation IPC (any SPARC with a network interface 'le0' under
5904 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5905 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5906 The module will be called lance.o. If you want to compile it as a
5907 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5909 Sun Intel Ethernet support
5911 This is support for the Intel Ethernet cards on some Sun
5912 workstations (all those with a network interface 'ie0' under SunOS).
5914 Western Digital/SMC cards
5915 CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_SMC
5916 If you have a network (Ethernet) card belonging to this class, say Y
5917 and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5918 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
5920 Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the
5921 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
5922 the questions about Western Digital cards. If you say Y, you will be
5923 asked for your specific card in the following questions.
5927 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
5928 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5929 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
5931 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5932 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5933 The module will be called wd.o. If you want to compile it as a
5934 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5935 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
5937 SMC Ultra MCA support
5939 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type and are running
5940 an MCA based system (PS/2), say Y and read
5941 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5942 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
5944 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5945 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5946 The module will be called smc-mca.o. If you want to compile it as a
5947 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5948 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
5952 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
5953 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5954 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
5956 Important: There have been many reports that, with some motherboards
5957 mixing an SMC Ultra and an Adaptec AHA154x SCSI card (or compatible,
5958 such as some BusLogic models) causes corruption problems with many
5959 operating systems. The Linux smc-ultra driver has a work-around for
5960 this but keep it in mind if you have such a SCSI card and have
5963 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5964 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5965 The module will be called smc-ultra.o. If you want to compile it as
5966 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5967 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
5969 SMC Ultra32 EISA support
5971 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
5972 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5973 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
5975 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5976 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5977 The module will be called smc-ultra32.o. If you want to compile it
5978 as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well
5979 as Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
5983 This is support for the SMC9xxx based Ethernet cards. Choose this
5984 option if you have a DELL laptop with the docking station, or
5985 another SMC9192/9194 based chipset. Say Y if you want it compiled
5986 into the kernel, and read the file
5987 Documentation/networking/smc9.txt and the Ethernet-HOWTO, available
5988 via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5989 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
5991 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5992 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
5993 want). The module will be called smc9194.o. If you want to compile
5994 it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as
5995 well as Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
5999 This driver is for NE2000 compatible PCI cards. It will not work
6000 with ISA NE2000 cards (they have their own driver, "NE2000/NE1000
6001 support" below). If you have a PCI NE2000 network (Ethernet) card,
6002 say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user:
6003 anonymous) in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6005 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6006 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6007 The module will be called ne2k-pci.o. If you want to compile it as a
6008 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6009 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6011 Racal-Interlan (Micom) NI cards
6012 CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_RACAL
6013 If you have a network (Ethernet) card belonging to this class, such
6014 as the NI5010, NI5210 or NI6210, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO,
6015 available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6016 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6018 Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the
6019 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
6020 the questions about NI cards. If you say Y, you will be asked for
6021 your specific card in the following questions.
6025 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6026 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6027 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. Note that this is still
6030 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6031 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6032 The module will be called ni5010.o. If you want to compile it as a
6033 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6034 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6038 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6039 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6040 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6042 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6043 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6044 The module will be called ni52.o. If you want to compile it as a
6045 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6046 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6050 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6051 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6052 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6054 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6055 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6056 The module will be called ni65.o. If you want to compile it as a
6057 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6058 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6060 RealTek 8129/8139 (not 8019/8029!) support
6062 This is a driver for the Fast Ethernet PCI network cards based on
6063 the RTL8129 and RTL8139 chips. If you have one of those, say Y and
6064 read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6065 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6067 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
6068 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6069 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended.
6070 The module will be called rtl8139.o.
6072 Packet Engines Yellowfin Gigabit-NIC support
6074 Say Y here if you have a Packet Engines G-NIC PCI Gigabit Ethernet
6075 adapter. This adapter is used by the Beowulf Linux cluster project.
6076 See http://cesdis.gsfc.nasa.gov/linux/drivers/yellowfin.html for
6077 more information about this driver in particular and Beowulf in
6078 general (to browse the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on
6079 the Internet that has a program like lynx or netscape).
6081 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
6082 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6083 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended.
6084 The module will be called yellowfin.o.
6086 Alteon AceNIC/3Com 3C985/NetGear GA620 Gigabit support
6088 Say Y here if you have an Alteon AceNIC or 3Com 3C985 PCI Gigabit
6089 Ethernet adapter. The driver allows for using the Jumbo Frame
6090 option (9000 bytes/frame) however it requires that your switches
6091 can handle this as well. To enable Jumbo Frames, add `mtu 9000' to
6094 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
6095 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6096 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended.
6097 The module will be called acenic.o.
6099 AMD LANCE and PCnet (AT1500 and NE2100) support
6101 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6102 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6103 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. Some LinkSys cards are
6106 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
6107 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6108 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended.
6109 The module will be called lance.o.
6112 CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_3COM
6113 If you have a network (Ethernet) card belonging to this class, say Y
6114 and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6115 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6117 Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the
6118 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
6119 the questions about 3COM cards. If you say Y, you will be asked for
6120 your specific card in the following questions.
6124 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6125 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6126 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. Also, consider buying a
6127 new card, since the 3c501 is slow, broken, and obsolete: you will
6128 have problems. Some people suggest to ping ("man ping") a nearby
6129 machine every minute ("man cron") when using this card.
6131 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6132 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6133 The module will be called 3c501.o. If you want to compile it as a
6134 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6135 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6139 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6140 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6141 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6143 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6144 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6145 The module will be called 3c503.o. If you want to compile it as a
6146 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6147 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6151 Information about this network (Ethernet) card can be found in
6152 Documentation/networking/3c505.txt. If you have a card of this type,
6153 say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user:
6154 anonymous) in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6156 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
6157 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6158 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6159 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. The module will be called
6164 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6165 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6166 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6168 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6169 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6170 The module will be called 3c507.o. If you want to compile it as a
6171 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6172 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6176 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6177 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6178 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6180 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6181 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6182 The module will be called 3c523.o. If you want to compile it as a
6183 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6184 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6188 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6189 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6190 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6192 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6193 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6194 The module will be called 3c527.o. If you want to compile it as a
6195 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6196 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6200 If you have a network (Ethernet) card belonging to the 3Com
6201 EtherLinkIII series, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available
6202 via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6203 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6205 If your card is not working you may need to use the DOS
6206 setup disk to disable Plug & Play mode, and to select the default
6209 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
6210 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6211 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6212 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. The module will be called
6215 3c590 series (592/595/597) "Vortex" support
6217 If you have a 3Com "Vortex" (Fast EtherLink 3c590/3c592/3c595/3c597)
6218 or "Boomerang" series (EtherLink XL 3c900 or 3c905) network
6219 (Ethernet) card, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via
6220 FTP (user: anonymous) in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6221 More specific information is in Documentation/networking/vortex.txt
6222 and in the comments at the beginning of drivers/net/3c59x.c.
6224 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
6225 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6226 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6227 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6231 If your network (Ethernet) card hasn't been mentioned yet and its
6232 bus system (that's the way the cards talks to the other components
6233 of your computer) is ISA (as opposed to EISA, VLB or PCI), say Y.
6234 Make sure you know the name of your card. Read the Ethernet-HOWTO,
6235 available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6236 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. If unsure, say Y.
6238 Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the
6239 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
6240 the remaining ISA network card questions. If you say Y, you will be
6241 asked for your specific card in the following questions.
6243 Generic ARCnet support
6245 If you have a network card of this type, say Y and check out the
6246 (arguably) beautiful poetry in Documentation/networking/arcnet.txt.
6248 You need both this driver, and the driver for the particular ARCnet
6249 chipset of your card. If you don't know, then it's probably a
6250 COM90xx type card, so say Y (or M) to "ARCnet COM90xx chipset
6253 You might also want to have a look at the Ethernet-HOWTO, available
6254 via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6255 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO (even though ARCnet is
6256 not really Ethernet).
6258 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6259 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6260 The module will be called arcnet.o. If you want to compile it as a
6261 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6262 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6264 Enable arc0e (ARCnet "ether-encap" packet format)
6266 This allows you to use "Ethernet encapsulation" with your ARCnet
6267 card via the virtual arc0e device. You only need arc0e if you want
6268 to talk to nonstandard ARCnet software, specifically,
6269 DOS/Windows-style "NDIS" drivers. You do not need to say Y here to
6270 communicate with industry-standard RFC1201 implementations, like the
6271 arcether.com packet driver or most DOS/Windows ODI drivers. RFC1201
6272 is included automatically as the arc0 device. Please read the
6273 ARCnet documentation in Documentation/networking/arcnet.txt for more
6274 information about using arc0e and arc0s.
6276 Enable arc0s (ARCnet RFC1051 packet format)
6278 This allows you to use RFC1051 with your ARCnet card via the virtual
6279 arc0s device. You only need arc0s if you want to talk to ARCnet
6280 software complying with the "old" standard, specifically, the DOS
6281 arcnet.com packet driver, Amigas running AmiTCP, and some variants
6282 of NetBSD. You do not need to say Y here to communicate with
6283 industry-standard RFC1201 implementations, like the arcether.com
6284 packet driver or most DOS/Windows ODI drivers. RFC1201 is included
6285 automatically as the arc0 device. Please read the ARCnet
6286 documentation in Documentation/networking/arcnet.txt for more
6287 information about using arc0e and arc0s.
6289 ARCnet COM90xx (normal) chipset driver
6290 CONFIG_ARCNET_COM90xx
6291 This is the chipset driver for the standard COM90xx cards. If you
6292 have always used the old ARCnet driver without knowing what type of
6293 card you had, this is probably the one for you.
6295 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6296 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6297 The module will be called com90xx.o. If you want to compile it as a
6298 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6299 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6301 ARCnet COM90xx (IO mapped) chipset driver
6302 CONFIG_ARCNET_COM90xxIO
6303 This is the chipset driver for the COM90xx cards, using them in
6304 IO-mapped mode instead of memory-mapped mode. This is slower than
6305 the normal driver. Only use it if your card doesn't support shared
6308 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6309 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6310 The module will be called com90io.o. If you want to compile it as a
6311 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6312 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6314 ARCnet COM90xx (RIM I) chipset driver
6316 This is yet another chipset driver for the COM90xx cards, but this
6317 time only using memory-mapped mode, and no IO ports at all. This
6318 driver is completely untested, so if you have one of these cards,
6319 please mail David.Woodhouse@mvhi.com, especially if it works!
6321 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6322 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
6323 want). The module will be called arc-rimi.o. If you want to compile
6324 it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as
6325 well as Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6327 ARCnet COM20020 chipset driver
6328 CONFIG_ARCNET_COM20020
6329 This is the driver for the new COM20020 chipset. It supports such
6330 things as promiscuous mode, so packet sniffing is possible, and
6331 extra diagnostic information.
6333 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6334 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6335 The module will be called com20020.o. If you want to compile it as a
6336 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6337 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6339 Cabletron E21xx support
6341 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6342 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6343 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6345 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6346 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6347 The module will be called e2100.o. If you want to compile it as a
6348 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6349 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6353 Support for CS89x0 chipset based Ethernet cards. If you have a
6354 network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read the
6355 Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6356 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO as well as
6357 Documentation/networking/cs89x0.txt.
6359 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
6360 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6361 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6362 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. The module will be called
6367 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6368 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6369 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO as well as
6370 drivers/net/depca.c.
6372 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
6373 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6374 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6375 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. The module will be called
6378 EtherWorks 3 support
6380 This driver supports the DE203, DE204 and DE205 network (Ethernet)
6381 cards. If this is for you, say Y and read
6382 Documentation/networking/ewrk3.txt in the kernel source as well as
6383 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
6384 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6386 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
6387 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6388 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6389 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. The module will be called
6394 This is a driver for the SEEQ 8005 network (Ethernet) card. If this
6395 is for you, read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user:
6396 anonymous) from ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6400 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6401 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6402 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6404 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6405 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6406 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
6407 Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6408 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. The module will be called
6411 FMV-181/182/183/184 support
6413 If you have a Fujitsu FMV-181/182/183/184 network (Ethernet) card,
6414 say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user:
6415 anonymous) in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6417 If you use an FMV-183 or FMV-184 and it is not working, you may need
6418 to disable Plug & Play mode of the card.
6420 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6421 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6422 The module will be called fmv18x.o. If you want to compile it as a
6423 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6424 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6426 EtherExpress PRO support
6428 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y. Note
6429 however that the EtherExpress PRO/100 Ethernet card has its own
6430 separate driver. Please read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP
6431 (user: anonymous) in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6433 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6434 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6435 The module will be called eepro.o. If you want to compile it as a
6436 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6437 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6439 EtherExpress support
6441 If you have an EtherExpress16 network (Ethernet) card, say Y and
6442 read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6443 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. Note that the Intel
6444 EtherExpress16 card used to be regarded as a very poor choice
6445 because the driver was very unreliable. We now have a new driver
6446 that should do better.
6448 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
6449 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6450 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6451 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. The module will be called
6454 HP PCLAN+ (27247B and 27252A) support
6456 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6457 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6458 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6460 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6461 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6462 The module will be called hp-plus.o. If you want to compile it as a
6463 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6464 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6466 HP PCLAN (27245 and other 27xxx series) support
6468 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6469 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6470 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6472 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6473 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6474 The module will be called hp.o. If you want to compile it as a
6475 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6476 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6478 HP 10/100VG PCLAN (ISA, EISA, PCI) support
6480 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6481 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6482 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6484 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
6485 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6486 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6487 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. The module will be called
6490 NE2000/NE1000 support
6492 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6493 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6494 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. Many Ethernet cards
6495 without a specific driver are compatible with NE2000.
6497 If you have a PCI NE2000 card however, say N here and Y to "PCI
6498 NE2000 support", above. If you have a NE2000 card and are running on
6499 an MCA system (a bus system used on some IBM PS/2 computers and
6500 laptops), say N here and Y to "NE/2 (ne2000 MCA version) support",
6503 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6504 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6505 The module will be called ne.o. If you want to compile it as a
6506 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6507 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6511 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6512 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6513 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6515 NE/2 (ne2000 MCA version) support
6517 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6518 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6519 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6521 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6522 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6523 The module will be called ne2.o. If you want to compile it as a
6524 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6525 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6529 This are Micro Channel ethernet adapters. You need to set CONFIG_MCA
6530 to use this driver. It's both available as an in-kernel driver and
6531 as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the
6532 running kernel whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module,
6533 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6534 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. If you plan to use more than
6535 one network card under linux, read the Multiple-Ethernet-mini-HOWTO,
6536 available from sunsite.unc.edu:/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO/mini. Supported
6537 cards are the SKnet Junior MC2 and the SKnet MC2(+). Distinguishing
6538 both cards is done automatically. Note that using multiple boards
6539 of different type hasn't been tested with this driver.
6541 EISA, VLB, PCI and on board controllers
6543 This is another class of network cards which attach directly to the
6544 bus. If you have one of those, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO,
6545 available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
6546 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6548 Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the
6549 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
6550 the questions about this class of network cards. If you say Y, you
6551 will be asked for your specific card in the following questions. If
6552 you are unsure, say Y.
6554 AMD PCnet32 (VLB and PCI) support
6556 If you have a PCnet32 or PCnetPCI based network (Ethernet) card,
6557 answer Y here and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user:
6558 anonymous) in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6560 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6561 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6562 The module will be called pcnet32.o. If you want to compile it as a
6563 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6564 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6566 Ansel Communications EISA 3200 support
6568 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6569 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6570 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6572 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6573 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6574 The module will be called ac3200.o. If you want to compile it as a
6575 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6576 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6578 Mylex EISA LNE390A/LNE390B support
6580 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6581 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6582 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6584 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6585 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6586 The module will be called lne390.o. If you want to compile it as a
6587 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6588 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6590 Novell/Eagle/Microdyne NE3210 EISA support
6592 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6593 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6594 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. Note that this driver
6595 will NOT WORK for NE3200 cards as they are completely different.
6597 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6598 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6599 The module will be called ne3210.o. If you want to compile it as a
6600 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6601 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6603 Apricot Xen-II on board Ethernet
6605 If you have a network (Ethernet) controller of this type, say Y and
6606 read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6607 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6609 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
6610 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6611 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6612 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. The module will be called
6615 Generic DECchip & DIGITAL EtherWORKS PCI/EISA
6617 This is support for the DIGITAL series of PCI/EISA Ethernet cards.
6618 These include the DE425, DE434, DE435, DE450 and DE500 models. If
6619 you have a network card of this type, say Y and read the
6620 Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6621 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. More specific
6622 information is contained in Documentation/networking/de4x5.txt.
6624 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6625 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6626 The module will be called de4x5.o. If you want to compile it as a
6627 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6628 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6630 DECchip Tulip (dc21x4x) PCI support
6632 This driver is developed for the SMC EtherPower series Ethernet
6633 cards and also works with cards based on the DECchip
6634 21040/21041/21140 (Tulip series) chips. Some LinkSys PCI cards are
6635 of this type. (If your card is NOT SMC EtherPower 10/100 PCI
6636 (smc9332dst), you can also try the driver for "Generic DECchip"
6637 cards, above. However, most people with a network card of this type
6638 will say Y here.) Do read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP
6639 (user: anonymous) in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6640 More specific information is contained in
6641 Documentation/networking/tulip.txt.
6643 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6644 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6645 The module will be called tulip.o. If you want to compile it as a
6646 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6647 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6649 Digi Intl. RightSwitch support
6651 This is support for the Digi International RightSwitch series of
6652 PCI/EISA Ethernet switch cards. These include the SE-4 and the SE-6
6653 models. If you have a network card of this type, say Y and read the
6654 Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6655 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. More specific
6656 information is contained in Documentation/networking/dgrs.txt.
6658 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6659 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6660 The module will be called dgrs.o. If you want to compile it as a
6661 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6662 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6664 EtherExpress PRO/100 support
6665 CONFIG_EEXPRESS_PRO100
6666 If you have an Intel EtherExpress PRO/100 PCI network (Ethernet)
6667 card, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user:
6668 anonymous) in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6670 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6671 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6672 The module will be called eepro100.o. If you want to compile it as a
6673 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6674 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6676 ICL EtherTeam 16i/32 support
6678 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6679 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6680 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6682 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6683 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6684 The module will be called eth16i.o. If you want to compile it as a
6685 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6686 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6688 TI ThunderLAN support (EXPERIMENTAL)
6690 If you have a PCI Ethernet network card based on the ThunderLAN chip
6691 which is supported by this driver, say Y and read the
6692 Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6693 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6695 Devices currently supported by this driver are Compaq Netelligent,
6696 Compaq NetFlex and Olicom cards. Please read the file
6697 Documentation/networking/tlan.txt for more details.
6699 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6700 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6701 The module will be called tlan.o. If you want to compile it as a
6702 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6703 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6705 Please email feedback to james.banks@caldera.com.
6709 If you have a VIA "rhine" based network card (Rhine-I (3043) or
6710 Rhine-2 (VT86c100A)), say Y here.
6712 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6713 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6714 The module will be called via-rhine.o. If you want to compile it as
6715 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6716 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6718 Racal-Interlan EISA ES3210 support
6720 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6721 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6722 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6724 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6725 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6726 The module will be called es3210.o. If you want to compile it as a
6727 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6728 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6730 SMC EtherPower II (EXPERIMENTAL)
6732 If you have an SMC EtherPower II 9432 PCI Ethernet network card
6733 which is based on the SMC83c170, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO,
6734 available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6735 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6737 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6738 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6739 The module will be called epic100.o. If you want to compile it as a
6740 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6741 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6743 SGI Seeq ethernet controller support
6745 Say Y here if you have an Seeq based Ethernet network card. This is
6746 used in many Silicon Graphics machines.
6748 Zenith Z-Note support
6750 The Zenith Z-Note notebook computer has a built-in network
6751 (Ethernet) card, and this is the Linux driver for it. Note that the
6752 IBM Thinkpad 300 is compatible with the Z-Note and is also supported
6753 by this driver. Read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user:
6754 anonymous) in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6756 Pocket and portable adapters
6758 Cute little network (Ethernet) devices which attach to the parallel
6759 port ("pocket adapters"), commonly used with laptops. If you have
6760 one of those, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP
6761 (user: anonymous) from ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6763 If you want to plug a network (or some other) card into the PCMCIA
6764 (or PC-card) slot of your laptop instead (PCMCIA is the standard for
6765 credit card size extension cards used by all modern laptops), you
6766 need the pcmcia-cs package (location contained in the file
6767 Documentation/Changes) and you can say N here.
6769 Laptop users should read the Linux Laptop home page at
6770 http://www.cs.utexas.edu/users/kharker/linux-laptop/ (to browse the
6771 WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a
6772 program like lynx or netscape).
6774 Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the
6775 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
6776 the questions about this class of network devices. If you say Y, you
6777 will be asked for your specific device in the following questions.
6779 AT-LAN-TEC/RealTek pocket adapter support
6781 This is a network (Ethernet) device which attaches to your parallel
6782 port. Read drivers/net/atp.c as well as the Ethernet-HOWTO,
6783 available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
6784 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO if you want to use this.
6785 If you intend to use this driver, you should have said N to the
6786 Parallel Printer support, because the two drivers don't like each
6789 D-Link DE600 pocket adapter support
6791 This is a network (Ethernet) device which attaches to your parallel
6792 port. Read Documentation/networking/DLINK.txt as well as the
6793 Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
6794 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO if you want to use this.
6795 It is possible to have several devices share a single parallel port
6796 and it is safe to compile the corresponding drivers into the kernel.
6798 If you want to compile this driver as a module however ( = code
6799 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
6800 whenever you want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
6801 The module will be called de600.o.
6803 D-Link DE620 pocket adapter support
6805 This is a network (Ethernet) device which attaches to your parallel
6806 port. Read Documentation/networking/DLINK.txt as well as the
6807 Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
6808 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO if you want to use this.
6809 It is possible to have several devices share a single parallel port
6810 and it is safe to compile the corresponding drivers into the kernel.
6812 If you want to compile this driver as a module however ( = code
6813 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
6814 whenever you want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
6815 The module will be called de620.o.
6817 Token Ring driver support
6819 Token Ring is IBM's way of communication on a local network; the
6820 rest of the world uses Ethernet. To participate on a Token Ring
6821 network, you need a special Token ring network card. If you are
6822 connected to such a Token Ring network and want to use your Token
6823 Ring card under Linux, say Y here and to the driver for your
6824 particular card below and read the Token-Ring mini-HOWTO, available
6825 via FTP (user:anonymous) from
6826 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. Most people can say N
6829 IBM Tropic chipset based adapter support
6831 This is support for all IBM Token Ring cards that don't use DMA. If
6832 you have such a beast, say Y and read the Token-Ring mini-HOWTO,
6833 available via FTP (user:anonymous) from
6834 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6836 Warning: this driver will almost definitely fail if more than one
6837 active Token Ring card is present.
6839 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6840 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6841 The module will be called ibmtr.o. If you want to compile it as a
6842 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
6844 IBM Olympic chipset PCI adapter support
6846 This is support for all non-Lanstreamer IBM PCI Token Ring Cards.
6847 Specifically this is all IBM PCI, PCI Wake On Lan, PCI II, PCI II
6848 Wake On Lan, and PCI 100/16/4 adapters.
6850 If you have such an adapter, say Y and read the Token-Ring mini-HOWTO,
6851 available via FTP (user:anonymous) from
6852 ftp://metalab.unc/edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6854 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6855 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6856 The module will will be called olympic.o. If you want to compile it as a
6857 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
6859 Also read the linux/Documentation/networking/olympic.txt or check the
6860 Linux Token Ring Project site for the latest information at
6861 http://www.linuxtr.net
6863 SysKonnect adapter support
6865 This is support for all SysKonnect Token Ring cards, specifically
6866 SysKonnect TR4/16(+) ISA (SK-4190), SysKonnect TR4/16(+) PCI
6867 (SK-4590), SysKonnect TR4/16 PCI (SK-4591) adapters.
6869 If you have such an adapter and would like to use it, say Y or M and
6870 read the Token-Ring mini-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous)
6871 from ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6873 Also read the file linux/Documentation/networking/sktr.txt or check
6874 the Linux-SNA WWW site for the latest information at
6875 http://samba.anu.edu.au/linux-sna/documents/drivers/SysKonnect/
6877 Traffic Shaper (EXPERIMENTAL)
6879 The traffic shaper is a virtual network device that allows you to
6880 limit the rate of outgoing data flow over some other network
6881 device. See Documentation/networking/shaper.txt for more
6882 information. To set up and configure shaper devices, you need the
6883 shapecfg program, available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
6884 ftp://shadow.cabi.net/pub/Linux in the shaper package.
6886 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6887 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6888 The module will be called shaper.o. If you want to compile it as a
6889 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure,
6894 Fiber Distributed Data Interface is a high speed local area network
6895 design; essentially a replacement for high speed Ethernet. FDDI can
6896 run over copper or fiber. If you are connected to such a network and
6897 want a driver for the FDDI card in your computer, say Y here (and
6898 then also Y to the driver for your FDDI card, below). Most people
6901 Digital DEFEA and DEFPA adapter support
6903 This is support for the DIGITAL series of EISA (DEFEA) and PCI
6904 (DEFPA) controllers which can connect you to a local FDDI network.
6906 HIgh Performance Parallel Interface support (EXPERIMENTAL)
6908 HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI) is a 800Mbit/sec and
6909 1600Mbit/sec dual-simplex switched or point-to-point network. HIPPI
6910 can run over copper (25m) or fiber (300m on multi-mode or 10km on
6911 single-mode). HIPPI networks are commonly used for clusters and to
6912 connect to super computers. If you are connected to a HIPPI network
6913 and have a HIPPI network card in your computer that you want to use
6914 under Linux, say Y here (you must also remember to enable the driver
6915 for your HIPPI card below). Most people will say N here.
6917 CERN HIPPI PCI adapter support
6919 Say Y here if this is your PCI HIPPI network card.
6921 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6922 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6923 The module will be called cern_hippi.o. If you want to compile it as
6924 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure,
6927 Essential RoadRunner HIPPI PCI adapter support
6929 Say Y here if this is your PCI HIPPI network card.
6931 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6932 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6933 The module will be called rrunner.o. If you want to compile it as
6934 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure,
6937 Use large TX/RX rings
6938 CONFIG_ROADRUNNER_LARGE_RINGS
6939 If you say Y here, the RoadRunner driver will preallocate up to 2 MB
6940 of additional memory to allow for fastest operation, both for
6941 transmitting and receiving. This memory cannot be used by any other
6942 kernel code or by user space programs. Say Y here only if you have
6947 If you have an Acorn system with one of these (AKA25) network cards,
6948 you should say Y to this option if you wish to use it with Linux.
6950 Acorn/ANT Ether3 card
6952 If you have an Acorn system with one of these network cards, you
6953 should say Y to this option if you wish to use it with Linux.
6957 If you have an Acorn system with one of these network cards, you
6958 should say Y to this option if you wish to use it with Linux.
6960 EBSA-110 Ethernet interface
6961 CONFIG_ARM_AM79C961A
6962 If you wish to compile a kernel for the EBSA-110, then you should
6963 always answer Y to this.
6965 Support CDROM drives that are not SCSI or IDE/ATAPI
6966 CONFIG_CD_NO_IDESCSI
6967 If you have a CDROM drive that is neither SCSI nor IDE/ATAPI, say Y
6968 here, otherwise N. Read the CDROM-HOWTO, available via FTP (user:
6969 anonymous) from ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6971 Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the
6972 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
6973 the questions about these CDROM drives. If you are unsure what you
6974 have, say Y and find out whether you have one of the following
6977 For each of these drivers, a file Documentation/cdrom/<driver_name>
6978 exists. Especially in cases where you do not know exactly which kind
6979 of drive you have you should read there. Most of these drivers use a
6980 file drivers/cdrom/<driver_name>.h where you can define your
6981 interface parameters and switch some internal goodies.
6983 All these CDROM drivers are also usable as a module ( = code which
6984 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
6985 want). If you want to compile them as module, say M instead of Y and
6986 read Documentation/modules.txt.
6988 If you want to use any of these CDROM drivers, you also have to
6989 answer Y or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM filesystem support" below (this
6990 answer will get "defaulted" for you if you enable any of the Linux
6993 Sony CDU31A/CDU33A CDROM support
6995 These CDROM drives have a spring-pop-out caddyless drawer, and a
6996 rectangular green LED centered beneath it. NOTE: these CDROM drives
6997 will not be auto detected by the kernel at boot time; you have to
6998 provide the interface address as an option to the kernel at boot
6999 time as described in Documentation/cdrom/cdu31a or fill in your
7000 parameters into drivers/cdrom/cdu31a.c. Try "man bootparam" or
7001 see the documentation of your boot loader (lilo or loadlin) about
7002 how to pass options to the kernel. The lilo procedure is also
7003 explained in the SCSI-HOWTO.
7005 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM
7006 filesystem support" below, because that's the filesystem used on
7009 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7010 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7011 The module will be called cdu31a.o. If you want to compile it as a
7012 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7014 Standard Mitsumi [no XA/Multisession] CDROM support
7016 This is the older of the two drivers for the older Mitsumi models
7017 LU-005, FX-001 and FX-001D. This is not the right driver for the
7018 FX-001DE and the triple or quad speed models (all these are
7019 IDE/ATAPI models). Please also the file Documentation/cdrom/mcd.
7021 With the old LU-005 model, the whole drive chassis slides out for cd
7022 insertion. The FX-xxx models use a motorized tray type mechanism.
7023 Note that this driver does not support XA or MultiSession CDs
7024 (PhotoCDs). There is a new driver (next question) which can do
7025 this. If you want that one, say N here.
7027 If the driver doesn't work out of the box, you might want to have a
7028 look at drivers/cdrom/mcd.h.
7030 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM
7031 filesystem support" below, because that's the filesystem used on
7034 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7035 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7036 The module will be called mcd.o. If you want to compile it as a
7037 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7039 IRQ channel for Mitsumi CD-ROM
7041 This allows you to specify the default value of the IRQ used by the
7042 driver. This setting can be overridden by passing the "mcd="
7043 parameter to the kernel at boot time (or at module load time if you
7044 said M to "Standard Mitsumi CDROM support").
7046 I/O base address for Mitsumi CD-ROM
7048 This allows you to specify the default value of the I/O base address
7049 used by the driver. This setting can be overridden by passing the
7050 "mcd=" parameter to the kernel at boot time (or at module load time
7051 if you said M to "Standard Mitsumi CDROM support").
7053 Mitsumi [XA/MultiSession] support
7055 Use this driver if you want to be able to read XA or MultiSession
7056 CDs (PhotoCDs) as well as ordinary CDs with your Mitsumi LU-005,
7057 FX-001 or FX-001D CDROM drive. In addition, this driver uses much
7058 less kernel memory than the old one, if that is a concern. This
7059 driver is able to support more than one drive, but each drive needs
7060 a separate interface card. Please read the file
7061 Documentation/cdrom/mcdx.
7063 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM
7064 filesystem support" below, because that's the filesystem used on
7067 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7068 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7069 The module will be called mcdx.o. If you want to compile it as a
7070 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7072 Matsushita/Panasonic/Creative, Longshine, TEAC CDROM support
7074 This driver supports most of the drives which use the Panasonic or
7075 Sound Blaster interface. Please read the file
7076 Documentation/cdrom/sbpcd.
7078 The Matsushita CR-521, CR-522, CR-523, CR-562, CR-563 drives
7079 (sometimes labeled "Creative"), the Creative Labs CD200, the
7080 Longshine LCS-7260, the "IBM External ISA CDROM" (in fact a CR-56x
7081 model), the TEAC CD-55A fall under this category. Some other
7082 "electrically compatible" drives (Vertos, Genoa, some Funai models)
7083 are currently not supported; for the Sanyo H94A drive currently a
7084 separate driver (asked later) is responsible. Most drives have a
7085 uniquely shaped faceplate, with a caddyless motorized drawer, but
7086 without external brand markings. The older CR-52x drives have a
7087 caddy and manual loading/eject, but still no external markings. The
7088 driver is able to do an extended auto-probing for interface
7089 addresses and drive types; this can help to find facts in cases you
7090 are not sure, but can consume some time during the boot process if
7091 none of the supported drives gets found. Once your drive got found,
7092 you should enter the reported parameters into drivers/cdrom/sbpcd.h
7093 and set "DISTRIBUTION 0" there.
7095 This driver can support up to four CDROM controller cards, and each
7096 card can support up to four CDROM drives; if you say Y here, you
7097 will be asked how many controller cards you have. If compiled as a
7098 module, only one controller card (but with up to four drives) is
7101 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM
7102 filesystem support" below, because that's the filesystem used on
7105 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7106 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7107 The module will be called sbpcd.o. If you want to compile it as a
7108 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7110 Matsushita/Panasonic, ... second CDROM controller support
7112 Say Y here only if you have two CDROM controller cards of this type
7113 (usually only if you have more than four drives). You should enter
7114 the parameters for the second, third and fourth interface card into
7115 linux/include/linux/sbpcd.h before compiling the new kernel. Read
7116 the file Documentation/cdrom/sbpcd.
7118 Aztech/Orchid/Okano/Wearnes/TXC/CyDROM CDROM support
7120 This is your driver if you have an Aztech CDA268-01A, Orchid
7121 CD-3110, Okano or Wearnes CDD110, Conrad TXC, or CyCDROM CR520 or
7122 CR540 CDROM drive. This driver -- just like all these CDROM drivers
7123 -- is NOT for CDROM drives with IDE/ATAPI interfaces, such as Aztech
7124 CDA269-031SE. Please read the file Documentation/cdrom/aztcd.
7126 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM
7127 filesystem support" below, because that's the filesystem used on
7130 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7131 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7132 The module will be called aztcd.o. If you want to compile it as a
7133 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7135 Sony CDU535 CDROM support
7137 This is the driver for the older Sony CDU-535 and CDU-531 CDROM
7138 drives. Please read the file Documentation/cdrom/sonycd535.
7140 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM
7141 filesystem support" below, because that's the filesystem used on
7144 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7145 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7146 The module will be called sonycd535.o. If you want to compile it as
7147 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7149 Goldstar R420 CDROM support
7151 If this is your CDROM drive, say Y here. As described in the file
7152 linux/Documentation/cdrom/gscd, you might have to change a setting
7153 in the file linux/drivers/cdrom/gscd.h before compiling the
7154 kernel. Please read the file Documentation/cdrom/gscd.
7156 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM
7157 filesystem support" below, because that's the filesystem used on
7160 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7161 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7162 The module will be called gscd.o. If you want to compile it as a
7163 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7165 Philips/LMS CM206 CDROM support
7167 If you have a Philips/LMS CDROM drive cm206 in combination with a
7168 cm260 host adapter card, say Y here. Please also read the file
7169 Documentation/cdrom/cm206.
7171 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM
7172 filesystem support" below, because that's the filesystem used on
7175 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7176 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7177 The module will be called cm206.o. If you want to compile it as a
7178 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7180 Optics Storage DOLPHIN 8000AT CDROM support
7182 This is the driver for the 'DOLPHIN' drive with a 34-pin Sony
7183 compatible interface. It also works with the Lasermate CR328A. If
7184 you have one of those, say Y. This driver does not work for the
7185 Optics Storage 8001 drive; use the IDE-ATAPI CDROM driver for that
7186 one. Please read the file Documentation/cdrom/optcd.
7188 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM
7189 filesystem support" below, because that's the filesystem used on
7192 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7193 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7194 The module will be called optcd.o. If you want to compile it as a
7195 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7197 Sanyo CDR-H94A CDROM support
7199 If this is your CDROM drive, say Y here and read the file
7200 Documentation/cdrom/sjcd. You should then also say Y or M to
7201 "ISO 9660 CDROM filesystem support" below, because that's the
7202 filesystem used on CDROMs.
7204 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7205 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7206 The module will be called sjcd.o. If you want to compile it as a
7207 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7209 Soft configurable cdrom interface card support
7211 If you want to include boot-time initialization of any cdrom
7212 interface card that is software configurable, say Y here. Currently
7213 only the ISP16/MAD16/Mozart sound cards with built-in cdrom
7214 interfaces are supported.
7216 Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the
7217 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
7218 the questions about these CDROM drives.
7220 ISP16/MAD16/Mozart soft configurable cdrom interface support
7222 These are sound cards with built-in cdrom interfaces using the OPTi
7223 82C928 or 82C929 chips. Say Y here to have them detected and
7224 possibly configured at boot time. In addition, You'll have to say Y
7225 to a driver for the particular cdrom drive you have attached to the
7226 card. Read Documentation/cdrom/isp16 for details.
7228 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7229 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7230 The module will be called isp16.o. If you want to compile it as a
7231 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7235 If you say Y here, you will be able to set per user limits for disk
7236 usage (also called disk quotas). Currently, it works only for the
7237 ext2 filesystem. You need additional software in order to use quota
7238 support; for details, read the Quota mini-HOWTO, available via FTP
7239 (user: anonymous) in
7240 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO/mini. Probably the quota
7241 support is only useful for multi user systems. If unsure, say N.
7243 Acorn's ADFS filesystem support (read only) (EXPERIMENTAL)
7245 The Advanced Disk File System is the filesystem used on floppy and
7246 hard disks by Acorn Systems. Currently in development, as a read-
7247 only driver for hard disks. These should be the first partition
7248 (eg. /dev/[sh]d?1) on each of your drives. If unsure, say N.
7252 Minix is a simple operating system used in many classes about OS's.
7253 The minix filesystem (method to organize files on a hard disk
7254 partition or a floppy disk) was the original filesystem for Linux,
7255 but has been superseded by the second extended filesystem ext2fs.
7256 You don't want to use the minix filesystem on your hard disk because
7257 of certain built-in restrictions, but it is sometimes found on older
7258 Linux floppy disks. This option will enlarge your kernel by about
7259 25 kB. If unsure, say N.
7261 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
7262 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
7263 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
7264 called minix.o. Note that the filesystem of your root partition (the
7265 one containing the directory /) cannot be compiled as a module.
7267 Second extended fs support
7269 This is the de facto standard Linux filesystem (method to organize
7270 files on a storage device) for hard disks.
7272 You want to say Y here, unless you intend to use Linux exclusively
7273 from inside a DOS partition using the umsdos filesystem. The
7274 advantage of the latter is that you can get away without
7275 repartitioning your hard drive (which often implies backing
7276 everything up and restoring afterwards); the disadvantage is that
7277 Linux becomes susceptible to DOS viruses and that umsdos is somewhat
7278 slower than ext2fs. Even if you want to run Linux in this fashion,
7279 it might be a good idea to have ext2fs around: it enables you to
7280 read more floppy disks and facilitates the transition to a *real*
7281 Linux partition later. Another (rare) case which doesn't require
7282 ext2fs is a diskless Linux box which mounts all files over the
7283 network using NFS (in this case it's sufficient to say Y to "NFS
7284 filesystem support" below). Saying Y here will enlarge your kernel
7287 The Ext2fs-Undeletion mini-HOWTO, available via FTP (user:
7288 anonymous) from ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO/mini,
7289 gives information about how to retrieve deleted files on ext2fs
7292 To change the behavior of ext2 filesystems, you can use the tune2fs
7293 utility ("man tune2fs"). To modify attributes of files and
7294 directories on ext2 filesystems, use chattr ("man chattr").
7296 Ext2fs partitions can be read from within DOS using the ext2tool
7297 command line tool package (available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
7298 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/filesystems/ext2) and from
7299 within Windows NT using the ext2nt command line tool package from
7300 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/dos. Explore2fs is a graphical
7301 explorer for ext2fs partitions which runs on Windows 95 and Windows
7302 NT and includes experimental write support; it is available from
7303 http://jnewbigin-pc.it.swin.edu.au/Linux/Explore2fs.htm.
7305 If you want to compile this filesystem as a module ( = code which
7306 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
7307 want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module
7308 will be called ext2.o. Be aware however that the filesystem of your
7309 root partition (the one containing the directory /) cannot be
7310 compiled as a module, and so this could be dangerous. Most everyone
7311 wants to say Y here.
7313 ISO 9660 CDROM filesystem support
7315 This is the standard filesystem used on CDROMs. It was previously
7316 known as "High Sierra Filesystem" and is called "hsfs" on other Unix
7317 systems. The so-called Rock-Ridge extensions which allow for long
7318 Unix filenames and symbolic links are also supported by this driver.
7319 If you have a CDROM drive and want to do more with it than just
7320 listen to audio CDs and watch its LEDs, say Y (and read
7321 Documentation/filesystems/isofs.txt and the CDROM-HOWTO, available
7322 via FTP (user: anonymous) from
7323 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO), thereby enlarging your
7324 kernel by about 27 kB; otherwise say N.
7326 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
7327 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
7328 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
7331 Microsoft Joliet cdrom extensions
7333 Joliet is a Microsoft extension for the ISO 9660 CDROM filesystem
7334 which allows for long filenames in unicode format (unicode is the
7335 new 16 bit character code, successor to ASCII, which encodes the
7336 characters of almost all languages of the world; see
7337 http://www.unicode.org for more information; to browse the WWW, you
7338 need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a program
7339 like lynx or netscape). Say Y here if you want to be able to read
7340 Joliet CDROMs under Linux.
7344 If you want to use one of the FAT-based filesystems (the MS-DOS,
7345 VFAT (Windows 95) and UMSDOS (used to run Linux on top of an
7346 ordinary DOS partition) filesystems), then you must say Y or M here
7347 to include FAT support. You will then be able to mount partitions or
7348 diskettes with FAT-based filesystems and transparently access the
7349 files on them, i.e. MSDOS files will look and behave just like all
7352 This FAT support is not a filesystem in itself, it only provides the
7353 foundation for the other filesystems. You will have to say Y or M to
7354 at least one of "msdos fs support" or "vfat fs support" in order to
7357 Another way to read and write MSDOS floppies and hard drive
7358 partitions from within Linux (but not transparently) is with the
7359 mtools ("man mtools") program suite. This doesn't require the FAT
7362 It is now also becoming possible to read and write compressed FAT
7363 filesystems; read Documentation/filesystems/fat_cvf.txt for details.
7365 The FAT support will enlarge your kernel by about 24 kB. If unsure,
7368 If you want to compile this as a module however ( = code which can
7369 be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
7370 want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module
7371 will be called fat.o. Note that if you compile the FAT support as a
7372 module, you cannot compile any of the FAT-based filesystems into the
7373 kernel -- they will have to be modules as well. The filesystem of
7374 your root partition (the one containing the directory /) cannot be a
7375 module, so don't say M here if you intend to use UMSDOS as your root
7380 This allows you to mount MSDOS partitions of your hard drive (unless
7381 they are compressed; to access compressed MSDOS partitions under
7382 Linux, you can either use the DOS emulator DOSEMU, described in the
7383 DOSEMU-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
7384 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO, or try dmsdosfs in
7385 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/filesystems/dosfs. If you
7386 intend to use dosemu with a non-compressed MSDOS partition, say Y
7387 here) and MSDOS floppies. This means that file access becomes
7388 transparent, i.e. the MSDOS files look and behave just like all
7391 If you want to use umsdos, the Unix-like filesystem on top of DOS,
7392 which allows you to run Linux from within a DOS partition without
7393 repartitioning, you'll have to say Y or M here.
7395 If you have Windows 95 or Windows NT installed on your MSDOS
7396 partitions, you should use the VFAT filesystem (say Y to "vfat fs
7397 support" below), or you will not be able to see the long filenames
7398 generated by Windows 95 / Windows NT.
7400 This option will enlarge your kernel by about 7 kB. If unsure,
7401 answer Y. This will only work if you said Y to "fat fs support" as
7402 well. If you want to compile this as a module however ( = code which
7403 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
7404 want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module
7405 will be called msdos.o.
7409 This option provides support for normal Windows filesystems with
7410 long filenames. That includes non-compressed FAT-based filesystems
7411 used by Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, and mtools.
7413 You cannot use the VFAT filesystem for your Linux root partition
7414 (the one containing the directory /); use UMSDOS instead if you
7415 want to run Linux from within a DOS partition (i.e. say Y to
7416 "umsdos: Unix like fs on top of std MSDOS fs", below).
7418 The VFAT support enlarges your kernel by about 10 kB and it only
7419 works if you said Y to the "fat fs support" above. Please read the
7420 file Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt for details. If unsure,
7423 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
7424 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
7425 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
7428 umsdos: Unix like fs on top of std MSDOS fs
7430 Say Y here if you want to run Linux from within an existing DOS
7431 partition of your hard drive. The advantage of this is that you can
7432 get away without repartitioning your hard drive (which often implies
7433 backing everything up and restoring afterwards) and hence you're
7434 able to quickly try out Linux or show it to your friends; the
7435 disadvantage is that Linux becomes susceptible to DOS viruses and
7436 that UMSDOS is somewhat slower than ext2fs. Another use of UMSDOS
7437 is to write files with long unix filenames to MSDOS floppies; it
7438 also allows Unix-style softlinks and owner/permissions of files on
7439 MSDOS floppies. You will need a program called umssync in order to
7440 make use of umsdos; read Documentation/filesystems/umsdos.txt.
7442 This option enlarges your kernel by about 25 kB and it only works if
7443 you said Y to both "fat fs support" and "msdos fs support" above. If
7444 you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be inserted
7445 in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M
7446 here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called
7447 umsdos.o. Note that the filesystem of your root partition (the one
7448 containing the directory /) cannot be a module, so saying M could be
7449 dangerous. If unsure, say N.
7451 /proc filesystem support
7453 This is a virtual filesystem providing information about the status
7454 of the system. "Virtual" means that it doesn't take up any space on
7455 your hard disk: the files are created on the fly by the kernel when
7456 you try to access them. Also, you cannot read the files with older
7457 version of the program less: you need to use more or cat.
7459 It's totally cool; for example, "cat /proc/interrupts" gives
7460 information about what the different IRQs are used for at the moment
7461 (there is a small number of Interrupt ReQuest lines in your computer
7462 that are used by the attached devices to gain the CPU's attention --
7463 often a source of trouble if two devices are mistakenly configured
7464 to use the same IRQ).
7466 The /proc filesystem is explained in the file
7467 Documentation/proc.txt, in the Kernel Hacker's Guide at
7468 http://www.redhat.com:8080/HyperNews/get/khg.html on the WWW (to
7469 browse the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet
7470 that has a program like lynx or netscape), and also on the proc(8)
7471 manpage ("man 8 proc").
7473 This option will enlarge your kernel by about 18 KB. Several
7474 programs depend on this, so everyone should say Y here.
7476 NFS filesystem support
7478 If you are connected to some other (usually local) Unix computer
7479 (using SLIP, PLIP, PPP or Ethernet) and want to mount files residing
7480 on that computer (the NFS server) using the Network File Sharing
7481 protocol, say Y. "Mounting files" means that the client can access
7482 the files with usual UNIX commands as if they were sitting on the
7483 client's hard disk. For this to work, the server must run the
7484 programs nfsd and mountd (but does not need to have NFS filesystem
7485 support enabled in its kernel). NFS is explained in the Network
7486 Administrator's Guide, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
7487 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/LDP, on its man page: "man
7488 nfs", and in the NFS-HOWTO.
7490 A superior but less widely used alternative to NFS is provided by
7491 the Coda filesystem; see "Coda filesystem support" below.
7493 If you say Y here, you should have said Y to TCP/IP networking also.
7494 This option would enlarge your kernel by about 27 kB.
7496 This filesystem is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7497 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7498 The module is called nfs.o. If you want to compile it as a module,
7499 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7501 If you are configuring a diskless machine which will mount its root
7502 filesystem over NFS at boot time, say Y here and to "IP: kernel
7503 level autoconfiguration" above and to "Root file system on NFS"
7504 below. You cannot compile this driver as a module in this case.
7505 There are two packages designed for booting diskless machines over
7506 the net: netboot and etherboot, both available via FTP from
7507 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/boot/ethernet/ .
7509 If you don't know what all this is about, say N.
7511 Root file system on NFS
7513 If you want your Linux box to mount its whole root filesystem (the
7514 one containing the directory /) from some other computer over the
7515 net via NFS (presumably because your box doesn't have a hard disk),
7516 say Y. Read Documentation/nfsroot.txt for details. It is likely that
7517 in this case, you also want to say Y to "IP: kernel level
7518 autoconfiguration" so that your box can discover its network address
7521 Most people say N here.
7525 If you want your Linux box to act as a NFS *server*, so that other
7526 computers on your local network which support NFS can access certain
7527 directories on your box transparently, you have two options: you can
7528 use the self-contained user space program nfsd, in which case you
7529 should say N here, or you can say Y and use this new experimental
7530 kernel based NFS server. The advantage of the kernel based solution
7531 is that it is faster; it might not be completely stable yet, though.
7533 In either case, you will need support software; the respective
7534 locations are given in the file Documentation/Changes in the NFS
7537 Please read the NFS-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
7538 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
7540 The NFS server is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7541 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7542 The module is called nfsd.o. If you want to compile it as a module,
7543 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say N.
7545 Emulate Sun NFS daemon
7547 If you would like for the server to allow clients to access
7548 directories that are mount points on the local filesystem (this is
7549 how nfsd behaves on Sun systems), say yes here. If unsure, say N.
7551 OS/2 HPFS filesystem support (read/write)
7553 OS/2 is IBM's operating system for PC's, the same as Warp, and HPFS
7554 is the filesystem used for organizing files on OS/2 hard disk
7555 partitions. Say Y if you want to be able to read and write files
7556 on an OS/2 HPFS partition of your hard drive. OS/2 floppies however
7557 are in regular MSDOS format, so you don't need this option in order
7558 to be able to read them. Read Documentation/filesystems/hpfs.txt.
7560 Write support is new and experimental. I don't think it's so
7561 "experimental" that it corrupts disks. (but you know: "There's no
7562 warranty") There are many checks and filesystem is remounted read-only
7563 if any inconsistency found. I use it quite long time and it works.
7565 This driver may not be able to write to HPFS386 disks on Warp server.
7566 HPFS386 on Warp client seems to work ok. If some unknown HPFS386
7567 structures are deteced, they are not destroyed and filesystem is
7568 remounted read-only.
7570 This filesystem is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7571 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7572 The module is called hpfs.o. If you want to compile it as a module,
7573 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say N.
7575 Windows NT NTFS support (read only)
7577 NTFS is the file system of Microsoft Windows NT. Say Y if you want
7578 to get read access to files on NTFS partitions of your hard drive.
7579 The Linux NTFS driver supports most of the mount options of the VFAT
7580 driver, see Documentation/filesystems/ntfs.txt. Saying Y here will
7581 give you read-only access to NTFS partitions.
7583 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7584 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7585 The module will be called ntfs.o. If you want to compile it as a
7586 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7588 NTFS read-write support (experimental)
7590 If you say Y here, you will (hopefully) be able to write to NTFS
7591 file systems as well as read from them. The read-write support
7592 in NTFS is far from being complete and is not well tested. If you
7593 enable this, back up your NTFS volume first since it may get
7598 System V and Coherent filesystem support
7600 SCO, Xenix and Coherent are commercial Unix systems for Intel
7601 machines. Saying Y here would allow you to read to and write from
7602 their floppies and hard disk partitions.
7604 If you have floppies or hard disk partitions like that, it is likely
7605 that they contain binaries from those other Unix systems; in order
7606 to run these binaries, you will want to install iBCS2 (Intel Binary
7607 Compatibility Standard is a kernel module which lets you run SCO,
7608 Xenix, Wyse, UnixWare, Dell Unix and System V programs under Linux
7609 and is often needed to run commercial software that's only available
7610 for those systems. It's available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
7611 ftp://tsx-11.mit.edu/pub/linux/BETA).
7613 If you only intend to mount files from some other Unix over the
7614 network using NFS, you don't need the System V filesystem support
7615 (but you need NFS filesystem support obviously).
7617 Note that this option is generally not needed for floppies, since a
7618 good portable way to transport files and directories between unixes
7619 (and even other operating systems) is given by the tar program ("man
7620 tar" or preferably "info tar"). Note also that this option has
7621 nothing whatsoever to do with the option "System V IPC". Read about
7622 the System V filesystem in Documentation/filesystems/sysv-fs.txt.
7623 Saying Y here will enlarge your kernel by about 34 KB.
7625 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
7626 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
7627 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
7630 If you haven't heard about all of this before, it's safe to say N.
7632 Amiga FFS filesystem support
7634 The Fast File System (FFS) is the common filesystem used on hard
7635 disks by Amiga(tm) systems since AmigaOS Version 1.3 (34.20). Say Y
7636 if you want to be able to read and write files from and to an Amiga
7637 FFS partition on your hard drive. Amiga floppies however cannot be
7638 read with this driver due to an incompatibility of the floppy
7639 controller used in an Amiga and the standard floppy controller in
7640 PCs and workstations. Read Documentation/filesystems/affs.txt and
7643 With this driver you can also mount disk files used by Bernd
7644 Schmidt's Un*X Amiga Emulator (http://www.freiburg.linux.de/~uae/;
7645 to browse the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the
7646 Internet that has a program like lynx or netscape). If you want to
7647 do this, you will also need to say Y or M to "Loop device support",
7650 This filesystem is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7651 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7652 The module is called affs.o. If you want to compile it as a module,
7653 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say N.
7655 Apple Macintosh filesystem support (experimental)
7657 If you say Y here, you will be able to mount Macintosh-formatted
7658 floppy disks and hard drive partitions with full read-write access.
7659 Please read fs/hfs/HFS.txt to learn about the available mount
7662 This filesystem support is also available as a module ( = code which
7663 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
7664 want). The module is called hfs.o. If you want to compile it as a
7665 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7667 ROM filesystem support
7669 This is a very small read-only filesystem mainly intended for
7670 initial ram disks of installation disks, but it could be used for
7671 other read-only media as well. Read
7672 Documentation/filesystems/romfs.txt for details.
7674 This filesystem support is also available as a module ( = code which
7675 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
7676 want). The module is called romfs.o. If you want to compile it as a
7677 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7679 If you don't know whether you need it, then you don't need it:
7682 QNX filesystem support (EXPERIMENTAL)
7684 This is the filesystem used by the operating system QNX 4. Say Y if
7685 you intend to mount QNX hard disks or floppies. Unless you say Y to
7686 "QNXFS read-write support" below, you will only be able to read
7689 This filesystem support is also available as a module ( = code which
7690 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
7691 want). The module is called qnx4.o. If you want to compile it as a
7692 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7696 QNXFS read-write support (FOR TESTING ONLY)
7698 Say Y if you want to test write support for QNX filesystems.
7700 Kernel automounter support
7702 The automounter is a tool to automatically mount remote filesystems
7703 on demand. This implementation is partially kernel-based to reduce
7704 overhead in the already-mounted case; this is unlike the BSD
7705 automounter (amd), which is a pure user space daemon.
7707 To use the automounter you need the user-space tools from
7708 ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/daemons/autofs; you also want to
7709 answer Y to "NFS filesystem support", below.
7711 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
7712 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
7713 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
7716 If you are not a part of a fairly large, distributed network, you
7717 probably do not need an automounter, and can say N here.
7719 UFS filesystem support
7721 BSD and derivate versions of Unix (such as SunOS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
7722 OpenBSD and NeXTstep) use a filesystem called UFS. Some System V
7723 Unixes can create and mount hard disk partitions and diskettes using
7724 this filesystem as well. Saying Y here will allow you to read from
7725 these partitions; if you also want to write to them, say Y to the
7726 experimental "UFS filesystem write support", below. Please read the
7727 file Documentation/filesystems/ufs.txt for more information.
7729 If you only intend to mount files from some other Unix over the
7730 network using NFS, you don't need the UFS filesystem support (but
7731 you need NFS filesystem support obviously).
7733 Note that this option is generally not needed for floppies, since a
7734 good portable way to transport files and directories between unixes
7735 (and even other operating systems) is given by the tar program ("man
7736 tar" or preferably "info tar").
7738 When accessing NeXTstep files, you may need to convert them from the
7739 NeXT character set to the Latin1 character set; use the program
7740 recode ("info recode") for this purpose.
7742 If you want to compile the UFS filesystem support as a module ( =
7743 code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
7744 whenever you want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7745 The module will be called ufs.o.
7747 If you haven't heard about all of this before, it's safe to say N.
7749 UFS filesystem write support (experimental)
7751 Say Y here if you want to try writing to UFS partitions. This is
7752 experimental, so you should back up your UFS partitions beforehand.
7754 EFS filesystem support (experimental)
7756 EFS is the filesystem used for CDROMs and filesystems by SGI's IRIX.
7757 This implementation only offers read-only access. If you don't know
7758 what all this is about, it's safe to say N. For more information
7759 about EFS see its homepage at http://aeschi.ch.eu.org/efs/.
7761 SGI disklabel support
7762 CONFIG_SGI_DISKLABEL
7763 Say Y to this only if you plan on mounting disks with SGI disklabels.
7764 This is not required to mount EFS-format CDROMs.
7766 BSD disklabel (FreeBSD partition tables) support
7767 CONFIG_BSD_DISKLABEL
7768 FreeBSD uses its own hard disk partition scheme on your PC. It
7769 requires only one entry in the primary partition table of your disk
7770 and manages it similarly to DOS extended partitions, putting in its
7771 first sector a new partition table in BSD disklabel format. Saying Y
7772 here allows you to read these disklabels and further mount FreeBSD
7773 partitions from within Linux if you have also said Y to "UFS
7774 filesystem support", above. If you don't know what all this is
7777 SMD disklabel (Sun partition tables) support
7778 CONFIG_SMD_DISKLABEL
7779 Like most systems, SunOS uses its own hard disk partition table
7780 format, incompatible with all others. Saying Y here allows you to
7781 read these partition tables and further mount SunOS disks from
7782 within Linux if you have also said Y to "UFS filesystem support",
7783 above. This is mainly used to carry data from a SPARC under SunOS to
7784 your Linux box via a removable medium like magneto-optical or ZIP
7785 drives; note however that a good portable way to transport files and
7786 directories between unixes (and even other operating systems) is
7787 given by the tar program ("man tar" or preferably "info tar"). If
7788 you don't know what all this is about, say N.
7790 Solaris (x86) partition table support
7791 CONFIG_SOLARIS_X86_PARTITION
7792 Like most systems, Solaris x86 uses its own hard disk partition
7793 table format, incompatible with all others. Saying Y here allows you
7794 to read these partition tables and further mount Solaris x86 disks
7795 from within Linux if you have also said Y to "UFS filesystem
7798 ADFS filesystem support (read only) (EXPERIMENTAL)
7800 The Acorn Disc Filing System is the standard filesystem of the
7801 RiscOS operating system which runs on Acorn's ARM-based Risc PC
7802 systems and the Acorn Archimedes range of machines. If you say Y
7803 here, Linux will be able to read from ADFS partitions on hard drives
7804 and from ADFS-formatted floppy discs.
7806 The ADFS partition should be the first partition (i.e.,
7807 /dev/[hs]d?1) on each of your drives.
7809 This code is also available as a module called adfs.o ( = code which
7810 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
7811 want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
7812 Documentation/modules.txt.
7816 /dev/pts filesystem for Unix98 PTYs
7818 You should say Y here if you said Y to "Unix98 PTY support" above.
7819 You'll then get a virtual filesystem which can be mounted on
7820 /dev/pts with "mount -t devpts". This, together with the pseudo
7821 terminal master multiplexer /dev/ptmx, is used for pseudo terminal
7822 support as described in The Open Group's Unix98 standard: in order
7823 to acquire a pseudo terminal, a process opens /dev/ptmx; the number
7824 of the pseudo terminal is then made available to the process and the
7825 pseudo terminal slave can be accessed as /dev/pts/<number>. What was
7826 traditionally /dev/ttyp2 will then be /dev/pts/2, for example.
7828 The GNU C library glibc 2.1 contains the requisite support for this
7829 mode of operation; you also need client programs that use the Unix98
7832 UnixWare slices support (EXPERIMENTAL)
7833 CONFIG_UNIXWARE_DISKLABEL
7834 Like some systems, UnixWare uses its own slice table inside a
7835 partition (VTOC - Virtual Table of Contents). Its format is
7836 incompatible with all other OSes. Saying Y here allows you to read
7837 VTOC and further mount UnixWare partitions read-only from within
7838 Linux if you have also said Y to "UFS filesystem support" or "System
7839 V and Coherent filesystem support", above.
7841 This is mainly used to carry data from a UnixWare box to your
7842 Linux box via a removable medium like magneto-optical, ZIP or
7843 removable IDE drives. Note, however, that a good portable way to
7844 transport files and directories between unixes (and even other
7845 operating systems) is given by the tar program ("man tar" or
7846 preferably "info tar").
7848 If you don't know what all this is about, say N.
7850 Macintosh partition map support
7851 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION
7852 Say Y here if you want your Linux system to be able to read the
7853 partition tables of Macintosh hard drives, and thus use partitions
7856 SMB filesystem support (to mount Windows shares etc...)
7858 SMB (Server Message Block) is the protocol Windows for Workgroups
7859 (WfW), Windows 95/98, Windows NT and OS/2 Lan Manager use to share
7860 files and printers over local networks. Saying Y here allows you to
7861 mount their filesystems (often called "shares" in this context) and
7862 access them just like any other Unix directory. Currently, this
7863 works only if the Windows machines use TCP/IP as the underlying
7864 transport protocol, and not NetBEUI. For details, read
7865 Documentation/filesystems/smbfs.txt and the SMB-HOWTO, available via
7866 FTP (user: anonymous) from
7867 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
7869 Note: if you just want your box to act as an SMB *server* and make
7870 files and printing services available to Windows clients (which need
7871 to have a TCP/IP stack), you don't need to say Y here; you can use
7872 the program samba (available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
7873 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/network/samba) for that.
7875 General information about how to connect Linux, Windows machines and
7876 Macs is on the WWW at http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html (to
7877 browse the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet
7878 that has a program like lynx or netscape).
7880 If you want to compile the SMB support as a module ( = code which
7881 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
7882 want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module
7883 will be called smbfs.o. Most people say N, however.
7885 Coda filesystem support
7887 Coda is an advanced network filesystem, similar to NFS in that it
7888 enables you to mount filesystems of a remote server and access them
7889 with regular Unix commands as if they were sitting on your hard
7890 disk. Coda has several advantages over NFS: support for disconnected
7891 operation (e.g. for laptops), read/write server replication,
7892 security model for authentication and encryption, persistent client
7893 caches and write back caching.
7895 If you say Y here, your Linux box will be able to act as a Coda
7896 *client*. You will need user level code as well, both for the client
7897 and server. Servers are currently user level, i.e. need no kernel
7898 support. Please read Documentation/filesystems/coda.txt and check
7899 out the Coda home page http://www.coda.cs.cmu.edu (to browse the
7900 WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a
7901 program like lynx or netscape).
7903 If you want to compile the coda client support as a module ( = code
7904 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
7905 whenever you want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7906 The module will be called coda.o.
7908 NCP filesystem support (to mount NetWare volumes)
7910 NCP (NetWare Core Protocol) is a protocol that runs over IPX and is
7911 used by Novell NetWare clients to talk to file servers. It is to IPX
7912 what NFS is to TCP/IP, if that helps. Saying Y here allows you to
7913 mount NetWare file server volumes and to access them just like any
7914 other Unix directory. For details, please read the file
7915 Documentation/filesystems/ncpfs.txt in the kernel source and the
7916 IPX-HOWTO on ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/howto.
7918 You do not have to say Y here if you want your Linux box to act as a
7919 file *server* for Novell NetWare clients.
7921 General information about how to connect Linux, Windows machines and
7922 Macs is on the WWW at http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html (to
7923 browse the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet
7924 that has a program like lynx or netscape).
7926 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
7927 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
7928 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
7929 called ncpfs.o. Say N unless you are connected to a Novell network.
7932 CONFIG_NCPFS_PACKET_SIGNING
7933 NCP allows packets to be signed for stronger security. If you want
7934 security, say Y. Normal users can leave it off. To be able to use
7935 packet signing you must use ncpfs > 2.0.12.
7937 Proprietary file locking
7938 CONFIG_NCPFS_IOCTL_LOCKING
7939 Allows locking of records on remote volumes. Say N unless you have
7940 special applications which are able to utilize this locking scheme.
7942 Clear remove/delete inhibit when needed
7944 Allows manipulation of files flagged as Delete or Rename Inhibit. To
7945 use this feature you must mount volumes with the ncpmount parameter
7946 "-s" (ncpfs-2.0.12 and newer). Say Y unless you are not mounting
7947 volumes with -f 444.
7949 Use NFS namespace when available
7951 Allows you to utilize NFS namespace on NetWare servers. It brings
7952 you case sensitive filenames. Say Y. You can disable it at
7953 mount-time with the `-N nfs' parameter of ncpmount.
7955 Use OS2/LONG namespace when available
7957 Allows you to utilize OS2/LONG namespace on NetWare servers.
7958 Filenames in this namespace are limited to 255 characters, they are
7959 case insensitive, and case in names is preserved. Say Y. You can
7960 disable it at mount time with the -N os2 parameter of ncpmount.
7962 Lowercase DOS filenames on LONG namespace volume
7963 CONFIG_NCPFS_SMALLDOS
7964 If you say Y here, every filename on a NetWare server volume using
7965 the OS2/LONG namespace will be converted to lowercase characters.
7966 (For regular NetWare file server volumes with DOS namespace, this is
7967 done automatically, even if you say N here.) Saying N here will give
7968 you these filenames in uppercase.
7970 This is only a cosmetic option since the OS2/LONG namespace is case
7971 insensitive. The only major reason for this option is backward
7972 compatibility when moving from DOS to OS2/LONG namespace support.
7973 Long filenames (created by Win95) will not be affected.
7975 This option does not solve the problem that filenames appear
7976 differently under Linux and under Windows, since Windows does an
7977 additional conversions on the client side. You can achieve similar
7978 effects by saying Y to "Allow using of Native Language Support"
7981 Allow mounting of volume subdirectories
7982 CONFIG_NCPFS_MOUNT_SUBDIR
7983 Allows you to mount not only whole servers or whole volumes, but
7984 also subdirectories from a volume. It can be used to reexport data
7985 and so on. There is no reason to say N, so Y is recommended unless
7986 you count every byte.
7988 To utilize this feature you must use ncpfs-2.0.12 or newer.
7990 NDS interserver authentication domains
7991 CONFIG_NCPFS_NDS_DOMAINS
7992 This allows storing NDS private keys in kernel space where they
7993 can be used to authenticate another server as interserver NDS
7994 accesses need it. You must use ncpfs-2.0.12.1 or newer to utilize
7995 this feature. Say Y if you are using NDS connections to NetWare
7996 servers. Do not say Y if security is primary for you because root
7997 can read your session key (from /proc/kcore).
7999 Allow using of Native Language Support
8001 Allows you to use codepages and I/O charsets for file name
8002 translation between the server file system and input/output. This
8003 may be useful, if you want to access the server with other operating
8004 systems, e.g. Windows 95. See also NLS for more Information.
8006 To select codepages and I/O charsets use ncpfs-2.2.0.13 or newer.
8008 Symbolic links and mode permission bits
8010 This enables the use of symbolic links and an execute permission
8011 bit on NCPFS. The file server need not have long name space or NFS
8012 name space loaded for these to work.
8014 To use the new attributes, it is recommended to use the flags
8015 '-f 600 -d 755' on the ncpmount command line.
8018 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_437
8019 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
8020 native language character sets. These character sets are stored
8021 in so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
8022 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
8023 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
8024 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
8025 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage that is used in
8026 the United States and parts of Canada. This is recommended.
8029 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_737
8030 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
8031 native language character sets. These character sets are stored
8032 in so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
8033 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
8034 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
8035 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
8036 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage that is used for
8037 Greek. If unsure, say N.
8040 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_775
8041 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
8042 native language character sets. These character sets are stored
8043 in so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
8044 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
8045 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
8046 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
8047 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage that is used
8048 for the Baltic Rim Languages. If unsure, say N.
8051 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_850
8052 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
8053 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
8054 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
8055 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
8056 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
8057 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
8058 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage that is used for
8059 much of Europe -- United Kingdom, Germany, Spain, Italy, and [add
8060 more countries here]. It has some characters useful to many European
8061 languages that are not part of the US codepage 437.
8066 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_852
8067 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
8068 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
8069 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
8070 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
8071 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
8072 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
8073 say Y here if you want to include the Latin 2 codepage used by DOS
8074 for much of Central and Eastern Europe. It has all the required
8075 characters for these languages: Albanian, Croatian, Czech, English,
8076 Finnish, Hungarian, Irish, German, Polish, Romanian, Serbian (Latin
8077 transcription), Slovak, Slovenian, and Sorbian.
8080 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_855
8081 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
8082 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
8083 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
8084 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
8085 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
8086 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
8087 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Cyrillic.
8090 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_857
8091 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
8092 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
8093 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
8094 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
8095 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
8096 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
8097 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Turkish.
8100 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_860
8101 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
8102 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
8103 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
8104 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
8105 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
8106 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
8107 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Portuguese.
8110 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_861
8111 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
8112 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
8113 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
8114 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
8115 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
8116 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
8117 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Icelandic.
8120 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_862
8121 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
8122 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
8123 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
8124 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
8125 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
8126 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
8127 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Hebrew.
8130 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_863
8131 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
8132 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
8133 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
8134 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
8135 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
8136 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
8137 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Canadian
8141 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_864
8142 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
8143 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
8144 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
8145 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
8146 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
8147 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
8148 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Arabic.
8151 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_865
8152 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
8153 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
8154 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
8155 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
8156 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
8157 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
8158 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for the Nordic
8162 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_866
8163 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
8164 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
8165 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
8166 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
8167 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
8168 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
8169 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for
8173 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_869
8174 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
8175 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
8176 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
8177 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
8178 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
8179 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
8180 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Greek.
8182 ### Why do we have two codepages for Greek and Cyrillic?
8186 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_874
8187 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
8188 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
8189 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
8190 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
8191 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
8192 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
8193 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Thai.
8196 CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_1
8197 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
8198 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
8199 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
8200 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 1 character
8201 set, which covers most West European languages such as Albanian,
8202 Catalan, Danish, Dutch, English, Faeroese, Finnish, French, German,
8203 Galician, Irish, Icelandic, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish,
8204 and Swedish. It is also the default for the US. If unsure, say Y.
8207 CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_2
8208 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
8209 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
8210 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
8211 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 2 character
8212 set, which works for most Latin-written Slavic and Central European
8213 languages: Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish, Rumanian, Croatian,
8217 CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_3
8218 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
8219 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
8220 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
8221 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 3 character
8222 set, which is popular with authors of Esperanto, Galician, Maltese,
8226 CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_4
8227 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
8228 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
8229 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
8230 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 4 character
8231 set which introduces letters for Estonian, Latvian, and
8232 Lithuanian. It is an incomplete predecessor of Latin 6.
8235 CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_5
8236 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
8237 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
8238 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
8239 input/output character sets. Say Y here for ISO8859-5, a Cyrillic
8240 character set with which you can type Bulgarian, Byelorussian,
8241 Macedonian, Russian, Serbian, and Ukrainian. Note that the charset
8242 KOI8-R is preferred in Russia.
8245 CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_6
8246 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
8247 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
8248 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
8249 input/output character sets. Say Y here for ISO8859-6, the Arabic
8253 CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_7
8254 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
8255 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
8256 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
8257 input/output character sets. Say Y here for ISO8859-7, the Modern
8258 Greek character set.
8261 CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_8
8262 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
8263 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
8264 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
8265 input/output character sets. Say Y here for ISO8859-8, the Hebrew
8269 CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_9
8270 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
8271 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
8272 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
8273 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 5 character
8274 set, and it replaces the rarely needed Icelandic letters in Latin 1
8275 with the Turkish ones. Useful in Turkey.
8278 CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_10
8279 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
8280 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
8281 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
8282 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 6 character
8283 set, which adds the last Inuit (Greenlandic) and Sami (Lappish)
8284 letters that were missing in Latin 4 to cover the entire Nordic
8288 CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_15
8289 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
8290 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
8291 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
8292 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 9 character
8293 set, which covers most West European languages such as Albanian,
8294 Catalan, Danish, Dutch, English, Estonian, Faeroese, Finnish,
8295 French, German, Galician, Irish, Icelandic, Italian, Norwegian,
8296 Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish. Latin 9 is an update to
8297 Latin 1 (ISO 8859-1) that removes a handful of rarely used
8298 characters and instead adds support for Estonian, corrects the
8299 support for French and Finnish, and adds the new Euro character. If
8304 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
8305 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
8306 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
8307 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the preferred Russian
8312 If you say Y here, you will get support for terminal devices with
8313 display and keyboard devices. These are called "virtual" because you
8314 can run several virtual terminals (also called virtual consoles) on
8315 one physical terminal. This is rather useful, for example one
8316 virtual terminal can collect system messages and warnings, another
8317 one can be used for a text-mode user session, and a third could run
8318 an X session, all in parallel. Switching between virtual terminals
8319 is done with certain key combinations, usually Alt-<function key>.
8321 The setterm command ("man setterm") can be used to change the
8322 properties (such as colors) of a virtual terminal.
8324 You need at least one virtual terminal device in order to make use
8325 of your keyboard and monitor. Therefore, only people configuring an
8326 embedded system would want to say N here in order to save some
8327 memory; the only way to log into such a system is then via a serial
8328 or network connection.
8330 If unsure, say Y, or else you won't be able to do much with your new
8331 shiny Linux system :-)
8333 Support for console on virtual terminal
8335 The system console is the device which receives all kernel messages
8336 and warnings and which allows logins in single user mode. If you
8337 answer Y here, a virtual terminal (the device used to interact with
8338 a physical terminal) can be used as system console. This is the most
8339 common mode of operations, so you should say Y here unless you want
8340 the kernel messages be output only to a serial port (in which case
8341 you should say Y to "Console on serial port", below).
8343 If you do say Y here, by default the currently visible virtual
8344 terminal (/dev/tty0) will be used as system console. You can change
8345 that with a kernel command line option such as "console=tty3" which
8346 would use the third virtual terminal as system console. (Try "man
8347 bootparam" or see the documentation of your boot loader (lilo or
8348 loadlin) about how to pass options to the kernel at boot time. The
8349 lilo procedure is also explained in the SCSI-HOWTO, available via
8350 FTP (user: anonymous) in
8351 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.)
8355 Software generated cursor
8357 If you say Y here, you'll be able to do lots of nice things with the
8358 cursors of your virtual consoles -- for example turn them into
8359 non-blinking block cursors which are more visible on laptop screens,
8360 or change their colors depending on the virtual console they're on.
8361 See Documentation/VGA-softcursor.txt for more information.
8363 Support for PowerMac keyboard
8365 This option allows you to use an ADB keyboard attached to your
8366 machine. Note that this disables any other (ie. PS/2) keyboard
8367 support, even if your machine is physically capable of using both at
8370 If you use an ADB keyboard (4 pin connector), say Y here.
8371 If you use a PS/2 keyboard (6 pin connector), say N here.
8373 Standard/generic serial support
8375 This selects whether you want to include the driver for the standard
8376 serial ports. The standard answer is Y. People who might say N here
8377 are those that are setting up dedicated Ethernet WWW/FTP servers, or
8378 users that have one of the various bus mice instead of a serial
8379 mouse and don't intend to use their machine's standard serial port
8380 for anything. (Note that the Cyclades and Stallion multi serial port
8381 drivers do not need this driver built in for them to work.)
8383 If you want to compile this driver as a module, say M here and read
8384 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called serial.o.
8385 [WARNING: Do not compile this driver as a module if you are using
8386 non-standard serial ports, since the configuration information will
8387 be lost when the driver is unloaded. This limitation may be lifted
8390 BTW1: If you have a mouseman serial mouse which is not recognized by
8391 the X window system, try running gpm first.
8393 BTW2: If you intend to connect a so-called Winmodem to your
8394 machine's serial port, forget it. These modems are crippled and
8395 require proprietary drivers which are only available under Windows.
8397 Most people will say Y or M here, so that they can use serial mice,
8398 modems and similar devices connecting to the standard serial ports.
8400 Support for console on serial port
8401 CONFIG_SERIAL_CONSOLE
8402 If you say Y here, it will be possible to use a serial port as the
8403 system console (the system console is the device which receives all
8404 kernel messages and warnings and which allows logins in single user
8405 mode). This could be useful if some terminal or printer is connected
8406 to that serial port.
8408 Even if you say Y here, the currently visible virtual console
8409 (/dev/tty0) will still be used as the system console by default, but
8410 you can alter that using a kernel command line option such as
8411 "console=ttyS1". (Try "man bootparam" or see the documentation of
8412 your boot loader (lilo or loadlin) about how to pass options to the
8413 kernel at boot time. The lilo procedure is also explained in the
8414 SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
8415 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.)
8417 If you don't have a VGA card installed and you say Y here, the
8418 kernel will automatically use the first serial line, /dev/ttyS0, as
8423 Support for PowerMac serial ports
8425 If you have Macintosh style serial ports (8 pin mini-DIN), say Y
8426 here. If you also have regular serial ports and enable the driver
8427 for them, you can't currently use the serial console feature.
8429 Comtrol Rocketport support
8431 This is a driver for the Comtrol Rocketport cards which provide
8432 multiple serial ports. You would need something like this to connect
8433 more than two modems to your Linux box, for instance in order to
8434 become a dial-in server.
8436 If you want to compile this driver as a module, say M here and read
8437 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called rocket.o.
8439 Digiboard Intelligent async support
8441 This is a driver for Digi International's Xx, Xeve, and Xem series
8442 of cards which provide multiple serial ports. You would need
8443 something like this to connect more than two modems to your Linux
8444 box, for instance in order to become a dial-in server. This driver
8445 supports the original PC (ISA) boards as well as PCI, and EISA. If
8446 you have a card like this, say Y here and read the file
8447 Documentation/digiepca.txt.
8449 NOTE: There is another, separate driver for the Digiboard PC boards:
8450 "Digiboard PC/Xx Support" below. You should (and can) only select
8451 one of the two drivers.
8453 If you want to compile this driver as a module, say M here and read
8454 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called epca.o.
8456 Digiboard PC/Xx Support
8458 This is a driver for the Digiboard PC/Xe, PC/Xi, and PC/Xeve cards
8459 that give you many serial ports. You would need something like this
8460 to connect more than two modems to your Linux box, for instance in
8461 order to become a dial-in server. If you have a card like that, say
8462 Y here and read the file Documentation/digiboard.txt.
8464 If you want to compile this driver as a module, say M here and read
8465 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called pcxx.o.
8467 SDL RISCom/8 card support
8469 This is a driver for the SDL Communications RISCom/8 multiport card,
8470 which gives you many serial ports. You would need something like
8471 this to connect more than two modems to your Linux box, for instance
8472 in order to become a dial-in server. If you have a card like that,
8473 say Y here and read the file Documentation/riscom8.txt.
8475 Also it's possible to say M here and compile this driver as kernel
8476 loadable module; the module will be called riscom8.o.
8478 Specialix IO8+ card support
8480 This is a driver for the Specialix IO8+ multiport card (both the
8481 ISA and the PCI version) which gives you many serial ports. You
8482 would need something like this to connect more than two modems to
8483 your Linux box, for instance in order to become a dial-in server.
8485 If you have a card like that, say Y here and read the file
8486 Documentation/specialix.txt. Also it's possible to say M here and
8487 compile this driver as kernel loadable module which will be called
8490 Specialix DTR/RTS pin is RTS
8491 CONFIG_SPECIALIX_RTSCTS
8492 The Specialix card can only support either RTS or DTR. If you say N
8493 here, the driver will use the pin as "DTR" when the tty is in
8494 software handshake mode. If you say Y here or hardware handshake is
8495 on, it will always be RTS. Read the file Documentation/specialix.txt
8496 for more information.
8498 Cyclades async mux support
8500 This is a driver for a card that gives you many serial ports. You
8501 would need something like this to connect more than two modems to
8502 your Linux box, for instance in order to become a dial-in server.
8503 For information about the Cyclades-Z card, read
8504 drivers/char/README.cycladesZ.
8506 As of 1.3.9x kernels, this driver's minor numbers start at 0 instead
8509 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
8510 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
8511 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
8514 If you haven't heard about it, it's safe to say N.
8516 Cyclades-Z interrupt mode operation (EXPERIMENTAL)
8518 The Cyclades-Z family of multiport cards allows 2 (two) driver
8519 op modes: polling and interrupt. In polling mode, the driver will
8520 check the status of the Cyclades-Z ports every certain amount of
8521 time (which is called polling cycle and is configurable). In
8522 interrupt mode, it will use an interrupt line (IRQ) in order to check
8523 the status of the Cyclades-Z ports. The default op mode is polling.
8526 Stallion multiport serial support
8528 Stallion cards give you many serial ports. You would need something
8529 like this to connect more than two modems to your Linux box, for
8530 instance in order to become a dial-in server. If you say Y here, you
8531 will be asked for your specific card model in the next questions.
8532 Make sure to read drivers/char/README.stallion in this case. If you
8533 have never heard about all this, it's safe to say N.
8535 Stallion EasyIO or EC8/32 support
8537 If you have an EasyIO or EasyConnection 8/32 multiport Stallion
8538 card, then this is for you; say Y. Make sure to read
8539 Documentation/stallion.txt.
8541 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
8542 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
8543 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
8546 Stallion EC8/64, ONboard, Brumby support
8548 If you have an EasyConnection 8/64, ONboard, Brumby or Stallion
8549 serial multiport card, say Y here. Make sure to read
8550 Documentation/stallion.txt.
8552 To compile it as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and
8553 removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here and
8554 read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called
8557 Microgate SyncLink adapter support
8559 Provides support for the SyncLink ISA and PCI
8560 multiprotocol serial adapters. These adapters
8561 support asynchronous and HDLC bit synchronous
8562 communication up to 10Mbps (PCI adapter).
8564 This driver can only be built as a module ( = code which can be
8565 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
8566 The module will be called synclink.o. If you want to do that, say M
8569 Synchronous HDLC line discipline support
8571 Allows synchronous HDLC communications with
8572 tty device drivers that support synchronous
8573 HDLC such as the Microgate SyncLink adapter.
8575 This driver can only be built as a module ( = code which can be
8576 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
8577 The module will be called n_hdlc.o. If you want to do that, say M
8580 Hayes ESP serial port support
8582 This is a driver which supports Hayes ESP serial ports. Both single
8583 port cards and multiport cards are supported. Make sure to read
8584 Documentation/hayes-esp.txt.
8586 To compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in
8587 and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here
8588 and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called esp.o.
8591 Multi-Tech multiport card support
8593 This is a driver for the Multi-Tech cards which provide several
8594 serial ports. The driver is experimental and can currently only be
8595 built as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from
8596 the running kernel whenever you want). Please read
8597 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called isicom.o
8601 A pseudo terminal (PTY) is a software device consisting of two
8602 halves: a master and a slave. The slave device behaves identical to
8603 a physical terminal; the master device is used by a process to
8604 read data from and write data to the slave, thereby emulating a
8605 terminal. Typical programs for the master side are telnet servers
8608 Linux has traditionally used the BSD-like names /dev/ptyxx for
8609 masters and /dev/ttyxx for slaves of pseudo terminals. This scheme
8610 has a number of problems. The GNU C library glibc 2.1 and later,
8611 however, supports the Unix98 naming standard: in order to acquire a
8612 pseudo terminal, a process opens /dev/ptmx; the number of the pseudo
8613 terminal is then made available to the process and the pseudo
8614 terminal slave can be accessed as /dev/pts/<number>. What was
8615 traditionally /dev/ttyp2 will then be /dev/pts/2, for example.
8617 The entries in /dev/pts/ are created on the fly by a virtual
8618 filesystem; therefore, if you say Y here you should say Y to
8619 "/dev/pts filesystem for Unix98 PTYs" as well.
8621 If you want to say Y here, you need to have the C library glibc 2.1
8622 or later (equal to libc-6.1, check with "ls -l /lib/libc.so.*").
8623 Read the instructions in Documentation/Changes pertaining to pseudo
8624 terminals. It's safe to say N.
8626 Maximum number of Unix98 PTYs in use (0-2048)
8627 CONFIG_UNIX98_PTY_COUNT
8628 The maximum number of Unix98 PTYs that can be used at any one time.
8629 The default is 256, and should be enough for desktop systems. Server
8630 machines which support incoming telnet/rlogin/ssh connections and/or
8631 serve several X terminals may want to increase this: every incoming
8632 connection and every xterm uses up one PTY.
8634 When not in use, each additional set of 256 PTYs occupy
8635 approximately 8 KB of kernel memory on 32-bit architectures.
8637 Parallel printer support
8639 If you intend to attach a printer to the parallel port of your Linux
8640 box (as opposed to using a serial printer; if the connector at the
8641 printer has 9 or 25 holes ["female"], then it's serial), say Y. Also
8642 read the Printing-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
8643 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
8645 It is possible to share one parallel port among several devices
8646 (e.g. printer and ZIP drive) and it is safe to compile the
8647 corresponding drivers into the kernel. If you want to compile this
8648 driver as a module however ( = code which can be inserted in and
8649 removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here and
8650 read Documentation/modules.txt and Documentation/parport.txt. The
8651 module will be called lp.o.
8653 If you have several parallel ports, you can specify which ports to
8654 use with the "lp" kernel command line option. (Try "man bootparam"
8655 or see the documentation of your boot loader (lilo or loadlin)
8656 about how to pass options to the kernel at boot time. The lilo
8657 procedure is also explained in the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP
8658 (user: anonymous) in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.)
8659 The syntax of the "lp" command line option can be found in
8662 If you have more than 3 printers, you need to increase the LP_NO
8665 Support for console on line printer
8667 If you want kernel messages to be printed out as they occur, you
8668 can have a console on the printer. This option adds support for
8669 doing that; to actually get it to happen you need to pass the
8670 option "console=lp" to the kernel at boot time.
8672 Note that kernel messages can get lost if the printer is out of
8673 paper (or off, or unplugged, or too busy..), but this behaviour
8674 can be changed. See drivers/char/lp.c (do this at your own risk).
8678 Mouse Support (not serial mice)
8680 This is for machines with a bus mouse or a PS/2 mouse as opposed to
8681 a serial mouse. Most people have a regular serial MouseSystem or
8682 Microsoft mouse (made by Logitech) that plugs into a COM port
8683 (rectangular with 9 or 25 pins). These people say N here. If you
8684 have something else, read the Busmouse-HOWTO, available via FTP
8685 (user: anonymous) in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO and
8688 If you have a laptop, you either have to check the documentation or
8689 experiment a bit to find out whether the trackball is a serial mouse
8690 or not; it's best to say Y here for you.
8692 Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
8693 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
8694 the questions about non-serial mice. If unsure, say Y.
8696 Logitech busmouse support
8698 Logitech mouse connected to a proprietary interface card. It's
8699 generally a round connector with 9 pins. Note that the newer mice
8700 made by Logitech don't use the Logitech protocol anymore; for those,
8701 you don't need this option. You want to read the Busmouse-HOWTO,
8702 available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
8703 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
8705 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
8706 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
8707 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
8708 called busmouse.o. If you are unsure, say N and read the HOWTO
8709 nevertheless: it will tell you what you have.
8711 PS/2 mouse (aka "auxiliary device") support
8713 The PS/2 mouse connects to a special mouse port that looks much like
8714 the keyboard port (small circular connector with 6 pins). This way,
8715 the mouse does not use any serial ports. This port can also be used
8716 for other input devices like light pens, tablets, keypads. Compaq,
8717 AST and IBM all use this as their mouse port on currently shipping
8718 machines. The trackballs of some laptops are PS/2 mice also. In
8719 particular, the C&T 82C710 mouse on TI Travelmates is a PS/2 mouse.
8721 Although PS/2 mice are not technically bus mice, they are explained
8722 in detail in the Busmouse-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous)
8723 in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
8725 When using a PS/2 mouse, you can get problems if you want to use the
8726 mouse both on the Linux console and under X. Using the "-R" option
8727 of the Linux mouse managing program gpm (available from
8728 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/Daemons) solves this
8729 problem, or you can get the "mconv" utility also from metalab.
8731 C&T 82C710 mouse port support (as on TI Travelmate)
8733 This is a certain kind of PS/2 mouse used on the TI Travelmate. If
8734 you are unsure, try first to say N here and come back if the mouse
8735 doesn't work. Read the Busmouse-HOWTO, available via FTP (user:
8736 anonymous) in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
8738 PC110 digitizer pad support
8740 This drives the digitizer pad on the IBM PC110 palmtop (see
8741 http://toy.cabi.net; to browse the WWW, you need to have access to a
8742 machine on the Internet that has a program like lynx or
8743 netscape). It can turn the digitizer pad into a PS/2 mouse emulation
8744 with tap gestures or into an absolute pad.
8746 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
8747 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
8748 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
8751 Microsoft busmouse support
8753 These animals (also called Inport mice) are connected to an
8754 expansion board using a round connector with 9 pins. If this is what
8755 you have, say Y and read the Busmouse-HOWTO, available via FTP
8756 (user: anonymous) in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
8758 If you are unsure, say N and read the HOWTO nevertheless: it will
8759 tell you what you have. Also be aware that several vendors talk
8760 about 'Microsoft busmouse' and actually mean PS/2 busmouse -- so
8761 count the pins on the connector.
8763 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
8764 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
8765 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
8766 called msbusmouse.o.
8768 ATIXL busmouse support
8769 CONFIG_ATIXL_BUSMOUSE
8770 This is a rare type of busmouse that is connected to the back of an
8771 ATI video card. Note that most ATI mice are actually Microsoft
8772 busmice. Read the Busmouse-HOWTO, available via FTP (user:
8773 anonymous) in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
8775 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
8776 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
8777 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
8778 called atixlmouse.o.
8780 If you are unsure, say N and read the HOWTO nevertheless: it will
8781 tell you what you have.
8783 Support for PowerMac ADB mouse
8785 If you have an ADB mouse (4 pin connector) as is common on
8786 Macintoshes, say Y here.
8790 If you have a non-SCSI tape drive like that, say Y. Or, if you want
8791 to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in
8792 and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here
8793 and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called
8796 Do you want runtime configuration for QIC-02
8797 CONFIG_QIC02_DYNCONF
8798 You can either configure this driver once and for all by editing a
8799 header file (include/linux/tpqic02.h), in which case you should
8800 say N, or you can fetch a program via anonymous FTP which is able
8801 to configure this driver during runtime. The program to do this is
8802 called 'qic02conf' and it is part of the tpqic02-support-X.Y.tar.gz
8805 If you want to use the qic02conf program, say Y.
8807 Floppy tape drive (QIC-80/40/3010/3020/TR-1/TR-2/TR-3) support
8809 If you have a tape drive that is connected to your floppy
8810 controller, say Y here.
8812 Some tape drives (like the Seagate "Tape Store 3200" or the Iomega
8813 "Ditto 3200" or the Exabyte "Eagle TR-3") come with a "high speed"
8814 controller of their own. These drives (and their companion
8815 controllers) are also supported if you say Y here.
8817 If you have a special controller (such as the CMS FC-10, FC-20,
8818 Mountain Mach-II, or any controller that is based on the Intel 82078
8819 FDC like the high speed controllers by Seagate and Exabyte and
8820 Iomega's "Ditto Dash") you must configure it by selecting the
8821 appropriate entries from the "Floppy tape controllers" sub-menu
8822 below and possibly modify the default values for the IRQ and DMA
8823 channel and the IO base in ftape's configuration menu.
8825 If you want to use your floppy tape drive on a PCI-bus based system,
8826 please read the file drivers/char/ftape/README.PCI.
8828 The ftape kernel driver is also available as a runtime loadable
8829 module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the
8830 running kernel whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a
8831 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module
8832 will be called ftape.o.
8834 Note that the Ftape-HOWTO is out of date (sorry) and documents the
8835 older version 2.08 of this software but still contains useful
8836 information. There is a web page with more recent documentation at
8837 http://www-math.math.rwth-aachen.de/~LBFM/claus/ftape/ . This page
8838 always contains the latest release of the ftape driver and useful
8839 information (backup software, ftape related patches and
8840 documentation, FAQ). (To browse the WWW, you need to have access to
8841 a machine on the Internet that has a program like lynx or netscape.)
8842 Note that the file system interface has changed quite a bit compared
8843 to previous versions of ftape. Please read Documentation/ftape.txt.
8845 The file system interface for ftape
8847 Normally, you want to say Y or M. DON'T say N here or you
8848 WON'T BE ABLE TO USE YOUR FLOPPY TAPE DRIVE.
8850 The ftape module itself no longer contains the routines necessary
8851 to interface with the kernel VFS layer (i.e. to actually write data
8852 to and read data from the tape drive). Instead the file system
8853 interface (i.e. the hardware independent part of the driver) has
8854 been moved to a separate module.
8856 If you say M zftape will be compiled as a runtime loadable
8857 module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the
8858 running kernel whenever you want). In this case you should read
8859 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called zftape.o.
8861 Regardless of whether you say Y or M here, an additional runtime
8862 loadable module called `zft-compressor.o' which contains code to
8863 support user transparent on-the-fly compression based on Ross
8864 William's lzrw3 algorithm will be produced. If you have enabled the
8865 kernel module loader (i.e. have said Y to "Kernel module loader
8866 support", above) then `zft-compressor.o' will be loaded
8867 automatically by zftape when needed.
8869 Despite its name, zftape does NOT use compression by default. The
8870 file Documentation/ftape.txt contains a short description of the
8871 most important changes in the file system interface compared to
8872 previous versions of ftape. The ftape home page
8873 http://www-math.math.rwth-aachen.de/~LBFM/claus/ftape/ contains
8874 further information (to browse the WWW, you need to have access to a
8875 machine on the Internet that has a program like lynx or netscape).
8877 IMPORTANT NOTE: zftape can read archives created by previous
8878 versions of ftape and provide file mark support (i.e. fast skipping
8879 between tape archives) but previous version of ftape will lack file
8880 mark support when reading archives produced by zftape.
8882 Default block size for zftape
8883 CONFIG_ZFT_DFLT_BLK_SZ
8884 If unsure leave this at its default value, i.e. 10240. Note that
8885 you specify only the default block size here. The block size can be
8886 changed at run time using the MTSETBLK tape operation with the
8887 MTIOCTOP ioctl (i.e. with "mt -f /dev/qft0 setblk #BLKSZ" from the
8888 shell command line).
8890 The probably most striking difference between zftape and previous
8891 versions of ftape is the fact that all data must be written or read
8892 in multiples of a fixed block size. The block size defaults to
8893 10240 which is what GNU tar uses. The values for the block size
8894 should be either 1 or multiples of 1024 up to a maximum value of
8895 63488 (i.e. 62 K). If you specify `1' then zftape's builtin
8896 compression will be disabled.
8898 Reasonable values are `10240' (GNU tar's default block size),
8899 `5120' (afio's default block size), `32768' (default block size some
8900 backup programs assume for SCSI tape drives) or `1' (no restriction
8901 on block size, but disables builtin compression).
8903 Number of DMA buffers
8904 CONFIG_FT_NR_BUFFERS
8905 Please leave this at `3' unless you REALLY know what you are doing.
8906 It is not necessary to change this value. Values below 3 make the
8907 proper use of ftape impossible, values greater than 3 are a waste of
8908 memory. You can change the amount of DMA memory used by ftape at
8909 runtime with "mt -f /dev/qft0 setdrvbuffer #NUMBUFFERS". Each buffer
8910 wastes 32 KB of memory. Please note that this memory cannot be
8913 Procfs entry for ftape
8915 Optional. Saying Y will result in creation of a directory
8916 `/proc/ftape' under the proc file system. The files can be viewed
8917 with your favorite pager (i.e. use "more /proc/ftape/history" or
8918 "less /proc/ftape/history" or simply "cat /proc/ftape/history"). The
8919 file will contain some status information about the inserted
8920 cartridge, the kernel driver, your tape drive, the floppy disk
8921 controller and the error history for the most recent use of the
8922 kernel driver. Saying Y will enlarge the size of the ftape driver
8923 by approximately 2 KB.
8925 WARNING: When compiling ftape as a module (i.e. saying M to
8926 "Floppy tape drive") it is dangerous to use ftape's proc file system
8927 interface. Accessing `/proc/ftape' while the module is unloaded will
8928 result in a kernel Oops. This cannot be fixed from inside ftape.
8930 Controlling the amount of debugging output of ftape
8931 CONFIG_FT_NORMAL_DEBUG
8932 This option controls the amount of debugging output the ftape driver
8933 is ABLE to produce; it does not increase or diminish the debugging
8934 level itself. If unsure, leave this at its default setting,
8935 i.e. choose "Normal".
8937 Ftape can print lots of debugging messages to the system console
8938 resp. kernel log files. Reducing the amount of possible debugging
8939 output reduces the size of the kernel module by some KB, so it might
8940 be a good idea to use "None" for emergency boot floppies.
8942 If you want to save memory then the following strategy is
8943 recommended: leave this option at its default setting "Normal" until
8944 you know that the driver works as expected, afterwards reconfigure
8945 the kernel, this time specifying "Reduced" or "None" and recompile
8946 and install the kernel as usual. Note that choosing "Excessive"
8947 debugging output does not increase the amount of debugging output
8948 printed to the console but only makes it possible to produce
8949 "Excessive" debugging output.
8951 Please read Documentation/ftape.txt for a short description
8952 how to control the amount of debugging output.
8954 The floppy drive controller for ftape
8956 Only change this setting if you have a special controller. If you
8957 didn't plug any add-on card into your computer system but just
8958 plugged the floppy tape cable into the already existing floppy drive
8959 controller then you don't want to change the default setting,
8960 i.e. choose "Standard".
8962 Choose "MACH-2" if you have a Mountain Mach-2 controller.
8963 Choose "FC-10/FC-20" if you have a Colorado FC-10 or FC-20
8965 Choose "Alt/82078" if you have another controller that is located at
8966 an IO base address different from the standard floppy drive
8967 controller's base address of `0x3f0', or uses an IRQ (interrupt)
8968 channel different from `6', or a DMA channel different from
8969 `2'. This is necessary for any controller card that is based on
8970 Intel's 82078 FDC such as Seagate's, Exabyte's and Iomega's "high
8973 If you choose something other than "Standard" then please make
8974 sure that the settings for the IO base address and the IRQ and DMA
8975 channel in the configuration menus below are correct. Use the manual
8976 of your tape drive to determine the correct settings!
8978 If you are already successfully using your tape drive with another
8979 operating system then you definitely should use the same settings
8980 for the IO base, the IRQ and DMA channel that have proven to work
8983 Note that this menu lets you specify only the default setting for
8984 the hardware setup. The hardware configuration can be changed at
8985 boot time (when ftape is compiled into the kernel, i.e. if you
8986 have said Y to "Floppy tape drive") or module load time (i.e. if you
8987 have said M to "Floppy tape drive").
8989 Please read also the file Documentation/ftape.txt which
8990 contains a short description of the parameters that can be set at
8991 boot or load time. If you want to use your floppy tape drive on a
8992 PCI-bus based system, please read the file
8993 drivers/char/ftape/README.PCI.
8995 IO base of the floppy disk controller used with Ftape
8997 You don't need to specify a value if the following default
8998 settings for the base IO address are correct:
8999 <<< MACH-2 : 0x1E0 >>>
9000 <<< FC-10/FC-20: 0x180 >>>
9001 <<< Secondary : 0x370 >>>
9002 Secondary refers to a secondary FDC controller like the "high speed"
9003 controllers delivered by Seagate or Exabyte or Iomega's Ditto Dash.
9004 Please make sure that the setting for the IO base address
9005 specified here is correct. USE THE MANUAL OF YOUR TAPE DRIVE OR
9006 CONTROLLER CARD TO DETERMINE THE CORRECT SETTING. If you are already
9007 successfully using the tape drive with another operating system then
9008 you definitely should use the same settings for the IO base that has
9009 proven to work with that other OS.
9011 Note that this menu lets you specify only the default setting for
9012 the IO base. The hardware configuration can be changed at boot time
9013 (when ftape is compiled into the kernel, i.e. if you specified Y to
9014 "Floppy tape drive") or module load time (i.e. if you have said M to
9015 "Floppy tape drive").
9017 Please read also the file Documentation/ftape.txt which contains a
9018 short description of the parameters that can be set at boot or load
9021 IRQ channel for the floppy disk controller used with Ftape
9023 You don't need to specify a value if the following default
9024 settings for the interrupt channel are correct:
9026 <<< FC-10/FC-20: 9 >>>
9027 <<< Secondary : 6 >>>
9028 Secondary refers to secondary a FDC controller like the "high speed"
9029 controllers delivered by Seagate or Exabyte or Iomega's Ditto Dash.
9030 Please make sure that the setting for the IO base address
9031 specified here is correct. USE THE MANUAL OF YOUR TAPE DRIVE OR
9032 CONTROLLER CARD TO DETERMINE THE CORRECT SETTING. If you are already
9033 successfully using the tape drive with another operating system then
9034 you definitely should use the same settings for the IO base that has
9035 proven to work with that other OS.
9037 Note that this menu lets you specify only the default setting for
9038 the IRQ channel. The hardware configuration can be changed at boot
9039 time (when ftape is compiled into the kernel, i.e. if you said Y to
9040 "Floppy tape drive") or module load time (i.e. if you said M to
9041 "Floppy tape drive").
9043 Please read also the file Documentation/ftape.txt which contains a
9044 short description of the parameters that can be set at boot or load
9047 DMA channel for the floppy disk controller used with Ftape
9049 You don't need to specify a value if the following default
9050 settings for the DMA channel are correct:
9052 <<< FC-10/FC-20: 3 >>>
9053 <<< Secondary : 2 >>>
9054 Secondary refers to a secondary FDC controller like the "high speed"
9055 controllers delivered by Seagate or Exabyte or Iomega's Ditto Dash.
9056 Please make sure that the setting for the IO base address
9057 specified here is correct. USE THE MANUAL OF YOUR TAPE DRIVE OR
9058 CONTROLLER CARD TO DETERMINE THE CORRECT SETTING. If you are already
9059 successfully using the tape drive with another operating system then
9060 you definitely should use the same settings for the IO base that has
9061 proven to work with that other OS.
9063 Note that this menu lets you specify only the default setting for
9064 the DMA channel. The hardware configuration can be changed at boot
9065 time (when ftape is compiled into the kernel, i.e. if you said Y to
9066 "Floppy tape drive") or module load time (i.e. if you said M to
9067 "Floppy tape drive").
9069 Please read also the file Documentation/ftape.txt which contains a
9070 short description of the parameters that can be set at boot or load
9073 FDC FIFO Threshold before requesting DMA service
9075 Set the FIFO threshold of the FDC. If this is higher the DMA
9076 controller may serve the FDC after a higher latency time. If this is
9077 lower, fewer DMA transfers occur leading to less bus contention.
9078 You may try to tune this if ftape annoys you with "reduced data
9079 rate because of excessive overrun errors" messages. However, this
9080 doesn't seem to have too much effect.
9082 If unsure, don't touch the initial value, i.e. leave it at "8".
9084 FDC maximum data rate
9085 CONFIG_FT_FDC_MAX_RATE
9086 With some motherboard/FDC combinations ftape will not be able to
9087 run your FDC/tape drive combination at the highest available
9088 speed. If this is the case you'll encounter "reduced data rate
9089 because of excessive overrun errors" messages and lots of retries
9090 before ftape finally decides to reduce the data rate.
9092 In this case it might be desirable to tell ftape beforehand that
9093 it need not try to run the tape drive at the highest available
9094 speed. If unsure, leave this disabled, i.e. leave it at 2000
9097 MTRR control and configuration
9099 On Intel P6 family processors (Pentium Pro, Pentium II and later)
9100 the Memory Type Range Registers (MTRRs) may be used to control
9101 processor access to memory ranges. This is most useful when you have
9102 a video (VGA) card on a PCI or AGP bus. Enabling write-combining
9103 allows bus write transfers to be combined into a larger transfer
9104 before bursting over the PCI/AGP bus. This can increase performance
9105 of image write operations 2.5 times or more. This option creates a
9106 /proc/mtrr file which may be used to manipulate your
9107 MTRRs. Typically the X server should use this. This should have a
9108 reasonably generic interface so that similar control registers on
9109 other processors can be easily supported.
9111 The Cyrix 6x86, 6x86MX and M II processors have Address Range
9112 Registers (ARRs) which provide a similar functionality to MTRRs. For
9113 these, the ARRs are used to emulate the MTRRs.
9115 The AMD K6-2 (stepping 8 and above) and K6-3 processors have two
9116 MTRRs. These are supported.
9118 The Centaur C6 (WinChip) has 8 MCRs, allowing write-combining. These
9121 Saying Y here also fixes a problem with buggy SMP BIOSes which only
9122 set the MTRRs for the boot CPU and not the secondary CPUs. This can
9123 lead to all sorts of problems.
9125 You can safely say Y even if your machine doesn't have MTRRs, you'll
9126 just add about 3k to your kernel.
9128 See Documentation/mtrr.txt for more information.
9130 Main CPU frequency, only for DEC alpha machine
9131 CONFIG_FT_ALPHA_CLOCK
9132 On some DEC Alpha machines the CPU clock frequency cannot be
9133 determined automatically, so you need to specify it here ONLY if
9134 running a DEC Alpha, otherwise this setting has no effect.
9136 Zilog serial support
9138 If you are asked this question, something is wrong with config scripts.
9139 Zilog serial driver is always enabled in sparc architecture.
9141 Double Talk PC internal speech card support
9143 This driver is for the DoubleTalk PC, a speech synthesizer
9144 manufactured by RC Systems (http://www.rcsys.com/). It is also
9145 called the `internal DoubleTalk'. If you want to compile this as a
9146 module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the
9147 running kernel whenever you want), say M here and read
9148 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called dtlk.o.
9150 Advanced Power Management
9152 APM is a BIOS specification for saving power using several different
9153 techniques. This is mostly useful for battery powered laptops with
9154 APM compliant BIOSes. If you say Y here, the system time will be
9155 reset after a USER RESUME operation, the /proc/apm device will
9156 provide battery status information, and user-space programs will
9157 receive notification of APM "events" (e.g., battery status change).
9159 Supporting software is available; for more information, read the
9160 Battery Powered Linux mini-HOWTO, available via FTP (user:
9161 anonymous) from ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO/mini.
9163 This driver does not spin down disk drives (see the hdparm(8)
9164 manpage ("man 8 hdparm") for that), and it doesn't turn off
9165 VESA-compliant "green" monitors.
9167 This driver does not support the TI 4000M TravelMate and the ACER
9168 486/DX4/75 because they don't have compliant BIOSes. Many "green"
9169 desktop machines also don't have compliant BIOSes, and this driver
9170 will cause those machines to panic during the boot phase (typically,
9171 these machines are using a data segment of 0040, which is reserved
9172 for the Linux kernel).
9174 If you are running Linux on a laptop, you may also want to read the
9175 Linux Laptop home page on the WWW at
9176 http://www.cs.utexas.edu/users/kharker/linux-laptop/ (to browse the
9177 WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a
9178 program like lynx or netscape).
9180 Generally, if you don't have a battery in your machine, there isn't
9181 much point in using this driver and you should say N. If you get
9182 random kernel OOPSes or reboots that don't seem to be related to
9183 anything, try disabling/enabling this option (or disabling/enabling
9186 Some other things you should try when experiencing seemingly random,
9189 1) make sure that you have enough swap space and that it is
9191 2) pass the "no-hlt" option to the kernel
9192 3) switch on floating point emulation in the kernel and pass
9193 the "no387" option to the kernel
9194 4) pass the "floppy=nodma" option to the kernel
9195 5) pass the "mem=4M" option to the kernel (thereby disabling
9196 all but the first 4 MB of RAM)
9197 6) make sure that the CPU is not over clocked.
9198 7) read the sig11 FAQ at http://www.bitwizard.nl/sig11/
9199 8) disable the cache from your BIOS settings
9200 9) install a fan for the video card or exchange video RAM
9201 10) install a better fan for the CPU
9202 11) exchange RAM chips
9203 12) exchange the motherboard.
9206 CONFIG_APM_IGNORE_USER_SUSPEND
9207 This option will ignore USER SUSPEND requests. On machines with a
9208 compliant APM BIOS, you want to say N. However, on the NEC Versa M
9209 series notebooks, it is necessary to say Y because of a BIOS bug.
9211 Enable APM at boot time
9212 CONFIG_APM_DO_ENABLE
9213 Enable APM features at boot time. From page 36 of the APM BIOS
9214 specification: "When disabled, the APM BIOS does not automatically
9215 power manage devices, enter the Standby State, enter the Suspend
9216 State, or take power saving steps in response to CPU Idle calls."
9217 This driver will make CPU Idle calls when Linux is idle (unless this
9218 feature is turned off -- see "Do CPU IDLE calls", below). This
9219 should always save battery power, but more complicated APM features
9220 will be dependent on your BIOS implementation. You may need to turn
9221 this option off if your computer hangs at boot time when using APM
9222 support, or if it beeps continuously instead of suspending. Turn
9223 this off if you have a NEC UltraLite Versa 33/C or a Toshiba
9224 T400CDT. This is off by default since most machines do fine without
9229 Enable calls to APM CPU Idle/CPU Busy inside the kernel's idle loop.
9230 On some machines, this can activate improved power savings, such as
9231 a slowed CPU clock rate, when the machine is idle. These idle calls
9232 are made after the idle loop has run for some length of time (e.g.,
9233 333 mS). On some machines, this will cause a hang at boot time or
9234 whenever the CPU becomes idle. (On machines with more than one CPU,
9235 this option does nothing.)
9237 Enable console blanking using APM
9238 CONFIG_APM_DISPLAY_BLANK
9239 Enable console blanking using the APM. Some laptops can use this to
9240 turn off the LCD backlight when the screen blanker of the Linux
9241 virtual console blanks the screen. Note that this is only used by
9242 the virtual console screen blanker, and won't turn off the backlight
9243 when using the X Window system. This also doesn't have anything to
9244 do with your VESA-compliant power-saving monitor. Further, this
9245 option doesn't work for all laptops -- it might not turn off your
9246 backlight at all, or it might print a lot of errors to the console,
9247 especially if you are using gpm.
9249 Power off on shutdown
9250 CONFIG_APM_POWER_OFF
9251 Enable the ability to power off the computer after the Linux kernel
9252 is halted. You will need software (e.g., a suitable version of the
9253 halt(8) command ("man 8 halt")) to cause the computer to power down.
9254 Recent versions of the sysvinit package available from
9255 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/daemons/init/ (user:
9256 anonymous) contain support for this ("halt -p" shuts down Linux and
9257 powers off the computer, if executed from runlevel 0). As with the
9258 other APM options, this option may not work reliably with some APM
9259 BIOS implementations.
9261 Ignore multiple suspend/standby events
9262 CONFIG_APM_IGNORE_MULTIPLE_SUSPEND
9263 This option is necessary on the IBM Thinkpad 560, but should work on
9264 all other laptops. When the APM BIOS returns multiple suspend or
9265 standby events while one is already being processed they will be
9266 ignored. Without this the Thinkpad 560 has troubles with the user
9267 level daemon apmd, and with the PCMCIA package pcmcia-cs.
9269 Ignore multiple suspend/resume cycles
9270 CONFIG_APM_IGNORE_SUSPEND_BOUNCE
9271 This option is necessary on the Dell Inspiron 3200 and others, but
9272 should be safe for all other laptops. When enabled, a system suspend
9273 event that occurs within three seconds of a resume is ignored.
9274 Without this the Inspiron will shut itself off a few seconds after
9275 you open the lid, requiring you to press the power button to resume
9276 it a second time. Say Y.
9278 RTC stores time in GMT
9279 CONFIG_APM_RTC_IS_GMT
9280 Say Y here if your RTC (Real Time Clock a.k.a. hardware clock)
9281 stores the time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time). Say N if your RTC
9284 It is in fact recommended to store GMT in your RTC, because then you
9285 don't have to worry about daylight savings time changes. The only
9286 reason not to use GMT in your RTC is if you also run a broken OS
9287 that doesn't understand GMT.
9289 Allow interrupts during APM BIOS calls
9290 CONFIG_APM_ALLOW_INTS
9291 Normally we disable external interrupts while we are making calls to
9292 the APM BIOS as a measure to lessen the effects of a badly behaving
9293 BIOS implementation. The BIOS should reenable interrupts if it
9294 needs to. Unfortunately, some BIOSes do not - especially those in
9295 many of the newer IBM Thinkpads. If you experience hangs when you
9296 suspend, try setting this to Y. Otherwise, say N.
9298 Watchdog Timer Support
9300 If you say Y here (and to one of the following options) and create a
9301 character special file /dev/watchdog with major number 10 and minor
9302 number 130 using mknod ("man mknod"), you will get a watchdog, i.e.:
9303 subsequently opening the file and then failing to write to it for
9304 longer than 1 minute will result in rebooting the machine. This
9305 could be useful for a networked machine that needs to come back
9306 online as fast as possible after a lock-up. There's both a watchdog
9307 implementation entirely in software (which can sometimes fail to
9308 reboot the machine) and a driver for hardware watchdog boards, which
9309 are more robust and can also keep track of the temperature inside
9310 your computer. For details, read Documentation/watchdog.txt in the
9313 The watchdog is usually used together with the watchdog daemon
9314 which is available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
9315 ftp://tsx-11.mit.edu/pub/linux/sources/sbin/. This daemon can also
9316 monitor NFS connections and can reboot the machine when the process
9321 Disable watchdog shutdown on close
9322 CONFIG_WATCHDOG_NOWAYOUT
9323 The default watchdog behaviour (which you get if you say N here) is
9324 to stop the timer if the process managing it closes the file
9325 /dev/watchdog. It's always remotely possible that this process might
9326 get killed. If you say Y here, the watchdog cannot be stopped once
9327 it has been started.
9331 If you have a WDT500P or WDT501P watchdog board, say Y here,
9332 otherwise N. It is not possible to probe for this board, which means
9333 that you have to set the IO port and IRQ it uses in the kernel
9334 source at the top of drivers/char/wdt.c.
9336 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
9337 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
9338 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
9343 Saying Y here and creating a character special file /dev/temperature
9344 with major number 10 and minor number 131 ("man mknod") will give
9345 you a thermometer inside your computer: reading from
9346 /dev/temperature yields one byte, the temperature in degrees
9347 Fahrenheit. This works only if you have a WDT501P watchdog board
9352 Enable the Fan Tachometer on the WDT501. Only do this if you have a
9353 fan tachometer actually set up.
9356 CONFIG_SOFT_WATCHDOG
9357 A software monitoring watchdog. This will fail to reboot your system
9358 from some situations that the hardware watchdog will recover
9359 from. Equally it's a lot cheaper to install.
9361 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
9362 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
9363 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
9364 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called softdog.o.
9366 Berkshire Products PC Watchdog
9368 This is the driver for the Berkshire Products PC Watchdog card.
9369 This card simply watches your kernel to make sure it doesn't freeze,
9370 and if it does, it reboots your computer after a certain amount of
9371 time. This driver is like the WDT501 driver but for different
9372 hardware. Please read Documentation/pcwd-watchdog.txt. The PC
9373 watchdog cards can be ordered from http://www.berkprod.com. Some
9374 example rc.local files are available from ftp://ftp.bitgate.com.
9376 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
9377 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
9378 The module is called pcwd.o. If you want to compile it as a module,
9379 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
9381 Most people will say N.
9383 Acquire SBC Watchdog Timer
9385 This is the driver for the hardware watchdog on the PSC-6x86 Single
9386 Board Computer produced by Acquire Inc (and others). This watchdog
9387 simply watches your kernel to make sure it doesn't freeze, and if
9388 it does, it reboots your computer after a certain amount of time.
9390 This driver is like the WDT501 driver but for different hardware.
9391 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
9392 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
9393 The module is called pscwdt.o. If you want to compile it as a
9394 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. Most people
9397 Enhanced Real Time Clock Support
9399 If you say Y here and create a character special file /dev/rtc with
9400 major number 10 and minor number 135 using mknod ("man mknod"), you
9401 will get access to the real time clock built into your computer.
9402 Every PC has such a clock built in. It can be used to generate
9403 signals from as low as 1Hz up to 8192Hz, and can also be used as a
9404 24 hour alarm. It reports status information via the file /proc/rtc
9405 and its behaviour is set by various ioctls on /dev/rtc.
9407 If you run Linux on a multiprocessor machine and said Y to
9408 "Symmetric Multi Processing" above, you should say Y here to read
9409 and set the RTC clock in an SMP compatible fashion.
9411 If you think you have a use for such a device (such as periodic data
9412 sampling), then say Y here, and read Documentation/rtc.txt for
9415 Tadpole ANA H8 Support
9417 The Hitachi H8/337 is a microcontroller used to deal with the power
9418 and thermal environment. If you say Y here, you will be able to
9419 communicate with it via a character special device.
9425 If you say Y here and create a character special file /dev/nvram
9426 with major number 10 and minor number 144 using mknod ("man mknod"),
9427 you get read and write access to the 50 bytes of non-volatile memory
9428 in the real time clock (RTC), which is contained in every PC and
9431 This memory is conventionally called "CMOS RAM" on PCs and "NVRAM"
9432 on Ataris. /dev/nvram may be used to view settings there, or to
9433 change them (with some utility). It could also be used to frequently
9434 save a few bits of very important data that may not be lost over
9435 power-off and for which writing to disk is too insecure. Note
9436 however that most NVRAM space in a PC belongs to the BIOS and you
9437 should NEVER idly tamper with it. See Ralf Brown's interrupt list
9438 for a guide to the use of CMOS bytes by your BIOS.
9440 On Atari machines, /dev/nvram is always configured and does not need
9443 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
9444 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
9445 The module will be called nvram.o. If you want to compile it as a
9446 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
9448 Atomwide Serial Support
9449 CONFIG_ATOMWIDE_SERIAL
9450 If you have an Atomwide Serial card for an Acorn system, say Y to
9451 this option. The driver can handle 1, 2, or 3 port cards.
9454 The Serial Port Dual Serial Port
9455 CONFIG_DUALSP_SERIAL
9456 If you have the Serial Port's dual serial card for an Acorn system,
9457 say Y to this option. If unsure, say N
9461 If you have a joystick, you can say Y here to enable generic
9462 joystick support. You will also need to say Y or M to at least one
9463 of the hardware specific joystick drivers. This will make the
9464 joysticks available as /dev/jsX devices. Please read the file
9465 Documentation/joystick.txt which contains more information and the
9466 location of the joystick package that you'll need.
9468 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
9469 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
9470 The module will be called joystick.o. If you want to compile it as a
9471 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
9473 Classic PC analog joysticks and gamepads
9475 Say Y here if you have an analog joystick or gamepad that connects
9476 to the PC gameport. This supports many different types, including
9477 joysticks with throttle control, with rudders, or with extensions
9478 like additional hats and buttons compatible with CH Flightstick Pro,
9479 ThrustMaster FCS or 6 and 8 button gamepads. For more information on
9480 how to use the driver please read Documentation/joystick.txt
9482 FPGaming and MadCatz A3D controllers
9484 Say Y here if you have an FPGaming Assasin 3D, MadCatz Panther or
9485 MadCatz Panther XL. For more information on how to use the driver
9486 please read Documentation/joystick.txt
9488 Gravis GrIP joysticks and gamepads
9490 Say Y here if you have a Gravis GamePad Pro, Gravis Xterminator or
9491 Gravis Blackhawk Digital. For more information on how to use the
9492 driver please read Documentation/joystick.txt
9494 PDPI Lightning 4 gamecards
9495 CONFIG_JOY_LIGHTNING
9496 Say Y here if you have a PDPI Lightning 4 gamecard and an analog
9497 joystick or gamepad connected to it. For more information on how to
9498 use the driver please read Documentation/joystick.txt
9500 Logitech Digital joysticks and gamepads
9502 Say Y here if you have a Logitech WingMan Extreme Digital,
9503 Logitech ThunderPad Digital or Logitech CyberMan 2. For more
9504 information on how to use the driver please read
9505 Documentation/joystick.txt
9507 Microsoft SideWinder, Genius Digital joysticks and gamepads
9508 CONFIG_JOY_SIDEWINDER
9509 Say Y here if you have a Microsoft SideWinder 3d Pro, Microsoft
9510 SideWinder Precision Pro, Microsoft SideWinder Force Feedback Pro,
9511 Microsoft Sidewinder GamePad or Genius Flight2000 F-23 Digital. For
9512 more information on how to use the driver please read
9513 Documentation/joystick.txt
9515 ThrustMaster DirectConnect joysticks and gamepads
9516 CONFIG_JOY_THRUSTMASTER
9517 Say Y here if you have a ThrustMaster Millenium 3D Inceptor or a
9518 ThrustMaster 3D Rage Pad. For more information on how to use the
9519 driver please read Documentation/joystick.txt
9521 NES, SNES, PSX, Multisystem joysticks and gamepads
9523 Say Y here if you have a Nintendo Entertainment System gamepad,
9524 Super Nintendo Entertainment System gamepad, Sony PlayStation
9525 gamepad or a Multisystem -- Atari, Amiga, Commodore, Amstrad CPC
9526 joystick. For more information on how to use the driver please read
9527 Documentation/joystick.txt and Documentation/joystick-parport.txt
9529 Sega, Multisystem joysticks and gamepads
9531 Say Y here if you have a Sega Master System gamepad, Sega Genesis
9532 gamepad, Sega Saturn gamepad, or a Multisystem -- Atari, Amiga,
9533 Commodore, Amstrad CPC joystick. For more information on how to use
9534 the driver please read Documentation/joystick.txt and
9535 Documentation/joystick-parport.txt
9537 TurboGraFX Multisystem joystick interface
9538 CONFIG_JOY_TURBOGRAFX
9539 Say Y here if you have the TurboGraFX interface by Steffen Schwenke,
9540 and want to use it with Multiststem -- Atari, Amiga, Commodore,
9541 Amstrad CPC joystick. For more information on how to use the driver
9542 please read Documentation/joystick.txt and
9543 Documentation/joystick-parport.txt
9547 Say Y here if you have an Amiga with a digital joystick connected
9548 to it. For more information on how to use the driver please read
9549 Documentation/joystick.txt
9551 Atomwide Serial Support
9552 CONFIG_ATOMWIDE_SERIAL
9553 If you have an Atomwide Serial card for an Acorn system, say Y to
9554 this option. The driver can handle 1, 2, or 3 port cards.
9557 The Serial Port Dual Serial Port
9558 CONFIG_DUALSP_SERIAL
9559 If you have the Serial Port's dual serial card for an Acorn system,
9560 say Y to this option. If unsure, say N
9564 If you enable this driver and create a character device node
9565 /dev/nwbutton with major and minor numbers 10 and 158 ("man mknod"),
9566 then every time the orange button is pressed a number of times, the
9567 number of times the button was pressed will be written to that device.
9568 This is most useful for applications, as yet unwritten, which perform
9569 actions based on how many times the button is pressed in a row.
9570 Do not hold the button down for too long, as the driver does not alter
9571 the behaviour of the hardware reset circuitry attached to the button;
9572 it will still execute a hard reset if the button is held down for
9573 longer than approximately five seconds.
9574 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
9575 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
9576 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
9577 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called nwbutton.o.
9578 Most people will answer Y to this question and "Reboot Using Button"
9579 below to be able to initiate a system shutdown from the button.
9582 CONFIG_NWBUTTON_REBOOT
9583 If you enable this option, then you will be able to initiate a system
9584 shutdown and reboot by pressing the orange button a number of times.
9585 The number of presses to initiate the shutdown is two by default, but
9586 this can be altered by modifying the value of NUM_PRESSES_REBOOT in
9587 nwbutton.h and recompiling the driver or, if you compile the driver as
9588 a module, you can specify the number of presses at load time with
9589 "insmod button reboot_count=<something>".
9593 If you have a sound card in your computer, i.e. if it can say more
9594 than an occasional beep, say Y. Be sure to have all the information
9595 about your sound card and its configuration down (I/O port,
9596 interrupt and DMA channel), because you will be asked for it.
9598 You want to read the Sound-HOWTO, available via FTP (user:
9599 anonymous) from ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. General
9600 information about the modular sound system is contained in the files
9601 Documentation/sound/Introduction. The file
9602 Documentation/sound/README.OSS contains some slightly outdated but
9603 still useful information as well.
9605 If you have a PnP sound card and you want to configure it at boot
9606 time using the ISA PnP tools (read
9607 http://www.roestock.demon.co.uk/isapnptools/ (to browse the WWW, you
9608 need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a program
9609 like lynx or netscape)), then you need to compile the sound card
9610 support as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed
9611 from the running kernel whenever you want) and load that module
9612 after the PnP configuration is finished. To do this, say M here and
9613 read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
9614 Documentation/sound/README.modules; the module will be called
9617 I'm told that even without a sound card, you can make your computer
9618 say more than an occasional beep, by programming the PC speaker.
9619 Kernel patches and supporting utilities to do that are in the pcsp
9620 package, available at http://www.imladris.demon.co.uk/pcsp/.
9624 OSS is the Open Sound System suite of sound card drivers. They make
9625 sound programming easier since they provide a common API. Say Y or M
9626 here (the module will be called sound.o) if you haven't found a
9627 driver for your sound card above, then pick your driver from the
9630 Persistent DMA buffers
9632 Linux can often have problems allocating DMA buffers for ISA sound
9633 cards on machines with more than 16MB of RAM. This is because ISA
9634 DMA buffers must exist below the 16MB boundary and it is quite
9635 possible that a large enough free block in this region cannot be
9636 found after the machine has been running for a while. If you say Y
9637 here the DMA buffers (64Kb) will be allocated at boot time and kept
9638 until the shutdown. This option is only useful if you said Y to
9639 "OSS sound modules", above. If you said M to "OSS sound modules"
9640 then you can get the persistent DMA buffer functionality by passing
9641 the command-line argument "dmabuf=1" to the sound.o module.
9643 Say Y unless you have 16MB or less RAM or a PCI sound card.
9645 Support for Aztech Sound Galaxy (non-PnP) cards
9646 CONFIG_SOUND_SGALAXY
9647 This module initializes the older non Plug and Play sound galaxy
9648 cards from Aztech. It supports the Waverider Pro 32 - 3D and the
9649 Galaxy Washington 16.
9651 Support for AD1816(A) based cards (EXPERIMENTAL)
9653 Say M here if you have a sound card based on the Analog Devices
9656 NOTE: This driver is still EXPERIMENTAL.
9657 See Documentation/sound/AD1816 for further information.
9659 Yamaha OPL3-SA1 audio controller
9660 CONFIG_SOUND_OPL3SA1
9661 Say Y or M if you have a Yamaha OPL3-SA1 sound chip, which is
9662 usually built into motherboards. Read Documentation/sound/OPL3-SA
9665 ProAudioSpectrum 16 support
9667 Answer Y only if you have a Pro Audio Spectrum 16, ProAudio Studio
9668 16 or Logitech SoundMan 16 sound card. Don't answer Y if you have
9669 some other card made by Media Vision or Logitech since they are not
9672 100% Sound Blaster compatibles (SB16/32/64, ESS, Jazz16) support
9674 Answer Y if you have an original Sound Blaster card made by Creative
9675 Labs or a 100% hardware compatible clone (like the Thunderboard or
9676 SM Games). For an unknown card you may answer Y if the card claims
9677 to be Sound Blaster-compatible.
9679 Please read the file Documentation/sound/Soundblaster.
9681 You should also say Y here for cards based on the Avance Logic
9682 ALS-007 chip (read Documentation/sound/ALS007) and for cards based
9683 on ESS chips (read Documentation/sound/ESS1868 and
9684 Documentation/sound/ESS). If you have an SB AWE 32 or SB AWE 64, say
9685 Y here and also to "Additional lowlevel drivers" and to "SB32/AWE
9686 support" below and read Documentation/sound/INSTALL.awe. If you have
9687 an IBM Mwave card, say Y here and read Documentation/sound/mwave.
9689 You can say M here to compile this driver as a module; the module is
9692 Generic OPL2/OPL3 FM synthesizer support
9694 Answer Y if your card has a FM chip made by Yamaha (OPL2/OPL3/OPL4).
9695 Answering Y is usually a safe and recommended choice, however some
9696 cards may have software (TSR) FM emulation. Enabling FM support with
9697 these cards may cause trouble (I don't currently know of any such
9700 Please read the file Documentation/sound/OPL3 if your card has an
9706 #Loopback MIDI device support
9709 ### somebody please fill this in.
9712 Gravis Ultrasound support
9714 Say Y here for any type of Gravis Ultrasound card, including
9715 the GUS or GUS MAX. See also Documentation/sound/ultrasound for
9716 more information on configuring this card with modules.
9718 MPU-401 support (NOT for SB16)
9720 Be careful with this question. The MPU401 interface is supported by
9721 all sound cards. However, some natively supported cards have their
9722 own driver for MPU401. Enabling this MPU401 option with these cards
9723 will cause a conflict. Also, enabling MPU401 on a system that
9724 doesn't really have a MPU401 could cause some trouble. If your card
9725 was in the list of supported cards, look at the card specific
9726 instructions in the drivers/sound/Readme.cards file. It's safe to
9727 answer Y if you have a true MPU401 MIDI interface card.
9730 CONFIG_SOUND_UART6850
9731 This option enables support for MIDI interfaces based on the 6850
9732 UART chip. This interface is rarely found on sound cards. It's safe
9733 to answer N to this question.
9737 Say Y here for ARM systems with the VIDC video controller and 16-bit
9738 Linear sound DACs. If unsure, say N.
9740 PSS (AD1848, ADSP-2115, ESC614) support
9742 Answer Y or M if you have an Orchid SW32, Cardinal DSP16, Beethoven
9743 ADSP-16 or some other card based on the PSS chipset (AD1848 codec +
9744 ADSP-2115 DSP chip + Echo ESC614 ASIC CHIP). For more information on
9745 how to compile it into the kernel or as a module see the file
9746 Documentation/sound/PSS.
9748 Enable PSS mixer (Beethoven ADSP-16 and other compatible)
9750 Answer Y for Beethoven ADSP-16. You may try to say Y also for other
9751 cards if they have master volume, bass, treble, and you can't
9752 control it under Linux. If you answer N for Beethoven ADSP-16, you
9753 can't control master volume, bass, treble and synth volume.
9755 If you said M to "PSS support" above, you may enable or disable this
9756 PSS mixer with the module parameter pss_mixer. For more information
9757 see the file Documentation/sound/PSS.
9759 Have DSPxxx.LD firmware file
9760 CONFIG_PSS_HAVE_BOOT
9761 If you have the DSPxxx.LD file or SYNTH.LD file for you card, say Y
9762 to include this file. Without this file the synth device (OPL) may
9765 Full pathname of DSPxxx.LD firmware file
9766 CONFIG_PSS_BOOT_FILE
9767 Enter the full pathname of your DSPxxx.LD file or SYNTH.LD file,
9770 16 bit sampling option of GUS (_NOT_ GUS MAX)
9772 Answer Y if you have installed the 16 bit sampling daughtercard on
9773 your GUS. Answer N if you have a GUS MAX, since saying Y here
9774 disables GUS MAX support.
9778 Answer Y only if you have a Gravis Ultrasound MAX.
9780 Microsoft Sound System support
9782 Again think carefully before answering Y to this question. It's safe
9783 to answer Y if you have the original Windows Sound System card made
9784 by Microsoft or Aztech SG 16 Pro (or NX16 Pro). Also you may say Y
9785 in case your card is NOT among these:
9787 ATI Stereo F/X, AdLib, Audio Excell DSP16, Cardinal DSP16,
9788 Ensoniq SoundScape (and compatibles made by Reveal and Spea),
9789 Gravis Ultrasound, Gravis Ultrasound ACE, Gravis Ultrasound Max,
9790 Gravis Ultrasound with 16 bit option, Logitech Sound Man 16,
9791 Logitech SoundMan Games, Logitech SoundMan Wave, MAD16 Pro (OPTi
9792 82C929), Media Vision Jazz16, MediaTriX AudioTriX Pro, Microsoft
9793 Windows Sound System (MSS/WSS), Mozart (OAK OTI-601), Orchid
9794 SW32, Personal Sound System (PSS), Pro Audio Spectrum 16, Pro
9795 Audio Studio 16, Pro Sonic 16, Roland MPU-401 MIDI interface,
9796 Sound Blaster 1.0, Sound Blaster 16, Sound Blaster 16ASP, Sound
9797 Blaster 2.0, Sound Blaster AWE32, Sound Blaster Pro, TI TM4000M
9798 notebook, ThunderBoard, Turtle Beach Tropez, Yamaha FM
9799 synthesizers (OPL2, OPL3 and OPL4), 6850 UART MIDI Interface.
9801 For cards having native support in VoxWare, consult the card
9802 specific instructions in drivers/sound/Readme.cards. Some drivers
9803 have their own MSS support and saying Y to this option will cause a
9806 Ensoniq Soundscape support
9808 Answer Y if you have a sound card based on the Ensoniq SoundScape
9809 chipset. Such cards are being manufactured at least by Ensoniq, Spea
9810 and Reveal (Reveal makes also other cards).
9812 MediaTriX AudioTriX Pro support
9814 Answer Y if you have the AudioTriX Pro sound card manufactured
9817 Have TRXPRO.HEX firmware file
9818 CONFIG_TRIX_HAVE_BOOT
9819 The MediaTrix AudioTrix Pro has an on-board microcontroller which
9820 needs to be initialized by downloading the code from the file
9821 TRXPRO.HEX in the DOS driver directory. If you don't have the
9822 TRXPRO.HEX file handy you may skip this step. However, the SB and
9823 MPU-401 modes of AudioTrix Pro will not work without this file!
9825 Full pathname of TRXPRO.HEX firmware file
9826 CONFIG_TRIX_BOOT_FILE
9827 Enter the full pathname of your TRXPRO.HEX file, starting from /.
9829 Support for OPTi MAD16 and/or Mozart based cards
9831 Answer Y if your card has a Mozart (OAK OTI-601) or MAD16 (OPTi
9832 82C928 or 82C929 or 82C931) audio interface chip. For the 82C931,
9833 please read drivers/sound/README.C931. These chips are currently
9834 quite common so it's possible that many no-name cards have one of
9835 them. In addition the MAD16 chip is used in some cards made by known
9836 manufacturers such as Turtle Beach (Tropez), Reveal (some models)
9837 and Diamond (latest ones). Note however that the Tropez sound cards
9838 have their own driver; if you have one of those, say N here and Y or
9839 M to "Full support for Turtle Beach WaveFront", below.
9841 See also Documentation/sound/Opti and Documentation/sound/MAD16 for
9842 more information on setting these cards up as modules.
9844 Full support for Turtle Beach WaveFront synth/sound cards
9845 CONFIG_SOUND_WAVEFRONT
9846 Answer Y or M if you have a Tropez Plus, Tropez or Maui sound card
9847 and read the files Documentation/sound/Wavefront and
9848 Documentation/sound/Tropez+.
9850 Support MIDI in older MAD16 based cards (requires SB)
9851 CONFIG_MAD16_OLDCARD
9852 Answer Y (or M) if you have an older card based on the C928 or
9853 Mozart chipset and you want to have MIDI support. If you enable this
9854 option you also need to enable support for Sound Blaster.
9856 Support for Crystal CS4232 based (PnP) cards
9858 Say Y here if you have a card based on the Crystal CS4232 chip set,
9859 which uses its own Plug and Play protocol.
9861 See Documentation/sound/CS4232 for more information on configuring
9864 Support for Yamaha OPL3-SA2, SA3, and SAx based PnP cards
9865 CONFIG_SOUND_OPL3SA2
9866 Say Y or M if you have a card based on one of these Yamaha
9867 sound chipsets. Read Documentation/sound/OPL3-SA2 for more
9868 information on configuring these cards.
9870 Support for Turtle Beach Wave Front (Maui, Tropez) synthesizers
9872 Say Y here if you have a Turtle Beach Wave Front, Maui, or Tropez
9875 Have OSWF.MOT firmware file
9876 CONFIG_MAUI_HAVE_BOOT
9877 Turtle Beach Maui and Tropez sound cards have a microcontroller
9878 which needs to be initialized prior to use. OSWF.MOT is a file
9879 distributed with the card's DOS/Windows drivers. Answer Y if you
9882 Full pathname of OSWF.MOT firmware file
9883 CONFIG_MAUI_BOOT_FILE
9884 Enter the full pathname of your OSWF.MOT file, starting from /.
9886 Support for Turtle Beach MultiSound Classic, Tahiti, Monterey
9887 CONFIG_SOUND_MSNDCLAS
9888 Say M here if you have a Turtle Beach MultiSound Classic, Tahiti or
9889 Monterey (not for the Pinnacle or Fiji).
9891 See Documentation/sound/MultiSound for important information about
9894 Full pathname of MSNDINIT.BIN firmware file
9895 CONFIG_MSNDCLAS_INIT_FILE
9896 The MultiSound cards have two firmware files which are required for
9897 operation, and are not currently included. These files can be
9898 obtained from Turtle Beach. See Documentation/sound/MultiSound for
9899 information on how to obtain this.
9901 Full pathname of MSNDPERM.BIN firmware file
9902 CONFIG_MSNDCLAS_PERM_FILE
9903 The MultiSound cards have two firmware files which are required for
9904 operation, and are not currently included. These files can be
9905 obtained from Turtle Beach. See Documentation/sound/MultiSound for
9906 information on how to obtain this.
9908 Support for Turtle Beach MultiSound Pinnacle, Fiji
9909 CONFIG_SOUND_MSNDPIN
9910 Say M here if you have a Turtle Beach MultiSound Pinnacle or Fiji.
9911 See Documentation/sound/MultiSound for important information about
9914 Full pathname of PNDSPINI.BIN firmware file
9915 CONFIG_MSNDPIN_INIT_FILE
9916 The MultiSound cards have two firmware files which are required for
9917 operation, and are not currently included. These files can be
9918 obtained from Turtle Beach. See Documentation/sound/MultiSound for
9919 information on how to obtain this.
9921 Full pathname of PNDSPERM.BIN firmware file
9922 CONFIG_MSNDPIN_PERM_FILE
9923 The MultiSound cards have two firmware files which are required for
9924 operation, and are not currently included. These files can be
9925 obtained from Turtle Beach. See Documentation/sound/MultiSound for
9926 information on how to obtain this.
9928 MSND Pinnacle have S/PDIF I/O
9929 CONFIG_MSNDPIN_DIGITAL
9930 If you have the S/PDIF daughter board for the Pinnacle or Fiji,
9931 answer Y here; otherwise, say N. If you have this, you will be able
9932 to play and record from the S/PDIF port (digital signal). See
9933 Documentation/sound/MultiSound for information on how to make use of
9936 MSND Pinnacle non-PnP Mode
9937 CONFIG_MSNDPIN_NONPNP
9938 The Pinnacle and Fiji card resources can be configured either with
9939 PnP, or through a configuration port. Say Y here if your card is NOT
9940 in PnP mode. For the Pinnacle, configuration in non-PnP mode allows
9941 use of the IDE and joystick peripherals on the card as well; these
9942 do not show up when the card is in PnP mode. Specifying zero for any
9943 resource of a device will disable the device. If you are running the
9944 card in PnP mode, you must say N here and use isapnptools to
9945 configure the card's resources.
9947 MSND Pinnacle config port
9949 This is the port which the Pinnacle and Fiji uses to configure the
9950 card's resources when not in PnP mode. If your card is in PnP mode,
9951 then be sure to say N to the previous option, "MSND Pinnacle Non-PnP
9954 MSND buffer size (kB)
9955 CONFIG_MSND_FIFOSIZE
9956 Configures the size of each audio buffer, in kilobytes, for
9957 recording and playing in the MultiSound drivers (both the Classic
9958 and Pinnacle). Larger values reduce the chance of data overruns at
9959 the expense of overall latency. If unsure, use the default.
9961 /dev/dsp and /dev/audio support
9963 If you say Y here, you will get the /dev/dsp and /dev/audio devices;
9964 these are the analog-digital and digital-analog converter devices
9965 and are very useful, so say Y.
9967 MIDI interface support
9969 Answering N disables /dev/midixx devices and access to any MIDI
9970 ports using /dev/sequencer and /dev/music. This option also affects
9971 any MPU401 and/or General MIDI compatible devices. Answer Y.
9973 FM synthesizer (YM3812/OPL-3) support
9975 Answer Y here, unless you know you will not need the option.
9979 This is support for the sound cards on Sun workstations. The code
9980 does not exist yet, so you might as well say N here.
9982 Additional low level drivers
9983 CONFIG_LOWLEVEL_SOUND
9984 If you need additional low level sound drivers which have not yet
9985 appeared, say Y. The answer to this question does not directly
9986 affect the kernel; saying Y will simply cause this configure script
9987 to present you with more options. If unsure, say Y.
9989 ACI mixer (miroPCM12/PCM20)
9991 ACI (Audio Command Interface) is a protocol used to communicate with
9992 the microcontroller on some sound cards produced by miro, e.g. the
9993 miroSOUND PCM12 and PCM20. The main function of the ACI is to
9994 control the mixer and to get a product identification.
9996 This Voxware ACI driver currently only supports the ACI functions on
9997 the miroSOUND PCM12 and PCM20 cards. On the PCM20, ACI also controls
9998 the radio tuner. This is supported in the video4linux
9999 radio-miropcm20 driver.
10003 Say Y here if you have a Sound Blaster SB32, AWE32-PnP, SB AWE64 or
10004 similar sound card. See Documentation/sound/README.awe,
10005 Documentation/sound/AWE32 and the Soundblaster-AWE mini-HOWTO,
10006 available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
10007 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO/mini for more info.
10009 Gallant's Audio Excel DSP 16 support (SC-6000 and SC-6600)
10011 Answer Y if you have a Gallant's Audio Excel DSP 16 card. This
10012 driver supports Audio Excel DSP 16 but not the III nor PnP versions
10015 The Gallant's Audio Excel DSP 16 card can emulate either an SBPro or
10016 a Microsoft Sound System card, so you should have said Y to either
10017 "100% Sound Blaster compatibles (SB16/32/64, ESS, Jazz16) support"
10018 or "Microsoft Sound System support", above, and you need to answer
10019 the "MSS emulation" and "SBPro emulation" questions below
10020 accordingly. You should say Y to one and only one of these two
10023 Read the drivers/sound/lowlevel/README.aedsp16 file and the head of
10024 drivers/sound/lowlevel/aedsp16.c as well as
10025 Documentation/sound/AudioExcelDSP16 to get more information about
10026 this driver and its configuration.
10028 I/O base for Audio Excel DSP 16
10029 CONFIG_AEDSP16_BASE
10030 This is the base I/O address of the Audio Excel DSP 16 card. It must
10031 be 220 or 240. If you compiled aedsp16.o as a module you can specify
10032 this parameter as 'io=0xNNN'.
10034 Audio Excel DSP 16 (SBPro emulation)
10035 CONFIG_AEDSP16_SBPRO
10036 Answer Y if you want your audio card to emulate Sound Blaster Pro.
10037 You should then say Y to "100% Sound Blaster compatibles
10038 (SB16/32/64, ESS, Jazz16) support" and N to "Audio Excel DSP 16 (MSS
10041 Audio Excel DSP 16 IRQ
10042 CONFIG_AEDSP16_SB_IRQ
10043 This is the IRQ of the Audio Excel DSP 16 card. It must be 5, 7, 9,
10044 10 or 11. If you compiled aedsp16.o as a module you can specify
10045 this parameter as 'irq=NN'.
10047 Audio Excel DSP 16 DMA
10048 CONFIG_AEDSP16_SB_DMA
10049 This is the IRQ of the Audio Excel DSP 16 card. It must be 0, 1 or 3.
10050 If you compiled aedsp16.o as a module you can specify this parameter
10053 Audio Excel DSP 16 (MSS emulation)
10055 Answer Y if you want your audio card to emulate Microsoft Sound
10056 System. You should then say Y to "Microsoft Sound System support"
10057 and say N to "Audio Excel DSP 16 (SBPro emulation)".
10059 Audio Excel DSP 16 IRQ
10060 CONFIG_AEDSP16_MSS_IRQ
10061 This is the IRQ of the Audio Excel DSP 16 card. It must be 5, 7, 9,
10062 10 or 11. If you compiled aedsp16.o as a module you can specify
10063 this parameter as 'irq=NN'.
10065 Audio Excel DSP 16 DMA
10066 CONFIG_AEDSP16_MSS_DMA
10067 This is the IRQ of the Audio Excel DSP 16 card. It must be 0, 1
10068 or 3. If you compiled aedsp16.o as a module you can specify this
10069 parameter as 'dma=NN'.
10071 SC-6600 based audio cards (new Audio Excel DSP 16)
10073 The SC6600 is the new version of DSP mounted on the Audio Excel DSP
10074 16 cards. Find in the manual the FCC ID of your audio card and
10075 answer Y if you have an SC6600 DSP.
10077 SC-6600 Joystick Interface
10079 Say Y here in order to use the joystick interface of the Audio Excel
10082 SC-6600 CDROM Interface
10083 CONFIG_SC6600_CDROM
10084 This is used to activate the the CDROM interface of the Audio Excel
10085 DSP 16 card. Enter: 0 for Sony, 1 for Panasonic, 2 for IDE, 4 for no
10088 Audio Excel DSP 16 (MPU401 emulation)
10089 CONFIG_AEDSP16_MPU401
10090 Answer Y if you want your audio card to emulate the MPU-401 midi
10091 interface. You should then also say Y to "MPU-401 support".
10093 Note that the I/O base for MPU-401 support of aedsp16 is the same
10094 you have selected for "MPU-401 support". If you are using this
10095 driver as a module you have to specify the MPU I/O base address with
10096 the parameter 'mpu_base=0xNNN'.
10098 MPU401 IRQ for Audio Excel DSP 16
10099 CONFIG_AEDSP16_MPU_IRQ
10100 This is the IRQ of the MPU-401 emulation of your Audio Excel DSP 16
10101 card. It must be 5, 7, 9, 10 or 0 (to disable MPU-401 interface). If
10102 you compiled aedsp16.o as a module you can specify this parameter as
10105 Ensoniq ES1370 based PCI sound cards
10106 CONFIG_SOUND_ES1370
10107 Say Y or M if you have a PCI sound card utilizing the Ensoniq
10108 ES1370 chipset, such as Ensoniq's AudioPCI (non-97). To find
10109 out if your sound card uses an ES1370 without removing your
10110 computer's cover, use lspci -n and look for the PCI ID
10111 1274:5000. Since Ensoniq was bought by Creative Labs,
10112 Sound Blaster 64/PCI models are either ES1370 or ES1371 based.
10113 This driver differs slightly from OSS/Free, so PLEASE READ
10114 Documentation/sound/es1370.
10116 Joystick support at boot time
10117 CONFIG_SOUND_ES1370_JOYPORT_BOOT
10118 Say Y here to use the joystick port of your sound card.
10120 Ensoniq ES1371 based PCI sound cards
10121 CONFIG_SOUND_ES1371
10122 Say Y or M if you have a PCI sound card utilizing the Ensoniq
10123 ES1371 chipset, such as Ensoniq's AudioPCI97. To find out if
10124 your sound card uses an ES1371 without removing your computer's
10125 cover, use lspci -n and look for the PCI ID 1274:1371. Since
10126 Ensoniq was bought by Creative Labs, Sound Blaster 64/PCI
10127 models are either ES1370 or ES1371 based. This driver differs
10128 slightly from OSS/Free, so PLEASE READ Documentation/sound/es1371.
10130 Joystick support at boot time
10131 CONFIG_SOUND_ES1371_JOYPORT_BOOT
10132 Say Y here to use the joystick port of your sound card.
10134 Gameport I/O-range selection
10135 CONFIG_SOUND_ES1371_GAMEPORT
10136 Select the I/O-range of the gameport on a ES1371 based sound card.
10137 The card uses 8 ioports and the gameport is available at all eight
10138 ioports. Legal hexadecimal values are 200, 208, 210 and 218.
10139 The joystick driver will by default use 0x201.
10140 Leave the default 200 unless you have a joystick not attached
10141 to your sound card.
10143 S3 SonicVibes based PCI sound cards
10144 CONFIG_SOUND_SONICVIBES
10145 Say Y or M if you have a PCI sound card utilizing the S3
10146 SonicVibes chipset. To find out if your sound card uses a
10147 SonicVibes chip without removing your computer's cover, use
10148 lspci -n and look for the PCI ID 5333:CA00. This driver
10149 differs slightly from OSS/Free, so PLEASE READ
10150 Documentation/sound/sonicvibes.
10152 Rockwell WaveArtist
10153 CONFIG_SOUND_WAVEARTIST
10154 Say Y here to include support for the Rockwell WaveArtist sound
10155 system. This driver is mainly for the NetWinder.
10157 Are you using a crosscompiler
10158 CONFIG_CROSSCOMPILE
10159 Say Y here if you are compiling the kernel on a different
10160 architecture than the one it is intended to run on.
10162 Build fp exception handler module
10163 CONFIG_MIPS_FPE_MODULE
10164 Build the floating point exception handler module. This option is
10165 only useful for people working on the floating point exception
10166 handler. If you don't, say N.
10168 Remote GDB kernel debugging
10169 CONFIG_REMOTE_DEBUG
10170 If you say Y here, it will be possible to remotely debug the MIPS
10171 kernel using gdb. This enlarges your kernel image disk size by
10172 several megabytes and requires a machine with more than 16 MB,
10173 better 32 MB RAM to avoid excessive linking time. This is only
10174 useful for kernel hackers. If unsure, say N.
10176 Magic System Request Key support
10178 If you say Y here, you will have some control over the system even
10179 if the system crashes for example during kernel debugging (e.g., you
10180 will be able to flush the buffer cache to disk, reboot the system
10181 immediately or dump some status information). This is accomplished
10182 by pressing various keys while holding SysRq (Alt+PrintScreen). The
10183 keys are documented in Documentation/sysrq.txt. Don't say Y unless
10184 you really know what this hack does.
10188 ISDN ("Integrated Services Digital Networks", called RNIS in France)
10189 is a special type of fully digital telephone service; it's mostly
10190 used to connect to your Internet service provider (with SLIP or
10191 PPP). The main advantage is that the speed is higher than ordinary
10192 modem/telephone connections, and that you can have voice
10193 conversations while downloading stuff. It only works if your
10194 computer is equipped with an ISDN card and both you and your service
10195 provider purchased an ISDN line from the phone company. For details,
10196 read http://alumni.caltech.edu/~dank/isdn/ on the WWW. (To browse
10197 the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that
10198 has a program like lynx or netscape.)
10200 This driver allows you to use an ISDN-card for networking
10201 connections and as dialin/out device. The isdn-tty's have a built in
10202 AT-compatible modem emulator. Network devices support autodial,
10203 channel-bundling, callback and caller-authentication without having
10204 a daemon running. A reduced T.70 protocol is supported with tty's
10205 suitable for German BTX. On D-Channel, the protocols EDSS1
10206 (Euro-ISDN) and 1TR6 (German style) are supported. See
10207 Documentation/isdn/README for more information.
10209 If you want to compile the ISDN code as a module ( = code which can
10210 be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
10211 want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module
10212 will be called isdn.o. If unsure, say N.
10214 Support synchronous PPP
10216 Over digital connections such as ISDN, there is no need to
10217 synchronize sender and recipient's clocks with start and stop bits
10218 as is done over analog telephone lines. Instead, one can use
10219 "synchronous PPP". Saying Y here will include this protocol. This
10220 protocol is used by Cisco and Sun for example. So you want to say Y
10221 here if the other end of your ISDN connection supports it. You will
10222 need a special version of pppd (called ipppd) for using this
10223 feature. See Documentation/isdn/README.syncppp and
10224 Documentation/isdn/syncPPP.FAQ for more information.
10226 Support generic MP (RFC 1717)
10228 With synchronous PPP enabled, it is possible to increase throughput
10229 by bundling several ISDN-connections, using this protocol. See
10230 Documentation/isdn/README.syncppp for more information.
10232 Use VJ-compression with synchronous PPP
10234 This enables Van Jacobson header compression for synchronous PPP.
10235 Say Y if the other end of the connection supports it.
10237 Support audio via ISDN
10239 If you say Y here, the modem-emulator will support a subset of the
10240 EIA Class 8 Voice commands. Using a getty with voice-support
10241 (mgetty+sendfax by gert@greenie.muc.de with an extension, available
10242 with the ISDN utility package for example), you will be able to use
10243 your Linux box as an ISDN-answering machine. Of course, this must be
10244 supported by the lowlevel driver also. Currently, the HiSax driver
10245 is the only voice-supporting driver. See
10246 Documentation/isdn/README.audio for more information.
10248 X.25 PLP on top of ISDN (EXPERIMENTAL)
10250 This experimental feature provides the X.25 protocol over ISDN
10251 connections. See Documentation/isdn/README.x25 for more information
10252 if you are thinking about using this.
10254 ICN 2B and 4B support
10255 CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_ICN
10256 This enables support for two kinds of ISDN-cards made by a German
10257 company called ICN. 2B is the standard version for a single ISDN
10258 line with two B-channels, 4B supports two ISDN lines. For running
10259 this card, additional firmware is necessary, which has to be
10260 downloaded into the card using a utility which is distributed
10261 separately. See Documentation/isdn/README and README.icn for more
10264 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
10265 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
10266 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
10270 CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_LOOP
10271 This driver provides a virtual ISDN card. Its primary purpose is
10272 testing of linklevel features or configuration without getting
10273 charged by your service-provider for lots of phone calls.
10274 You need will need the loopctrl utility from the latest isdn4k-utils
10275 package to set up this driver.
10277 HiSax SiemensChipSet driver support
10278 CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_HISAX
10279 This is a driver supporting the Siemens chipset on various
10280 ISDN-cards (like AVM A1, Elsa ISDN cards, Teles S0-16.0, Teles
10281 S0-16.3, Teles S0-8, Teles/Creatix PnP, ITK micro ix1 and many
10284 HiSax is just the name of this driver, not the name of any hardware.
10286 If you have a card with such a chipset, you should say Y here and
10287 also to the configuration option of the driver for your particular
10290 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
10291 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
10292 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
10293 called hisax.o. See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax for more
10294 information on using this driver.
10296 HiSax Support for Teles 16.0/8.0
10298 This enables HiSax support for the Teles ISDN-cards S0-16.0, S0-8
10299 and many compatibles.
10301 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using the
10302 different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard
10303 IRQ/port/shmem settings.
10305 HiSax Support for Teles 16.3 or PNP or PCMCIA
10307 This enables HiSax support for the Teles ISDN-cards S0-16.3 the
10308 Teles/Creatix PnP and the Teles PCMCIA.
10310 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using the
10311 different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard
10314 HiSax Support for Teles 16.3c
10315 CONFIG_HISAX_TELES3C
10316 This enables HiSax support for the Teles ISDN-cards 16.3c.
10318 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using the
10319 different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard
10322 HiSax Support for AVM A1 (Fritz)
10323 CONFIG_HISAX_AVM_A1
10324 This enables HiSax support for the AVM A1 (aka "Fritz").
10326 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using the
10327 different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard
10330 HiSax Support for Elsa ISA cards
10332 This enables HiSax support for the Elsa Mircolink ISA cards, for the
10333 Elsa Quickstep series cards and Elsa PCMCIA.
10335 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using the
10336 different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard
10339 HiSax Support for ITK ix1-micro Revision 2
10340 CONFIG_HISAX_IX1MICROR2
10341 This enables HiSax support for the ITK ix1-micro Revision 2 card.
10343 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using the
10344 different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard
10347 HiSax Support for Eicon.Diehl Diva cards
10348 CONFIG_HISAX_DIEHLDIVA
10349 This enables HiSax support for the Eicon.Diehl Diva none PRO
10350 versions passive ISDN cards.
10352 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using the
10353 different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard
10356 HiSax Support for ASUSCOM cards
10357 CONFIG_HISAX_ASUSCOM
10358 This enables HiSax support for the AsusCom and their OEM versions
10359 passive ISDN cards.
10361 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using the
10362 different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard
10365 HiSax Support for TELEINT cards
10366 CONFIG_HISAX_TELEINT
10367 This enables HiSax support for the TELEINT SA1 semiactiv ISDN card.
10369 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using the
10370 different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard
10373 HiSax Support for Sedlbauer speed card/win-star
10374 CONFIG_HISAX_SEDLBAUER
10375 This enables HiSax support for the Sedlbauer passive ISDN cards.
10377 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using the
10378 different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard
10381 HiSax Support for USR Sportster internal TA
10382 CONFIG_HISAX_SPORTSTER
10383 This enables HiSax support for the USR Sportster internal TA card.
10385 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using a
10386 different D-channel protocol, or non-standard IRQ/port settings.
10388 HiSax Support for MIC card
10390 This enables HiSax support for the ITH MIC card.
10392 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using a
10393 different D-channel protocol, or non-standard IRQ/port settings.
10395 HiSax Support for NETjet card
10396 CONFIG_HISAX_NETJET
10397 This enables HiSax support for the NetJet from Traverse
10400 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using a
10401 different D-channel protocol, or non-standard IRQ/port settings.
10403 HiSax Support for Niccy PnP/PCI card
10405 This enables HiSax support for the Dr. Neuhaus Niccy PnP or PCI.
10407 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using a
10408 different D-channel protocol, or non-standard IRQ/port settings.
10410 HiSax Support for Am7930 (EXPERIMENTAL)
10411 CONFIG_HISAX_AMD7930
10412 This enables HiSax support for the AMD7930 chips on some SPARCs.
10413 This code is not finished yet.
10415 HiSax Support for EURO/DSS1
10417 Say Y or N according to the D-channel protocol which your local
10418 telephone service company provides.
10420 NOTE: If you say Y here and you have only one ISDN card installed,
10421 you cannot say Y to "HiSax Support for German 1TR6", below. And vice
10424 Support for German tariff info
10426 If you want that the HiSax hardware driver sends messages to the
10427 upper level of the isdn code on each AOCD (Advice Of Charge, During
10428 the call -- transmission of the fee information during a call) and
10429 on each AOCE (Advice Of Charge, at the End of the call --
10430 transmission of fee information at the end of the call), say Y here.
10431 This works only in Germany.
10433 Support for Australian Microlink service (not for std. EURO)
10435 If you are in Australia and connected to the Microlink telephone
10436 network, enable this, because there are little differences in
10439 Please don't enable this in other countries.
10441 HiSax Support for US/NI-1 (not released yet)
10443 Say Y or N according to the D-channel protocol which your local
10444 telephone service company provides.
10446 HiSax Support for German 1TR6
10448 Say Y or N according to the D-channel protocol which your local
10449 telephone service company provides.
10451 NOTE: If you say Y here and you have only one ISDN card installed,
10452 you cannot say Y to "HiSax Support for EURO/DSS1", above. And vice
10456 CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_PCBIT
10457 This enables support for the PCBIT ISDN-card. This card is
10458 manufactured in Portugal by Octal. For running this card, additional
10459 firmware is necessary, which has to be downloaded into the card
10460 using a utility which is distributed separately. See
10461 Documentation/isdn/README and Documentation/isdn/README.pcbit for
10464 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
10465 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
10466 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
10469 Spellcaster support (EXPERIMENTAL)
10471 This enables support for the Spellcaster BRI ISDN boards. This
10472 driver currently builds only in a modularized version ( = code which
10473 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
10474 want, details in Documentation/modules.txt); the module will be
10475 called sc.o. See Documentation/isdn/README.sc and
10476 http://www.spellcast.com for more information (to browse the WWW,
10477 you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a
10478 program like lynx or netscape).
10480 AVM-B1 with CAPI2.0 support
10481 CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_AVMB1
10482 This enables support for the AVM B1 ISDN networking cards. In
10483 addition, a CAPI (Common ISDN Application Programming Interface, a
10484 standard making it easy for programs to access ISDN hardware, see
10485 http://www.capi.org/; to browse the WWW, you need to have access to
10486 a machine on the Internet that has a program like lynx or netscape)
10487 interface for this card is provided. In order to use this card,
10488 additional firmware is necessary, which has to be downloaded into
10489 the card using a utility which is distributed separately. Please
10490 read the file Documentation/isdn/README.avmb1.
10492 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10493 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10494 The module will be called avmb1.o. If you want to compile it as a
10495 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
10497 Verbose reason code reporting (kernel size +=7K)
10498 CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_AVMB1_VERBOSE_REASON
10499 If you say Y here, the AVM B1 driver will give verbose reasons for
10500 disconnecting. This will increase the size of the kernel by 7 KB. If
10503 IBM Active 2000 support (EXPERIMENTAL)
10504 CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_ACT2000
10505 Say Y here if you have an IBM Active 2000 ISDN card. In order to use
10506 this card, additional firmware is necessary, which has to be loaded
10507 into the card using a utility which is part of the latest
10508 isdn4k-utils package. Please read the file
10509 Documentation/isdn/README.act2000 for more information.
10511 Support for AP1000 multicomputer
10513 This enables support for a SPARC based parallel multi-computer
10514 called AP1000+. For details on our efforts to port Linux to this
10515 machine see http://cap.anu.edu.au/cap/projects/linux (to browse the
10516 WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a
10517 program like lynx or netscape) or mail to hackers@cafe.anu.edu.au
10519 Support for Sun4 architecture
10521 Say Y here if, and only if, your machine is a Sun4. Note that
10522 a kernel compiled with this option will run only on Sun4.
10523 (And the current version will probably work only on sun4/330.)
10525 SPARC ESP SCSI support
10527 This is the driver for the Sun ESP SCSI host adapter. The ESP
10528 chipset is present in most SPARC-based computers.
10530 SPARC /dev/openprom compatibility driver
10531 CONFIG_SUN_OPENPROMIO
10532 This driver provides user programs with an interface to the SPARC
10533 PROM device tree. The driver implements a SunOS-compatible
10534 interface and a NetBSD-compatible interface.
10536 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
10537 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
10538 say M and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say Y.
10540 Mostek real time clock support
10541 CONFIG_SUN_MOSTEK_RTC
10542 The Mostek RTC chip is used on all knows Sun computers except
10543 some JavaStation-s. For a JavaStation you need to say Y both here
10546 Say Y here unless you are building a special purpose kernel.
10549 #Siemens SAB82532 serial support
10552 ### Please someone fill these in.
10556 # m68k-specific kernel options
10557 # Documented by Chris Lawrence <quango@themall.net> et al.
10561 This option enables support for the Amiga series of computers. If
10562 you plan to use this kernel on an Amiga, say Y here and browse the
10563 material available in Documentation/m68k; otherwise say N.
10567 This option enables support for the 68000-based Atari series of
10568 computers (including the TT, Falcon and Medusa). If you plan to use
10569 this kernel on an Atari, say Y here and browse the material
10570 available in Documentation/m68k; otherwise say N.
10574 This option enables support for the Hades Atari clone. If you plan
10575 to use this kernel on a Hades, say Y here; otherwise say N.
10579 This option enables support for the Apple Macintosh series of
10580 computers (yes, there is experimental support now, at least for part
10583 Say N unless you're willing to code the remaining necessary support.
10588 This option enables support for the HP9000/300 series of
10589 workstations. Support for these machines is still very experimental.
10590 If you plan to try to use the kernel on such a machine say Y here.
10591 Everybody else says N.
10595 If you anticipate running this kernel on a computer with a MC68020
10596 processor, say Y. Otherwise, say N. Note that the 68020 requires a
10597 68851 MMU (Memory Management Unit) to run Linux/m68k.
10601 If you anticipate running this kernel on a computer with a MC68030
10602 processor, say Y. Otherwise, say N. Note that a MC68EC030 will not
10603 work, as it does not include an MMU (Memory Management Unit).
10607 If you anticipate running this kernel on a computer with a MC68LC040
10608 or MC68040 processor, say Y. Otherwise, say N. Note that an
10609 MC68EC040 will not work, as it does not include an MMU (Memory
10614 If you anticipate running this kernel on a computer with a MC68060
10615 processor, say Y. Otherwise, say N.
10617 Advanced processor options
10618 CONFIG_ADVANCED_CPU
10619 This gives you access to some advanced options for the CPU. The
10620 defaults should be fine for most users, but these options may make
10621 it possible for you to improve performance somewhat if you know what
10622 you are doing. Most users should say N to this question.
10624 Use read-modify-write instructions
10626 This allows to use certain instructions that work with indivisible
10627 read-modify-write bus cycles. While this is faster than the
10628 workaround of disabling interrupts, it can conflict with DMA
10629 ( = direct memory access) on many Amiga systems, and it is also said
10630 to destabilize other machines. It is very likely that this will
10631 cause serious problems on any Amiga or Atari Medusa if set. The only
10632 configuration where it should work are 68030-based Ataris, where it
10633 apparently improves performance. But you've been warned! Unless you
10634 really know what you are doing, say N. Try Y only if you're quite
10637 Amiga AutoConfig Identification
10639 This enables support for automatic identification of Amiga expansion
10640 cards that obey the AutoConfig(tm) specification.
10641 Say Y if you want your expansion cards to be identified on bootup;
10642 it will enlarge your kernel by about 10 KB. The identification
10643 information is also available through /proc/zorro (say Y to
10644 "/proc filesystem support"!).
10646 Note that even if you say N here, you can still use your expansion
10647 cards. If in doubt, say Y.
10649 CONFIG_AMIGA_PCMCIA
10650 Include support in the kernel for pcmcia on Amiga 1200 and Amiga 600.
10651 If you intend to use pcmcia cards say Y; otherwise say N.
10653 Amiga GSP (TMS340x0) support
10655 Include support for Amiga graphics cards that use the Texas
10656 Instruments TMS340x0 GSP (Graphics Signal Processor) chips. Say Y
10657 if you want to use a DMI Resolver or Commodore A2410 (Lowell)
10658 graphics card on an Amiga; otherwise, say N.
10660 DMI Resolver support
10661 CONFIG_GSP_RESOLVER
10662 Include support in the kernel for the DMI Resolver graphics card. If
10663 you have one, say Y; otherwise, say N.
10667 Include support in the kernel for the Commodore/University of Lowell
10668 A2410 graphics card. If you have one, say Y; otherwise, say N.
10670 Amiga Zorro II ramdisk support
10672 This enables support for using Chip RAM and Zorro II RAM as a
10673 ramdisk or as a swap partition. Say Y if you want to include this
10674 driver in the kernel. This driver is also available as a module
10675 ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the running
10676 kernel whenever you want). The module is called z2ram.o. If you want
10677 to compile it as a module, say M here and read
10678 Documentation/modules.txt.
10680 Atari ST-RAM swap support
10682 This enables support for using (parts of) ST-RAM as swap space,
10683 instead of as normal system memory. This can first enhance system
10684 performance if you have lots of alternate RAM (compared to the size
10685 of ST-RAM), because executable code always will reside in faster
10686 memory. ST-RAM will remain as ultra-fast swap space. On the other
10687 hand, it allows much improved dynamic allocations of ST-RAM buffers
10688 for device driver modules (e.g. floppy, ACSI, SLM printer, DMA
10689 sound). The probability that such allocations at module load time
10690 fail is drastically reduced.
10694 This enables support for the Atari ACSI interface. The driver
10695 supports hard disks and CD-ROMs, which have 512-byte sectors, or can
10696 be switched to that mode. Due to the ACSI command format, only disks
10697 up to 1 GB are supported. Special support for certain ACSI to SCSI
10698 adapters, which could relax that, isn't included yet. The ACSI
10699 driver is also the basis for certain other drivers for devices
10700 attached to the ACSI bus: Atari SLM laser printer, BioNet-100
10701 Ethernet, and PAMsNet Ethernet. If you want to use one of these
10702 devices, you need ACSI support, too.
10704 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10705 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10706 The module will be called acsi.o.
10708 Probe all LUNs on each ACSI device
10709 CONFIG_ACSI_MULTI_LUN
10710 If you have a ACSI device that supports more than one LUN (Logical
10711 Unit Number), e.g. a CD jukebox, you should say Y here so that all
10712 will be found by the ACSI driver. An ACSI device with multiple LUNs
10713 acts logically like multiple ACSI devices. The vast majority of ACSI
10714 devices have only one LUN, and so most people can say N here and
10715 should in fact do so, because it is safer.
10717 Atari SLM laser printer support
10719 If you have an Atari SLM laser printer, say Y to include support for
10720 it in the kernel. Otherwise, say N. This driver is also available as
10721 a module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the
10722 running kernel whenever you want). The module will be called
10723 acsi_slm.o. Be warned: the driver needs much ST-RAM and can cause
10724 problems due to that fact!
10726 A3000 WD33C93A support
10728 If you have an Amiga 3000 and have SCSI devices connected to the
10729 built-in SCSI controller, say Y. Otherwise, say N. This driver is
10730 also available as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and
10731 removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The module is
10732 called wd33c93.o. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here
10733 and read Documentation/modules.txt.
10735 A2091 WD33C93A support
10737 If you have a Commodore A2091 SCSI controller, say Y. Otherwise,
10738 say N. This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can
10739 be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
10740 want). The module is called wd33c93.o. If you want to compile it as
10741 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
10743 GVP Series II WD33C93A support
10745 If you have a Great Valley Products Series II SCSI controller,
10746 answer Y. Also say Y if you have a later model of GVP SCSI
10747 controller (such as the GVP A4008 or a Combo board). Otherwise,
10748 answer N. This driver does NOT work for the T-Rex series of
10749 accelerators from TekMagic and GVP-M.
10751 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10752 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
10753 want). The module will be called gvp11.o. If you want to compile it
10754 as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
10756 Cyberstorm SCSI support
10757 CONFIG_CYBERSTORM_SCSI
10758 If you have an Amiga with an original (MkI) Phase5 Cyberstorm
10759 accelerator board and the optional Cyberstorm SCSI controller,
10760 answer Y. Otherwise, say N.
10762 Cyberstorm II SCSI support
10763 CONFIG_CYBERSTORMII_SCSI
10764 If you have an Amiga with a Phase5 Cyberstorm MkII accelerator board
10765 and the optional Cyberstorm SCSI controller, say Y. Otherwise,
10768 Blizzard 2060 SCSI support
10769 CONFIG_BLZ2060_SCSI
10770 If you have an Amiga with a Phase5 Blizzard 2060 accelerator board
10771 and want to use the onboard SCSI controller, say Y. Otherwise,
10774 Blizzard 1230IV/1260 SCSI support
10775 CONFIG_BLZ1230_SCSI
10776 If you have an Amiga 1200 with a Phase5 Blizzard 1230IV or Blizzard
10777 1260 accelerator, and the optional SCSI module, say Y. Otherwise,
10780 Blizzard PowerUP 603e+ SCSI support
10781 CONFIG_BLZ603EPLUS_SCSI
10782 If you have an Amiga 1200 with a Phase5 Blizzard PowerUP 603e+
10783 accelerator, say Y. Otherwise, say N.
10785 Fastlane SCSI support
10786 CONFIG_FASTLANE_SCSI
10787 If you have the Phase5 Fastlane Z3 SCSI controller, or plan to use
10788 one in the near future, say Y to this question. Otherwise, say N.
10790 Atari native SCSI support
10792 If you have an Atari with built-in NCR5380 SCSI controller (TT,
10793 Falcon, ...) say Y to get it supported. Of course also, if you have
10794 a compatible SCSI controller (e.g. for Medusa). This driver is also
10795 available as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed
10796 from the running kernel whenever you want). The module is called
10797 atari_scsi.o. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and
10798 read Documentation/modules.txt. This driver supports both styles of
10799 NCR integration into the system: the TT style (separate DMA), and
10800 the Falcon style (via ST-DMA, replacing ACSI). It does NOT support
10801 other schemes, like in the Hades (without DMA).
10803 Long delays for Toshiba CD-ROMs
10804 CONFIG_ATARI_SCSI_TOSHIBA_DELAY
10805 This option increases the delay after a SCSI arbitration to
10806 accommodate some flaky Toshiba CD-ROM drives. Say Y if you intend to
10807 use a Toshiba CD-ROM drive; otherwise, the option is not needed and
10808 would impact performance a bit, so say N.
10810 Hades SCSI DMA emulator (EXPERIMENTAL)
10812 This option enables code which emulates the TT SCSI DMA chip on the
10813 Hades. This increases the SCSI transfer rates at least ten times
10814 compared to PIO transfers. Note that this code is experimental and
10815 has only been tested on a Hades with a 68060 processor. Before you
10816 use this, make backups of your entire hard disk.
10820 If you have a Village Tronic Ariadne Ethernet adapter, say Y.
10823 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10824 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
10825 want). The module is called ariadne.o. If you want to compile it as
10826 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
10830 If you have a Village Tronic Ariadne II Ethernet adapter, say Y.
10833 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10834 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
10835 want). The module is called ariadne2.o. If you want to compile it as
10836 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
10840 If you have a Commodore A2065 Ethernet adapter, say Y. Otherwise,
10843 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10844 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
10845 want). The module is called a2065.o. If you want to compile it as a
10846 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
10850 If you have a Hydra Ethernet adapter, say Y. Otherwise, say N.
10852 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10853 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
10854 want). The module is called hydra.o. If you want to compile it as a
10855 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
10857 Pcmcia NE2000 compatible support
10859 If you have a pcmcia ne2000 compatible adapter, say Y. Otherwise,
10862 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10863 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
10864 want). The module is called apne.o. If you want to compile it as a
10865 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
10867 Atari Lance support
10869 Say Y to include support for several Atari Ethernet adapters based
10870 on the AMD Lance chipset: RieblCard (with or without battery), or
10871 PAMCard VME (also the version by Rhotron, with different addresses).
10874 CONFIG_ATARI_BIONET
10875 Say Y to include support for BioData's BioNet-100 Ethernet adapter
10876 for the ACSI port. The driver works (has to work...) with a polled
10877 I/O scheme, so it's rather slow :-(
10880 CONFIG_ATARI_PAMSNET
10881 Say Y to include support for the PAMsNet Ethernet adapter for the
10882 ACSI port ("ACSI node"). The driver works (has to work...) with a
10883 polled I/O scheme, so it's rather slow :-(
10885 Multiface Card III parallel support
10886 CONFIG_MULTIFACE_III_LP
10887 If you have a Multiface III card for your Amiga, and want to use its
10888 parallel port in Linux, say Y. Otherwise, say N.
10890 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10891 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10892 The module is called lp_m68k.o. If you want to compile it as a
10893 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
10895 Amiga mouse support
10897 If you want to be able to use an Amiga mouse in Linux, say Y.
10899 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10900 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10901 The module is called amigamouse.o. If you want to compile it as a
10902 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
10904 Amiga Copper Console
10906 This configures the console to use the Amiga's graphics coprocessor
10907 for scrolling, instead of using the CPU. This option markedly
10908 improves response times in the high color modes (5 bitplanes and
10909 up). If you would like to use this, say Y; otherwise, say N.
10911 Atari mouse support
10913 If you want to be able to use an Atari mouse in Linux, say Y.
10915 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10916 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10917 The module is called atarimouse.o. If you want to compile it as a
10918 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
10920 Atari MFP serial support
10921 CONFIG_ATARI_MFPSER
10922 If you like to use the MFP serial ports ("Modem1", "Serial1") under
10923 Linux, say Y. The driver equally supports all kinds of MFP serial
10924 ports and automatically detects whether Serial1 is available.
10926 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10927 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10928 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
10929 Documentation/modules.txt.
10931 Note for Falcon users: You also have an MFP port, it's just not
10932 wired to the outside... But you could use the port under Linux.
10934 Atari SCC serial support
10936 If you have serial ports based on a Zilog SCC chip (Modem2, Serial2,
10937 LAN) and like to use them under Linux, say Y. All built-in SCC's are
10938 supported (TT, MegaSTE, Falcon), and also the ST-ESCC. If you have
10939 two connectors for channel A (Serial2 and LAN), they are visible as
10940 two separate devices.
10942 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10943 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10944 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
10945 Documentation/modules.txt.
10947 Atari SCC serial DMA support
10948 CONFIG_ATARI_SCC_DMA
10949 This enables DMA support for receiving data on channel A of the SCC.
10950 If you have a TT you may say Y here and read
10951 drivers/char/atari_SCC.README. All other users should say N here,
10952 because only the TT has SCC-DMA, even if your machine keeps claiming
10955 Atari MIDI serial support
10957 If you want to use your Atari's MIDI port in Linux, say Y.
10959 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10960 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
10961 want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
10962 Documentation/modules.txt.
10964 Atari DSP56k Digital Signal Processor support
10965 CONFIG_ATARI_DSP56K
10966 If you want to be able to use the DSP56001 in Falcons, say Y. This
10967 driver is still experimental, and if you don't know what it is, or
10968 if you don't have this processor, just say N.
10970 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10971 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10972 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
10973 Documentation/modules.txt.
10975 Amiga builtin serial support
10976 CONFIG_AMIGA_BUILTIN_SERIAL
10977 If you want to use your Amiga's built-in serial port in Linux,
10980 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10981 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
10982 want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
10983 Documentation/modules.txt.
10985 GVP IO-Extender support
10987 If you want to use a GVP IO-Extender serial card in Linux, say Y.
10990 Multiface Card III serial support
10991 CONFIG_MULTIFACE_III_TTY
10992 If you want to use a Multiface III card's serial port in Linux,
10995 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10996 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10997 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
10998 Documentation/modules.txt.
11000 Amiga or Atari DMA sound support
11002 If you want to use the internal audio of your Atari or Amiga in
11003 Linux, answer Y to this question. This will provide a Sun-like
11004 /dev/audio, compatible with the Linux/i386 sound system. Otherwise,
11007 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
11008 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
11009 want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
11010 Documentation/modules.txt.
11012 HP DCA serial support
11014 If you want to use the internal "DCA" serial ports on an HP300
11015 machine, say Y here.
11017 HP on-board LANCE support
11019 If you want to use the builtin "LANCE" Ethernet controller on an
11020 HP300 machine, say Y here.
11024 Say Y here to enable support for the "DIO" expansion bus used in
11025 HP300 machines. If you are using such a system you almost certainly
11028 MSDOS partition support
11029 CONFIG_MSDOS_PARTITION
11030 This option enables support for using hard disks that were
11031 partitioned on an MS-DOS system. This may be useful if you are
11032 sharing a hard disk between i386 and m68k Linux boxes, for example.
11033 Say Y if you need this feature; users who are only using their
11034 system-native partitioning scheme can say N here.
11038 There are two types of PowerPC chips supported. The more common
11039 types (601,603,604,740,750) and the embedded versions (821 and 860).
11040 Unless you are building a kernel for one of the embedded boards
11041 using the 821 or 860 choose 6xx.
11045 Linux currently supports several different kinds of PowerPC-based
11046 machines: Apple Power Macintoshes and clones (such as the Motorola
11047 Starmax series), PReP (PowerPC Reference Platform) machines such as
11048 the Motorola PowerStack, Amiga Power-Up systems (APUS), CHRP and the
11049 embedded MBX boards from Motorola. Currently, a single kernel binary
11050 only supports one type or the other. However, there is very early
11051 work on support for CHRP, PReP and PowerMac's from a single binary.
11053 Support for Open Firmware device tree in /proc
11054 CONFIG_PROC_DEVICETREE
11055 This option adds a device-tree directory under /proc which contains
11056 an image of the device tree that the kernel copies from Open
11057 Firmware. If unsure, say Y here.
11059 MESH (Power Mac internal SCSI) support
11061 Many Power Macintoshes and clones have a MESH (Macintosh Enhanced
11062 SCSI Hardware) SCSI bus adaptor (the 7200 doesn't, but all of the
11063 other Power Macintoshes do). Say Y to include support for this SCSI
11064 adaptor. This driver is also available as a module called mesh.o
11065 ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the running
11066 kernel whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module,
11067 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
11069 Maximum synchronous transfer rate
11070 CONFIG_SCSI_MESH_SYNC_RATE
11071 On Power Macintoshes (and clones) where the MESH SCSI bus adaptor
11072 drives a bus which is entirely internal to the machine (such as the
11073 7500, 7600, 8500, etc.), the MESH is capable of synchronous
11074 operation at up to 10 MB/s. On machines where the SCSI bus
11075 controlled by the MESH can have external devices connected, it is
11076 usually rated at 5 MB/s. 5 is a safe value here unless you know the
11077 MESH SCSI bus is internal only; in that case you can say 10. Say 0
11078 to disable synchronous operation.
11080 53C94 (Power Mac external SCSI) support
11081 CONFIG_SCSI_MAC53C94
11082 On Power Macintoshes (and clones) with two SCSI buses, the external
11083 SCSI bus is usually controlled by a 53C94 SCSI bus adaptor. Older
11084 machines which only have one SCSI bus, such as the 7200, also use
11085 the 53C94. Say Y to include support for the 53C94.
11087 This driver is also available as a module called mac53c94.o ( = code
11088 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
11089 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
11090 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
11092 MACE (Power Mac Ethernet) support
11094 Power Macintoshes and clones with Ethernet built-in on the
11095 motherboard will usually use a MACE (Medium Access Control for
11096 Ethernet) interface. Say Y to include support for the MACE chip.
11098 This driver is also available as a module called mace.o ( = code
11099 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
11100 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
11101 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
11103 BMAC (G3 ethernet) support
11105 Say Y for support of BMAC Ethernet interfaces. These are used on G3
11108 This driver is also available as a module called bmac.o ( = code
11109 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
11110 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
11111 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
11115 Support for audio/video capture and overlay devices and FM radio
11116 cards. The exact capabilities of each device vary. User tools for
11117 this are available from
11118 ftp://ftp.uk.linux.org/pub/linux/video4linux.
11120 If you are interested in writing a driver for such an audio/video
11121 device or user software interacting with such a driver, please read
11122 the file Documentation/video4linux/API.html.
11124 This driver is also available as a module called videodev.o ( = code
11125 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
11126 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
11127 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
11129 AIMSlab RadioTrack (aka RadioReveal) support
11130 CONFIG_RADIO_RTRACK
11131 Choose Y here if you have one of these FM radio cards, and then fill
11132 in the port address below.
11134 Note that newer AIMSlab RadioTrack cards have a different chipset
11135 and are not supported by this driver. For these cards, use the
11136 RadioTrack II driver below.
11138 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
11139 that are compatible with the Video for Linux API. Information on
11140 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
11141 http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml; to browse the WWW,
11142 you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a
11143 program like lynx or netscape. More information is contained in the
11144 file Documentation/video4linux/radiotrack.txt.
11146 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
11147 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
11148 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
11149 called radio-aimslab.o.
11151 RadioTrack i/o port
11152 CONFIG_RADIO_RTRACK_PORT
11153 Enter either 0x30f or 0x20f here. The card default is 0x30f, if you
11154 haven't changed the jumper setting on the card.
11156 AIMSlab RadioTrack II support
11157 CONFIG_RADIO_RTRACK2
11158 Choose Y here if you have this FM radio card, and then fill in the
11159 port address below.
11161 If you have GemTeks combined (PnP) sound- and radio card you must use
11162 this driver as a module and setup the card with isapnptools. You must
11163 also pass the module a suitable io parameter, 0x248 has been reported
11164 to be used by these cards.
11166 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
11167 that are compatible with the Video for Linux API. Information on
11168 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
11169 http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml; to browse the WWW,
11170 you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a
11171 program like lynx or netscape.
11173 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
11174 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
11175 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
11176 called radio-rtrack2.o.
11178 RadioTrack II i/o port
11179 CONFIG_RADIO_RTRACK2_PORT
11180 Enter either 0x30c or 0x20c here. The card default is 0x30c, if you
11181 haven't changed the jumper setting on the card.
11183 Aztech/Packard Bell Radio
11184 CONFIG_RADIO_AZTECH
11185 Choose Y here if you have one of these FM radio cards, and then fill
11186 in the port address below.
11188 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
11189 that are compatible with the Video for Linux API. Information on
11190 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
11191 http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml; to browse the WWW,
11192 you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a
11193 program like lynx or netscape.
11195 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
11196 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
11197 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
11198 called radio-aztech.o.
11200 Aztech/Packard Bell radio card i/o port
11201 CONFIG_RADIO_AZTECH_PORT
11202 Enter either 0x350 or 0x358 here. The card default is 0x350, if you
11203 haven't changed the setting of jumper JP3 on the card. Removing the
11204 jumper sets the card to 0x358.
11207 CONFIG_RADIO_SF16FMI
11208 Choose Y here if you have one of these FM radio cards, and then fill
11209 in the port address below.
11211 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
11212 that are compatible with the Video for Linux API. Information on
11213 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
11214 http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml; to browse the WWW,
11215 you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a
11216 program like lynx or netscape.
11218 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
11219 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
11220 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
11221 called radio-sf16fmi.o
11223 SF16FMI I/O port (0x284 or 0x384)
11224 CONFIG_RADIO_SF16FMI_PORT
11225 Enter the I/O port of your SF16FMI radio card.
11228 CONFIG_RADIO_TYPHOON
11229 Choose Y here if you have one of these FM radio cards, and then fill
11230 in the port address and the frequency used for muting below.
11232 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
11233 that are compatible with the Video for Linux API. Information on
11234 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
11235 http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml; to browse the WWW,
11236 you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a
11237 program like lynx or netscape.
11239 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
11240 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
11241 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
11242 called radio-typhoon.o
11244 Support for /proc/radio-typhoon
11245 CONFIG_RADIO_TYPHOON_PROC_FS
11246 Say Y here if you want the typhoon radio card driver to write
11247 status information (frequency, volume, muted, mute frequency,
11248 base address) to /proc/radio-typhoon. The file can be viewed with
11249 your favorite pager (i.e. use "more /proc/radio-typhoon" or "less
11250 /proc/radio-typhoon" or simply "cat /proc/radio-typhoon").
11252 Typhoon I/O port (0x316 or 0x336)
11253 CONFIG_RADIO_TYPHOON_PORT
11254 Enter the I/O port of your Typhoon or EcoRadio radio card.
11256 Typhoon frequency set when muting the device (kHz)
11257 CONFIG_RADIO_TYPHOON_MUTEFREQ
11258 Enter the frequency used for muting the radio. The device is never
11259 completely silent. If the volume is just turned down, you can still
11260 hear silent voices and music. For that reason, the frequency of the
11261 radio device is set to the frequency you can enter here whenever
11262 the device is muted. There should be no local radio station at that
11266 CONFIG_RADIO_ZOLTRIX
11267 Choose Y here if you have one of these FM radio cards, and then fill
11268 in the port address below.
11270 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
11271 that are compatible with the Video for Linux API. Information on
11272 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
11273 http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml; to browse the WWW,
11274 you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a
11275 program like lynx or netscape.
11277 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
11278 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
11279 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
11280 called radio-zoltrix.o
11282 ZOLTRIX I/O port (0x20c or 0x30c)
11283 CONFIG_RADIO_ZOLTRIX_PORT
11284 Enter the I/O port of your Zoltrix radio card.
11286 ADS Cadet AM/FM Tuner
11288 Say Y here if this is your AM/FM radio card.
11290 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
11291 that are compatible with the Video for Linux API. Information on
11292 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
11293 http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml; to browse the WWW,
11294 you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a
11295 program like lynx or netscape.
11297 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
11298 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
11299 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
11300 called radio-cadet.o
11303 CONFIG_RADIO_MIROPCM20
11304 Choose Y here if you have this FM radio card. You also need to say Y
11305 to "ACI mixer (miroPCM12/PCM20)" (in "additional low level sound
11306 drivers") for this to work.
11308 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
11309 that are compatible with the Video for Linux API. Information on
11310 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
11311 http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml; to browse the WWW,
11312 you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a
11313 program like lynx or netscape.
11315 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
11316 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
11317 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
11318 called radio-miropcm20.o
11321 CONFIG_RADIO_GEMTEK
11322 Choose Y here if you have this FM radio card, and then fill in the
11323 port address below.
11325 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
11326 that are compatible with the Video for Linux API. Information on
11327 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
11328 http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml; to browse the WWW,
11329 you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a
11330 program like lynx or netscape.
11332 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
11333 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
11334 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
11335 called radio-gemtek.o.
11338 CONFIG_RADIO_GEMTEK_PORT
11339 Enter either 0x20c, 0x30c, 0x24c or 0x34c here. The card default is
11340 0x34c, if you haven't changed the jumper setting on the card.
11342 PlanB Video-In for PowerMacs
11344 PlanB is the V4L driver for the PowerMac 7x00/8x00 series video
11345 input hardware. If you want to experiment with this, say Y.
11346 Otherwise, or if you don't understand a word, say N.
11347 See http://www.cpu.lu/~mlan/planb.html for more info.
11349 Saying M will compile this driver as a module (planb.o).
11351 TerraTec ActiveRadio
11352 CONFIG_RADIO_TERRATEC
11353 Choose Y here if you have this FM radio card, and then fill in the
11354 port address below. (TODO)
11356 Note: This driver is in its early stages. Right now volume and frequency
11357 control and muting works at least for me, but unfortunately i have not
11358 found anybody who wants to use this card with linux. So if it is this
11359 what YOU are trying to do right now, PLEASE DROP ME A NOTE!!
11360 Rolf Offermanns (rolf@offermanns.de)
11362 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
11363 that are compatible with the Video for Linux API. Information on
11364 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
11365 http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml; to browse the WWW,
11366 you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a
11367 program like lynx or netscape.
11370 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
11371 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
11372 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
11373 called radio-terratec.o.
11376 BT848 Video For Linux
11378 Support for BT848 based frame grabber/overlay boards. This includes
11379 the Miro, Hauppauge and STB boards. Please read the material in
11380 Documentation/video4linux/bttv for more information.
11382 This driver is also available as a module called bttv.o ( = code
11383 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
11384 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
11385 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
11387 SAA5249 Teletext processor
11388 CONFIG_VIDEO_SAA5249
11389 Support for I2C bus based teletext using the SAA5249 chip. At the
11390 moment this is only useful on some European WinTV cards.
11392 This driver is also available as a module called saa5249.o ( = code
11393 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
11394 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
11395 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
11397 Quickcam BW Video For Linux
11398 CONFIG_VIDEO_BWQCAM
11399 Say Y have if you the black and white version of the QuickCam
11400 camera. See the next option for the color version.
11402 This driver is also available as a module called bw-qcam.o ( = code
11403 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
11404 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
11405 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
11407 Colour QuickCam Video For Linux
11409 This is the video4linux driver for the colour version of the
11410 Connectix Quickcam. If you have one of these cameras, say Y here,
11411 otherwise say N. This driver does not work with the original
11412 monochrome Quickcam, Quickcam VC or QuickClip. It is also available
11413 as a module (c-qcam.o).
11415 Mediavision Pro Movie Studio Video For Linux
11417 Say Y if you have such a thing. This driver is also available as a
11418 module called pms.o ( = code which can be inserted in and removed
11419 from the running kernel whenever you want). If you want to compile
11420 it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
11422 Compaq SMART2 support
11424 This is the driver for Compaq Smart Array controllers.
11425 Everyone using these boards should say Y here.
11426 See "linux/Documentation/cpqarray.txt" for the current list of
11427 boards supported by this driver, and for further information
11428 on the use of this driver.
11435 This selects the processor type of your CPU. This is only used to
11436 determine C compiler optimization options, and can affect the
11437 compatibility of the kernel on other processors. If you specify
11438 ARM6, the kernel should work on all 32-bit processors. If you
11439 specify ARM2, ARM250 or ARM3, it should work on all 26-bit
11440 processors. If you're not sure, set it to "None".
11444 This selects what ARM system you wish to build the kernel for. It
11445 also selects to some extent the CPU type. If you are unsure what
11446 to set this option to, please consult any information supplied with
11449 Include support for Chalice CATS boards
11451 Say Y here if you intend to run this kernel on a CATS system.
11453 Include support for Intel EBSA285
11454 CONFIG_ARCH_EBSA285
11455 Say Y here if you intend to run this kernel on an EBSA-285 evaluation
11458 Include support for the NetWinder
11459 CONFIG_ARCH_NETWINDER
11460 Say Y here if you intend to run this kernel on the NetWinder.
11464 Say Y to include the NWFPE floating point emulator in the kernel. This
11465 is necessary to run most binaries. Linux does not currently support
11466 floating point hardware so you need to say Y here even if your machine
11467 has an FPA or floating point co-processor podule.
11469 It is also possible to say M to build the emulator as a module
11470 (nwfpe.o) or indeed to leave it out altogether. However, unless you
11471 know what you are doing this can easily render your machine unbootable.
11472 Saying Y is the safe option.
11474 You may say N here if you are going to load the Acorn FPEmulator
11475 early in the bootup.
11477 DS1620 Thermometer support
11479 Say Y here to include support for the thermal management hardware
11480 found in the NetWinder. This driver allows the user to control the
11481 temperature set points and to read the current temperature.
11483 It is also possible to say M here to build it as a module (ds1620.o)
11484 It is recommended to be used on a NetWinder, but it is not a
11487 Verbose kernel error messages
11488 CONFIG_DEBUG_ERRORS
11489 This option controls verbose debugging information which can be
11490 printed when the kernel detects an internal error. This debugging
11491 information is useful to kernel hackers when tracking down problems,
11492 but mostly meaningless to other people. It's safe to say Y unless
11493 you are concerned with the code size or don't want to see these
11496 Compile kernel with frame pointer
11497 CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER
11498 If you say Y here, the resulting kernel will be slightly larger and
11499 slower, but it will give useful debugging information. If you don't
11500 debug the kernel, you can say N.
11502 User fault debugging
11504 When a user program crashes due to an exception, the kernel can print
11505 a brief message explaining what the problem was. This is sometimes
11506 helpful for debugging but serves no purpose on a production system.
11507 Most people should say N here.
11509 Include gdb debugging information in kernel binary
11511 Say Y here to include source-level debugging information in the
11512 `vmlinux' binary image. This is handy if you want to use gdb or
11513 addr2line to debug the kernel. It has no impact on the in-memory
11514 footprint of the running kernel but it can increase the amount of
11515 time and disk space needed for compilation. If in doubt say N.
11517 Split initialisation functions into discardable section
11518 CONFIG_TEXT_SECTIONS
11519 Normally code that is only used during initialisation is collected
11520 into a special area of the kernel so that it can be discarded and
11521 the memory reclaimed when initialisation is complete. In addition,
11522 if the kernel you wish to build is able to run on multiple
11523 architectures, it allows the unused code to be discarded. Some
11524 versions of binutils, however, have a bug that causes the kernel
11525 to crash during startup when this option is enabled. Say Y unless
11526 you experience problems that you suspect may be caused by this.
11528 Disable pgtable cache
11529 CONFIG_NO_PGT_CACHE
11530 Normally the kernel maintains a `quicklist' of preallocated pagetable
11531 structures in order to increase performance. On machines with very
11532 few pages this may however be a loss. Say Y here to disable the pgtable
11535 RISC OS personality
11537 Say Y here to include the kernel code necessary if you want to run
11538 Acorn RISC OS/Arthur binaries under Linux. This code is still very
11539 experimental; if this sounds frightening, say N and sleep in peace.
11540 You can also say M here to compile this support as a module (which
11541 will be called arthur.o).
11543 Initial kernel command line
11545 On some architectures (EBSA110 and CATS), there is currently no way
11546 for the boot loader to pass arguments to the kernel. For these
11547 architectures, you should supply some command-line options at build
11548 time by entering them here. As a minimum, you should specify the
11549 memory size and the root device (eg, mem=64M root=/dev/nfs)
11551 Hardware alignment trap
11552 CONFIG_ALIGNMENT_TRAP
11553 ARM processors can not fetch/store information which is not naturally
11554 aligned on the bus, ie, a 4 byte fetch must start at an address divisable
11555 by 4. On 32-bit ARM processors, these instructions can be emulated in
11556 software with a severe performance impact. This is necessary for correct
11557 operation of some network protocols. With an IP-only configuration
11558 it is safe to say N, otherwise say Y.
11560 21285 serial port support
11561 CONFIG_SERIAL_21285
11562 If you have a machine based on a 21285 (Footbridge) StrongARM/PCI
11563 bridge you can enable its onboard serial port by enabling this
11564 option. The device has major ID 4, minor 64.
11566 Console on 21285 serial port
11567 CONFIG_SERIAL_21285_CONSOLE
11568 If you have enabled the serial port on the 21285 footbridge you can
11569 make it the console by answering 'Y' to this option.
11572 CONFIG_HOST_FOOTBRIDGE
11573 The 21285 Footbridge chip can operate in either `host mode' or
11574 `add-in' mode. Say Y if your 21285 is in host mode, and therefore
11575 is the configuration master, otherwise say N. This must not be
11576 set to 'Y' if the card is used in 'add-in' mode.
11578 MFM harddisk support
11580 Support the MFM hard drives on the Acorn Archimedes both
11581 on-board the A4x0 motherboards and via the Acorn MFM podules.
11582 Drives upto 64MB are supported. If you haven't got one of these
11583 machines or drives just say 'N'.
11585 Old Archimedes floppy (1772) support
11586 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_FD1772
11587 Support the floppy drive on the Acorn Archimedes (A300, A4x0, A540,
11588 R140 and R260) series of computers; it supports only 720K floppies
11589 at the moment. If you don't have one of these machines just answer
11592 Autodetect hard drive geometry
11593 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_MFM_AUTODETECT
11594 If you answer 'Y' the MFM code will attempt to automatically detect
11595 the cylinders/heads/sectors count on your hard drive. WARNING: This
11596 sometimes doesn't work and it also does some dodgy stuff which
11597 potentially might damage your drive.
11601 Say Y here if you want to build support for the IrDA (TM) protocols.
11602 The Infrared Data Associations (tm) specifies standards for wireless
11603 infrared communication and is supported by most laptops and PDA's.
11605 To use Linux support for the IrDA (tm) protocols, you will also need
11606 some user-space utilities like the irmanager and probably irattach
11607 as well. For more information, see the file
11608 Documentation/networking/irda.txt. You also want to read the
11609 IR-HOWTO, available from
11610 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
11612 This support is also available as a module. If you want to compile
11613 it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The
11614 module will be called
11616 IrDA Cache last LSAP
11617 CONFIG_IRDA_CACHE_LAST_LSAP
11618 Say Y here if you want IrLMP to cache the last LSAP used. This makes
11619 sense since most frames will be sent/received on the same
11620 connection. Enabling this option will save a hash-lookup per frame.
11625 CONFIG_IRDA_FAST_RR
11626 Say Y here is you want IrLAP to send fast RR (Receive Ready) frames
11627 when acting as a primary station. This will make IrLAP send out a RR
11628 frame immediately when receiving a frame if its own transmit queue
11629 is currently empty. This will give a lot of speed improvement when
11630 receiving much data since the secondary station will not have to
11631 wait the max. turn around time before it is allowed to transmit the
11632 next time. If the transmit queue of the secondary is also empty the
11633 primary will back off waiting longer for sending out the RR frame
11634 until the timeout reaches the normal value. Enabling this option
11635 will make the IR-diode burn more power and thus reduce your battery
11642 Say Y here if you want the IrDA subsystem to write debug information
11643 to your syslog. You can change the debug level in
11644 /proc/sys/net/irda/debug
11646 If unsure, say Y (since it makes it easier to find the bugs).
11648 IrLAP Compression support
11649 CONFIG_IRDA_COMPRESSION
11650 Compression is _not_ part of the IrDA(tm) protocol specification,
11651 but it's working great! Linux is the first to try out compression
11652 support at the IrLAP layer. This means that you will only benefit
11653 from compression if you are running a Linux <-> Linux configuration.
11655 If you say Y here, you also need to say Y or M to a compression
11658 IrLAP Deflate Compression Protocol
11659 CONFIG_IRDA_DEFLATE
11660 Say Y here if you want to build support for the Deflate compression
11661 protocol. The deflate compression (GZIP) is exactly
11662 the same as the one used by the PPP protocol.
11664 If you want to compile this compression support as a module, say M
11665 here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called
11670 Say Y here if you want to build support for the IrLAN protocol. If
11671 you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
11672 Documentation/modules.txt. IrLAN emulates an Ethernet and makes it
11673 possible to put up a wireless LAN using infrared beams.
11675 The IrLAN protocol can be used to talk with infrared access points
11676 like the HP NetbeamIR, or the ESI JetEye NET. You can also connect
11677 to another Linux machine running the IrLAN protocol for ad-hoc
11682 Say Y here if you want to build support for the IrCOMM protocol. If
11683 you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
11684 Documentation/modules.txt. IrCOMM implements serial port emulation,
11685 and makes it possible to use all existing applications that
11686 understands TTY's with an infrared link. Thus you should be able to
11687 use application like PPP, minicom and others. Enabling this option
11688 will create two modules called ircomm and ircomm_tty. For more
11689 information go to http://www.pluto.dti.ne.jp/~thiguchi/irda/
11693 Say Y here if you want to build support for the IrLPT protocol. If
11694 you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
11695 Documentation/modules.txt. IrLPT makes it possible to print
11696 documents to IrDA capable printers.
11698 IrLPT Client Protocol
11699 CONFIG_IRLPT_CLIENT
11700 Say Y here if you want to build support for the IrLPT client
11701 protocol. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
11702 Documentation/modules.txt. The IrLPT client protocol can be used to
11703 print documents to IrDA compatible printers like the HP-5MP, or
11704 IrLPT printer adapters like the ACTiSYS IR-100M.
11706 IrLPT Server Protocol
11707 CONFIG_IRLPT_SERVER
11708 Say Y here if you want to build support for the IrLPT server
11709 protocol. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
11710 Documentation/modules.txt. The IrLPT server protocol makes it
11711 possible to use a Linux machine as an infrared printer server for
11712 other laptops. So if your Linux machine has a cable connection to a
11713 printer, then other laptops can use the Linux machine to print out
11714 documents using infrared communication.
11716 IrTTY IrDA Device Driver
11718 Say Y here if you want to build support for the IrTTY line
11719 discipline. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and
11720 read Documentation/modules.txt. IrTTY makes it possible to use
11721 Linux's own serial driver for all IrDA ports that are 16550
11722 compatible. Most IrDA chips are 16550 compatible so you should
11723 probably say Y to this option. Using IrTTY will however limit the
11724 speed of the connection to 115200 bps (IrDA SIR mode)
11728 IrPORT IrDA Device Driver
11730 Say Y here if you want to build support for the IrPORT IrDA device
11731 driver. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and
11732 read Documentation/modules.txt. IrPORT can be used instead of
11733 IrTTY and sometimes this can be better. One example is if your
11734 IrDA port does not have echo-canceling, which will work OK with
11735 IrPORT since this driver is working in half-duplex mode only. You
11736 don't need to use irattach with IrPORT, but you just insert it
11737 the same way as FIR drivers (insmod irport io=0x3e8 irq=11).
11738 Notice that IrPORT is a SIR device driver which means that speed
11739 is limited to 115200 bps.
11743 Winbond W83977AF IrDA Device Driver
11745 Say Y here if you want to build IrDA support for the Winbond
11746 W83977AF super-io chipset. If you want to compile it as a module,
11747 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This driver should be
11748 used for the IrDA chipset in the Corel NetWinder. The driver
11749 supports SIR, MIR and FIR (4Mbps) speeds.
11751 NSC PC87108 IrDA Device Driver
11753 Say Y here if you want to build support for the NSC PC87108 IrDA
11754 chipset. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and
11755 read Documentation/modules.txt. This drivers currently only supports
11756 the ACTiSYS IR2000B ISA card and supports SIR, MIR and FIR (4Mbps)
11759 Sharp UIRCC IrDA Device Driver
11761 Say Y here if you want to build support for the Sharp UIRCC IrDA
11762 chipset. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and
11763 read Documentation/modules.txt. This chipset is used by the Toshiba
11766 Toshiba Type-O IR Port Device Driver
11768 Say Y here if you want to build support for the Toshiba Type-O IR
11769 chipset. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and
11770 read Documentation/modules.txt. This chipset is used by the Toshiba
11771 Libretto 100CT, and many more laptops.
11773 ESI JetEye PC Dongle
11775 Say Y here if you want to build support for the Extended Systems
11776 JetEye PC dongle. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here
11777 and read Documentation/modules.txt. The ESI dongle attaches to the
11778 normal 9-pin serial port connector, and can currently only be used
11779 by IrTTY. To activate support for ESI dongles you will have to
11780 insert "irattach -d esi" in the /etc/irda/drivers script.
11782 ACTiSYS IR-220L and IR220L+ dongle
11783 CONFIG_ACTISYS_DONGLE
11784 Say Y here if you want to build support for the ACTiSYS
11785 IR-220L and IR220L+ dongles. If you want to compile it as a module,
11786 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The ACTiSYS dongles
11787 attaches to the normal 9-pin serial port connector, and can
11788 currently only be used by IrTTY. To activate support for ACTiSYS
11789 dongles you will have to insert "irattach -d actisys" or
11790 "irattach -d actisys_plus" in the/etc/irda/drivers script.
11792 Tekram IrMate 210B dongle
11793 CONFIG_TEKRAM_DONGLE
11794 Say Y here if you want to build support for the Tekram IrMate 210B
11795 dongle. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here
11796 and read Documentation/modules.txt. The Tekram dongle attaches to
11797 the normal 9-pin serial port connector, and can currently only be
11798 used by IrTTY. To activate support for Tekram dongles you will have
11799 to insert "irattach -d tekram" in the /etc/irda/drivers script.
11801 Greenwich GIrBIL dongle
11802 CONFIG_GIRBIL_DONGLE
11803 Say Y here if you want to build support for the Greenwich GIrBIL
11804 dongle. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
11805 Documentation/modules.txt. The Greenwich dongle attaches to the
11806 normal 9-pin serial port connector, and can currently only be used
11807 by IrTTY. To activate support for Greenwich dongles you will have to
11808 insert "irattach -d girbil" in the /etc/irda/drivers script.
11810 Parallax Litelink dongle
11811 CONFIG_LITELINK_DONGLE
11812 Say Y here if you want to build support for the Parallax Litelink
11813 dongle. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
11814 Documentation/modules.txt. The Parallax dongle attaches to the
11815 normal 9-pin serial port connector, and can currently only be used
11816 by IrTTY. To activate support for Parallax dongles you will have to
11817 insert "irattach -d litelink" in the /etc/irda/drivers script.
11819 VME (Motorola and BVM) support
11821 Say Y here if you want to build a kernel for a 680x0 based VME
11822 board. Boards currently supported include Motorola boards MVME162,
11823 MVME166, MVME167, MVME172, and MVME177. BVME4000 and BVME6000
11824 boards from BVM Ltd are also supported.
11826 MVME162, 166 and 167 support
11828 Say Y to include support for Motorola VME boards. This will build a
11829 kernel which can run on MVME162, MVME166, MVME167, MVME172, and
11830 MVME177 boards. If you select this option you will have to select
11831 the appropriate drivers for SCSI, Ethernet and serial ports later
11834 BVME4000 and BVME6000 support
11836 Say Y to include support for VME boards from BVM Ltd. This will
11837 build a kernel which can run on BVME4000 and BVME6000 boards. If
11838 you select this option you will have to select the appropriate
11839 drivers for SCSI, Ethernet and serial ports later on.
11841 Use write-through caching for 68060 supervisor accesses
11842 CONFIG_060_WRITETHROUGH
11843 The 68060 generally uses copyback caching of recently accessed data.
11844 Copyback caching means that memory writes will be held in an on-chip
11845 cache and only written back to memory some time later. Saying Y
11846 here will force supervisor (kernel) accesses to use writethrough
11847 caching. Writethrough caching means that data is written to memory
11848 straight away, so that cache and memory data always agree.
11849 Writethrough caching is less efficient, but is needed for some
11850 drivers on 68060 based systems where the 68060 bus snooping signal
11851 is hardwired on. The 53c710 SCSI driver is known to suffer from
11854 NCR53C710 SCSI driver for MVME16x
11855 CONFIG_MVME16x_SCSI
11856 The Motorola MVME162, 166, 167, 172 and 177 boards use the NCR53C710
11857 SCSI controller chip. Almost everyone using one of these boards
11858 will want to say Y to this question.
11860 NCR53C710 SCSI driver for BVME6000
11861 CONFIG_BVME6000_SCSI
11862 The BVME4000 and BVME6000 boards from BVM Ltd use the NCR53C710
11863 SCSI controller chip. Almost everyone using one of these boards
11864 will want to say Y to this question.
11866 MVME16x Ethernet support
11868 This is the driver for the Ethernet interface on the Motorola
11869 MVME162, 166, 167, 172 and 177 boards. Say Y here to include the
11870 driver for this chip in your kernel. If you want to compile it as
11871 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
11873 BVME6000 Ethernet support
11874 CONFIG_BVME6000_NET
11875 This is the driver for the Ethernet interface on BVME4000 and
11876 BVME6000 VME boards. Say Y here to include the driver for this chip
11877 in your kernel. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here
11878 and read Documentation/modules.txt.
11880 CD2401 support for MVME166/7 serial ports
11882 This is the driver for the serial ports on the Motorola MVME166,
11883 167, and 172 boards. Everyone using one of these boards should say
11886 SCC support for MVME162 serial ports
11888 This is the driver for the serial ports on the Motorola MVME162 and
11889 172 boards. Everyone using one of these boards should say Y here.
11891 SCC support for BVME6000 serial ports
11892 CONFIG_BVME6000_SCC
11893 This is the driver for the serial ports on the BVME4000 and BVME6000
11894 boards from BVM Ltd. Everyone using one of these boards should say
11897 Universal Serial Bus (USB) Support (Experimental)
11899 This will enable support for the Universal Serial Bus (USB). USB
11900 allows you to connect up to 127 external devices such as keyboards,
11901 mice, printers and modems to your computer through a USB connector.
11902 This code can also be built as a module (i.e. code outside the
11903 kernel that can be added and removed at runtime), consult
11904 Documentation/modules.txt for more information.
11906 UHCI (intel PIIX4 and others) support
11908 The UHCI is the USB host controller for many computers, and is built
11909 into all recent boards with intel PCI chipsets. This driver is
11910 needed for these motherboards to support USB.
11912 OHCI (compaq and some others) support
11914 The OHCI (Open Host Controller Interface) is the USB host controller
11915 on most non-Intel architectures, several USB-adding PCI cards, and
11916 is on several x86 compatibles with non-Intel chipsets. This driver
11917 is needed for these motherboards to support USB. There is presently
11918 two OHCI drivers in development. Say 'N' here if you would like to
11919 compile the other OHCI driver into the linux kernel.
11921 OHCI-HCD (other OHCI opt. Virt. Root Hub) support
11922 CONFIG_USB_OHCI_HCD
11923 The OHCI (Open Host Controller Interface) is the USB host controller
11924 on most non-Intel architectures, several USB-adding PCI cards, and
11925 is on several x86 compatibles with non-Intel chipsets. This driver
11926 is needed for these motherboards to support USB. There is presently
11927 two OHCI drivers in development.
11931 To expand beyond the USB ports on the computer, a device called a
11932 hub is used. This driver supports hubs, allowing them to be used.
11937 This driver allows mice to work under the USB stack. It currently
11938 patches into /dev/ps2aux, although it does not require the ps2
11939 mouse code to be included in the kernel as well.
11941 USB keyboard support
11943 This driver allows USB keyboards to work under the USB stack.
11945 USB audio parsing support (Preliminary)
11947 This driver will eventually handle audio devices, such
11950 USB Communications Device Class (ACM) support (Preliminary)
11952 This driver handles devices which support the Abstract Control Model,
11953 a subtype of the USB Communications Device Class. This includes many
11954 USB-based modems and ISDN adapters. Add special files with:
11955 mknod /dev/ttyACM0 c 166 0
11956 mknod /dev/ttyACM1 c 166 1
11957 mknod /dev/ttyACM2 c 166 2
11958 mknod /dev/ttyACM3 c 166 3
11960 USB /proc filesystem entry support (Preliminary)
11962 This reports USB drivers and devices in the /proc filesystem.
11963 Entries are located in /proc/bus/usb.
11964 Note that you must enable support for the proc filesystem
11967 Support for user-space parallel port device drivers
11969 Saying Y to this adds support for /dev/parport device nodes. This
11970 is needed for programs that want low-level access to the parallel
11971 port, for instance deviceid (which displays Plug-and-Play device
11972 IDs) and vlp (which makes a Linux computer act as though it's a
11975 This is the parallel port equivalent of SCSI generic support (sg).
11976 It is safe to say N to this -- it is not needed for normal printing
11977 or parallel port CD-ROM/disk support.
11980 # A couple of things I keep forgetting:
11981 # capitalize: AppleTalk, Ethernet, DOS, DMA, FAT, FTP, Internet,
11982 # Intel, IRQ, Linux, MSDOS, NetWare, NetWinder, NFS,
11984 # two words: hard drive, hard disk, sound card, home page
11985 # other: it's safe to save; daemon; use --, not - or ---
11988 # This is used by Emacs' spell checker ispell.el:
11990 # LocalWords: CONFIG coprocessor DX Pentium SX lilo loadlin HOWTO ftp metalab
11991 # LocalWords: unc edu docs emu README kB BLK DEV FD Thinkpad fd MFM RLL IDE gz
11992 # LocalWords: cdrom diskless netboot nfs xzvf ATAPI MB ide pavia rubini pl pd
11993 # LocalWords: HD CDROMs IDECD NEC MITSUMI filesystem XT XD PCI BIOS cezar ATEN
11994 # LocalWords: ISA EISA Microchannel VESA BIOSes IPC SYSVIPC ipc Ctrl dmesg hlt
11995 # LocalWords: BINFMT Linkable http ac uk jo html GCC SPARC AVANTI CABRIOLET EB
11996 # LocalWords: netscape gcc LD CC toplevel MODVERSIONS insmod rmmod modprobe IP
11997 # LocalWords: genksyms INET loopback gatewaying ethernet PPP ARP Arp MEMSIZE
11998 # LocalWords: howto multicasting MULTICAST MBONE firewalling ipfw ACCT resp ip
11999 # LocalWords: proc acct IPIP encapsulator decapsulator klogd PCTCP RARP EXT PS
12000 # LocalWords: telnetting subnetted NAGLE rlogin NOSR ttyS TGA techinfo mbone nl
12001 # LocalWords: Mb SKB IPX Novell dosemu Appletalk DDP ATALK vmalloc visar ehome
12002 # LocalWords: SD CHR scsi thingy SG CD LUNs LUN jukebox Adaptec BusLogic EATA
12003 # LocalWords: buslogic DMA DPT ATT eata dma PIO UltraStor fdomain umsdos ext
12004 # LocalWords: QLOGIC qlogic TMC seagate Trantor ultrastor FASST wd NETDEVICES
12005 # LocalWords: unix BBS linux CSLIP PLIP Kirch's LDP CSlip SL SCC IRQ csustan
12006 # LocalWords: Turbo Laplink plip NCSA port's ReQuest IRQs EQL SMC AMD PCnet NE
12007 # LocalWords: COM ELPLUS Com EtherLinkIII VLB Arcnet Cabletron DEPCA DE carlos
12008 # LocalWords: depca EtherWorks EWRK ewrk SEEQ EtherExpress EEXPRESS NI xxx dia
12009 # LocalWords: EtherExpress WaveLAN wavelan PCLAN HPLAN VG SK Ansel Xen de ZNET
12010 # LocalWords: PCMCIA cb stanford LAN TEC RealTek ATP atp DLINK NetTools VISWS
12011 # LocalWords: TR Sony CDU caddyless cdu Mitsumi MCD cd mcd XA MultiSession CDA
12012 # LocalWords: Matsushita Panasonic SBPCD Soundblaster Longshine sbpcd Aztech
12013 # LocalWords: Okano Wearnes AZTCD CDD SE aztcd sonycd Goldstar GSCD Philips fs
12014 # LocalWords: LMS OPTCD Sanyo SJCD minix faqs xiafs XIA msdos mtools Cichocki
12015 # LocalWords: std softlinks umssync NetworkFileSharing nfsd mountd CDs HPFS TI
12016 # LocalWords: hpfs SYSV SCO iBCS Wyse WordPerfect tsx mit unixes sysv NR irisa
12017 # LocalWords: SMB WfW Cyclades async mux Logitech busmouse MouseSystem aka AST
12018 # LocalWords: PSMOUSE Compaq trackballs Travelmate Inport ATIXL ATI busmice ld
12019 # LocalWords: gpm config QIC DYNCONF FTAPE Stor Ftape ftape pcsndrv manpage NT
12020 # LocalWords: readprofile diskdrives org com masq EtherTalk tcp netrom sunacm
12021 # LocalWords: misc AIC aic pio scc Portmaster eql GIS PhotoCDs MCDX Perell PG
12022 # LocalWords: mcdx gscd optcd sjcd ISP hdparm Workgroups Lan samba PARIDE PCD
12023 # LocalWords: filesystems smbfs ATA ppp PCTech RZ www powerquest txt CMD ESDI
12024 # LocalWords: chipset FB multicast MROUTE appletalk ifconfig IBMTR multiport
12025 # LocalWords: Multisession STALDRV EasyIO EC EasyConnection ISTALLION ONboard
12026 # LocalWords: Brumby pci TNC cis ohio faq usenet NETLINK dev hydra ca Tyne mem
12027 # LocalWords: carleton Deskstation DECstation SUNFD JENSEN Noname XXXM SLiRP
12028 # LocalWords: pppd Zilog ZS SRM bootloader ez mainmenu rarp ipfwadm paride pcd
12029 # LocalWords: RTNETLINK mknod xos MTU lwared Macs mac netatalk macs cs Wolff
12030 # LocalWords: dartmouth flowerpt MultiMaster FlashPoint tudelft etherexpress
12031 # LocalWords: ICL EtherTeam ETH IDESCSI TXC SmartRAID SmartCache httpd sjc dlp
12032 # LocalWords: thesphere TwoServers BOOTP DHCP ncpfs BPQETHER BPQ MG HIPPI cern
12033 # LocalWords: bsd comp SPARCstation le SunOS ie Gracilis PackeTwin PT pt LU FX
12034 # LocalWords: FX TEAC CR LCS mS ramdisk IDETAPE cmd fperllo encis tcfs unisa
12035 # LocalWords: Vertos Genoa Funai hsfs NCP NetWare tgz APM apm ioctls UltraLite
12036 # LocalWords: TravelMate CDT LCD backlight VC RPC Mips AXP barlow cdrecord pg
12037 # LocalWords: PMAX MILO Alphas Multia Tseng linuxelf endian mipsel mips drv HT
12038 # LocalWords: kerneld callouts AdvanSys advansys Admin WDT DataStor EP verden
12039 # LocalWords: wdt hdb hdc bugfix SiS vlb Acculogic CSA DTC dtc Holtek ht QDI
12040 # LocalWords: QD qd UMC umc ALI ali lena fnet fr azstarnet cdr fb MDA ps esdi
12041 # LocalWords: Avanti XL AlphaStations Jensen DECpc AXPpci UDB Cabriolet MCA RC
12042 # LocalWords: AlphaPC mca AOUT OUTput PPro sipx gwdg lo nwe FourPort Boca unm
12043 # LocalWords: Keepalive linefill RELCOM keepalive analogue CDR conf CDI INIT
12044 # LocalWords: OPTi isp irq noisp VFAT vfat NTFS losetup dmsdosfs dosfs ISDN MP
12045 # LocalWords: NOWAYOUT behaviour dialin isdn callback BTX Teles ICN EDSS Cisco
12046 # LocalWords: ipppd syncppp RFC MPP VJ downloaded icn NICCY Creatix shmem ufr
12047 # LocalWords: ibp md ARCnet ether encap NDIS arcether ODI Amigas AmiTCP NetBSD
12048 # LocalWords: initrd tue util DES funet des OnNet BIOSP smc Travan Iomega CMS
12049 # LocalWords: FC DC dc PPA IOMEGA's ppa RNFS FMV Fujitsu ARPD arpd loran layes
12050 # LocalWords: FRAD indiana framerelay DLCI DCLIs Sangoma SDLA mrouted sync sec
12051 # LocalWords: Starmode Metricom MosquitoNet mosquitonet kbit nfsroot Digiboard
12052 # LocalWords: DIGI Xe Xeve digiboard UMISC touchscreens mtu ethernets HBAs MEX
12053 # LocalWords: Shifflett netcom js jshiffle WIC DECchip ELCP EtherPower dst RTC
12054 # LocalWords: rtc SMP lp Digi Intl RightSwitch DGRS dgrs AFFS Amiga UFS SDL AP
12055 # LocalWords: Solaris RISCom riscom syncPPP PCBIT pcbit sparc anu au artoo MFB
12056 # LocalWords: hitchcock Crynwr cnam pktdrvr NCSA's CyDROM CyCDROM FreeBSD NeXT
12057 # LocalWords: NeXTstep disklabel disklabels SMD FFS tm AmigaOS diskfiles Un IQ
12058 # LocalWords: Bernd informatik rwth aachen uae affs multihosting bytecode java
12059 # LocalWords: applets applet JDK ncsa cabi SNI Alphatronix readme LANs scarab
12060 # LocalWords: winsock RNIS caltech OSPF honour Honouring Mbit LocalTalk DEFRAG
12061 # LocalWords: localtalk download Packetwin Baycom baycom interwork ASCII JNT
12062 # LocalWords: Camtec proxying indyramp defragment defragmented UDP FAS FASXX
12063 # LocalWords: FastSCSI SIO FDC qlogicfas QLogic qlogicisp setbaycom ife ee LJ
12064 # LocalWords: ethz ch Travelmates ProAudioSpectrum ProAudio SoundMan SB SBPro
12065 # LocalWords: Thunderboard SM OPL FM ADLIB TSR Gravis MPU PSS ADI SW DSP codec
12066 # LocalWords: ADSP ESC ASIC daughtercard GUSMAX MSS NX AdLib Excell Ensoniq YM
12067 # LocalWords: SoundScape Spea MediaTriX AudioTriX WSS OTI ThunderBoard VoxWare
12068 # LocalWords: Soundscape SSCAPE TRIX MediaTrix PnP Maui dsp midixx EIA getty
12069 # LocalWords: mgetty sendfax gert greenie muc lowlevel Lasermate LanManager io
12070 # LocalWords: OOPSes trackball binghamton mobileip ncr IOMAPPED settags ns ser
12071 # LocalWords: setsync NEGO MPARITY autotuning prefetch PIIX cdwrite utils rc
12072 # LocalWords: PCWATCHDOG berkprod bitgate boldt ucsb jf kyoto jp euc Tetsuyasu
12073 # LocalWords: YAMADA tetsu cauchy nslab ntt nevod perm su doc kaf kheops wsc
12074 # LocalWords: traduc Bourgin dbourgin menuconfig kfill READMEs HOWTOs Virge WA
12075 # LocalWords: IDEDISK IDEFLOPPY EIDE firewalls QMAGIC ZMAGIC LocalWords opti
12076 # LocalWords: SVGATextMode vga svga Xkernel syr jmwobus comfaqs dhcp flakey GD
12077 # LocalWords: IPv IPng interoperability ipng ipv radio's tapr pkthome PLP nano
12078 # LocalWords: Ses Mhz sethdlc SOUNDMODEM WindowsSoundSystem smdiag pcf inka ES
12079 # LocalWords: smmixer ptt circ soundmodem MKISS FDDI DEFEA DEFPA DEFXX redhat
12080 # LocalWords: HyperNews khg mconv sed lina wuftpd MicroChannel netlink irc cum
12081 # LocalWords: raudio RealAudio PPROP NETBIOS GUI IBMMCA ELMC Racal Interlan fi
12082 # LocalWords: eth shapecfg src esp PCWD PREVSTAT bootparam sig bitwizard SBC
12083 # LocalWords: downloads AFSK TCM FP Karn KA FSK RUH LinkSys cron mouseman LLC
12084 # LocalWords: SyQuest SyQuest's CCITT MicroSolutions BPCD bpcd ESPSERIAL PROM
12085 # LocalWords: SUNESP openprom OPENPROMIO quango themall al TT MC MMU LC RMW AA
12086 # LocalWords: INSNS Ataris AutoConfig ZORRO OCS AMIFB Agnus Denise ECS CDTV GB
12087 # LocalWords: AGA Cybervision CYBER GSP TMS DMI Zorro ACSI ROMs SLM BioNet GVP
12088 # LocalWords: PAMsNet TekMagic Cyberstorm MkI CYBERSTORMII MkII BLZ onboard cx
12089 # LocalWords: Village Tronic ATARILANCE RieblCard PAMCard VME MFP sangoma LAPB
12090 # LocalWords: Rhotron BioData's Multiface AMIGAMOUSE COPCON Amiga's bitplanes
12091 # LocalWords: ATARIMOUSE MFPSER SCC's MegaSTE ESCC Atari's GVPIOEXT DMASOUND
12092 # LocalWords: fdutils cisco univercd rpcg htm iface lapb LAPBETHER tpqic qic
12093 # LocalWords: SYNTH xd en binfmt aout ipip terra ipx sd sr sg wic framebuffer
12094 # LocalWords: ibmmca lapbether mkiss dlci sdla fmv eepro eexpress ni hp ne es
12095 # LocalWords: ibmtr isofs ROMFS romfs pcxx cyclades istallion psaux msbusmouse
12096 # LocalWords: atixlmouse sbin softdog pcwd USS Lite ACI miroSOUND PCM miroPCM
12097 # LocalWords: microcontroller miro Voxware downloading teles acsi slm gvp ltpc
12098 # LocalWords: atari ariadne amigamouse atarimouse builtin IPDDP maths bradford
12099 # LocalWords: AppleTalk Farallon PhoneNet Zubkoff lnz SCCB HAPN WANs vesafb nt
12100 # LocalWords: wanrouter WANPIPE multiprotocol Mbps wanpipe EtherWORKS nodma SC
12101 # LocalWords: smp HiSax SiemensChipSet Siemens AVM Elsa ITK hisax PCC MICROR
12102 # LocalWords: Mircolink EURO DSS Spellcaster BRI sc spellcast Digiboards GPIO
12103 # LocalWords: SYMBIOS COMPAT SDMS rev ASUS Tekram HX VX API ibmmcascsi ASY asy
12104 # LocalWords: loader's PCnetPCI automounter AUTOFS amd autofs VT Gallant's Pnp
12105 # LocalWords: AEDSP aedsp enskip tik Sysctl sysctl PARPORT parport pnp IDs EPP
12106 # LocalWords: Autoprobe bart patrickr HDLS READBACK AB usr DAMA DS SparQ aten
12107 # LocalWords: Symbios PCscsi tmscsim RoamAbout GHz Hinds contrib mathematik ok
12108 # LocalWords: darmstadt okir DIGIEPCA International's Xem digiepca epca bootup
12109 # LocalWords: zorro CAPI AVMB capi avmb VP SYN syncookies EM em pc Ethertalk
12110 # LocalWords: Dayna DL Daynatalk LT PhoneNET ATB Daystar queueing CMDS SCBs ls
12111 # LocalWords: SCB STATS Thinnet ThunderLAN TLAN Netelligent NetFlex tlan james
12112 # LocalWords: caldera Preload Preloading slowdowns schoebel uni NBD nbd prog
12113 # LocalWords: stuttgart rdist TRANS hostnames mango jukeboxes ESS userland PD
12114 # LocalWords: hardlinked NAMETRANS env mtab fstab umount nologin runlevel gid
12115 # LocalWords: transname filespace adm Nodename hostname uname Kernelname bootp
12116 # LocalWords: KERNNAME kname ktype kernelname Kerneltype KERNTYPE Alt RX mdafb
12117 # LocalWords: dataless kerneltype SYSNAME Comtrol Rocketport palmtop fbset EGS
12118 # LocalWords: nvram SYSRQ SysRq PrintScreen sysrq NVRAMs NvRAM Shortwave RTTY
12119 # LocalWords: HFMODEM shortwave Sitor Amtor Pactor GTOR hfmodem hayes TX TMOUT
12120 # LocalWords: IDEPCI IDEDMA idedma PDC pdc TRM trm raidtools luthien nuclecu
12121 # LocalWords: unam mx miguel koobera uic EMUL solaris pp ieee lpsg co DMAs TOS
12122 # LocalWords: BLDCONFIG preloading jumperless BOOTINIT modutils multipath GRE
12123 # LocalWords: misconfigured autoconfiguration IPGRE ICMP tracert ipautofw PIM
12124 # LocalWords: netis rlynch autofw ipportfw monmouth ipsubs portforwarding pimd
12125 # LocalWords: portfw PIMSM netweb usc pim pf EUI aggregatable PB decapsulate
12126 # LocalWords: ipddp Decapsulation DECAP bool HAMRADIO tcpdump af CDs tx FBCON
12127 # LocalWords: ethertap multisession PPC MMIO GDT GDTH ICP gdth hamradio bpp
12128 # LocalWords: lmh weejock AIMSlab RadioTrack RTRACK HZP OptoSCC TRX rx TRXECHO
12129 # LocalWords: DMASCC paccomm dmascc addr cfg oevsv oe kib picpar FDX baudrate
12130 # LocalWords: baudrates fdx HDX hdx PSK kanren frforum QoS SCHED CBQ SCH sched
12131 # LocalWords: sch cbq CSZ Shenker Zhang csz SFQ sfq TBF tbf PFIFO fifo PRIO RW
12132 # LocalWords: prio Micom xIO dwmw rimi OMIRR omirr omirrd unicode ntfs cmu NIC
12133 # LocalWords: Braam braam Schmidt's freiburg nls codepages codepage Romanian
12134 # LocalWords: Slovak Slovenian Sorbian Nordic iso Catalan Faeroese Galician SZ
12135 # LocalWords: Valencian Slovene Esperanto Estonian Latvian Byelorussian KOI mt
12136 # LocalWords: charset Inuit Greenlandic Sami Lappish koi SOFTCURSOR softcursor
12137 # LocalWords: Specialix specialix DTR RTS RTSCTS cycladesZ Exabyte ftape's inr
12138 # LocalWords: Iomega's LBFM claus ZFTAPE VFS zftape zft William's lzrw DFLT kb
12139 # LocalWords: MTSETBLK MTIOCTOP qft setblk zftape's tar's afio's setdrvbuffer
12140 # LocalWords: Procfs Exabyte's THR FCD sysvinit init PSC pscwdt VMIDI Euro SAB
12141 # LocalWords: Mostek Fastlane PowerMac PReP PMAC PowerPC Macintoshes Starmax
12142 # LocalWords: PowerStack Starmaxes MCOMMON DEVICETREE ATY IMS IMSTT videodev
12143 # LocalWords: BT Hauppauge STB bttv Quickcam BW BWQCAM bw qcam Mediavision PMS
12144 # LocalWords: pms Avatar Freecom Imation Superdisk BPCK bpck COMM comm DSTR ru
12145 # LocalWords: dstr EPAT EPEZ epat EPIA epia FreeCom FRPW frpw KingByte KBIC HW
12146 # LocalWords: KingByte's kbic OnSpec ValuStore FASTROUTE fastroute FLOWCONTROL
12147 # LocalWords: struct APIC realtime OSs LynxOS CNC tmp cvf HFS hfs ADFS Risc os
12148 # LocalWords: adfs ncpmount namespace SUBDIR reexport NDS kcore FT SPX spx DAT
12149 # LocalWords: interserver BLKSZ NUMBUFFERS apmd Tadpole ANA roestock QuickCam
12150 # LocalWords: isapnptools Colour CQCAM colour Connectix QuickClip prive mentre
12151 # LocalWords: KMOD kmod conformant utexas kharker UnixWare Mwave cgi cl ts ibm
12152 # LocalWords: eXchange threepio oakland simtel pre ULTRAMCA EtherLink isa luik
12153 # LocalWords: EtherLink OpenBSD pts DEVPTS devpts ptmx ttyp glibc readback SA
12154 # LocalWords: mwave OLDCARD isdnloop linklevel loopctrl Eicon Diehl DIEHLDIVA
12155 # LocalWords: ASUSCOM AsusCom TELEINT semiactiv Sedlbauer Sportster TA MIC ITH
12156 # LocalWords: NETjet NetJet Niccy Neuhaus sparcs AOC AOCD AOCE Microlink SAA
12157 # LocalWords: teletext WinTV saa iproute tc Quadra Performa PowerBook tor AUN
12158 # LocalWords: setserial compsoc steve Econet econet AUNUDP psched TEQL TLE CLS
12159 # LocalWords: teql FW Ingres TwistedPair MTRR MTRRs mtrr cfs crypto TD ktti KT
12160 # LocalWords: PHd ICS ipchains adelaide rustcorp syslog Cumana steganography
12161 # LocalWords: AcornSCSI EcoSCSI EESOX EESOXSCSI Powertec POWERTECSCSI dec SF
12162 # LocalWords: RadioReveal gatekeeper aimslab aztech FMI sf fmi RTL rtl cesdis
12163 # LocalWords: Yellowfin gsfc nasa gov yellowfin pcnet Mylex LNE lne EtherH hs
12164 # LocalWords: EBSA chattr RiscOS Winmodem AGP Atomwide DUALSP pcsp robinson CT
12165 # LocalWords: SGALAXY Waverider DSPxxx TRXPRO AudioTrix OSWF MOT CFB DSY kbps
12166 # LocalWords: tuwien kkudielk LVD mega lun MAXTAGS Gbps arcnet Olicom SKTR SNA
12167 # LocalWords: SysKonnect sktr sna etherboot ufs NetBEUI MultiSound MSNDCLAS GX
12168 # LocalWords: MSNDINIT MSNDPERM MSNDPIN PNDSPINI PNDSPERM Ensoniq's RetinaZ SS
12169 # LocalWords: AudioPCI lspci SonicVibes sonicvibes SPARCs roadrunner CLgen UPA
12170 # LocalWords: swansea shtml Zoltrix zoltrix BINUTILS EGCS binutils VIDC DACs
12171 # LocalWords: CyberVision Cirrus PowerBooks Topcat SBUS CGsix TurboGX BWtwo SS
12172 # LocalWords: CGthree TCX unswapable vfb fbcon hicolor truecolor AFB ILBM SOC
12173 # LocalWords: IPLAN gracilis Fibre SBus SparcSTORAGE SV jnewbigin swin QNX qnx
12174 # LocalWords: PTY PTYS ptyxx ttyxx PTYs ssh sb Avance ALS pss pvv kerneli hd
12175 # LocalWords: synth WaveFront MSND NONPNP AudioExcelDSP STRAM APUS CHRP MBX Nx
12176 # LocalWords: PowerMac's BMAC radiotrack rtrack miropcm OFFBOARD HPT UDMA DVD
12177 # LocalWords: hpt fokus gmd Cyrix DXL SLC DLC NexGen MediaGX GXm IDT WinChip
12178 # LocalWords: MMX MII valkyrie mdacon vdolive VDOLive cuseeme CU hippi rrunner
12179 # LocalWords: SeeMe ipmasqadm juanjox ipmarkfw markfw TNCs Microdyne rhine lib
12180 # LocalWords: libc jsX gamepad gameport CHF FCS FPGaming MadCatz ASSASIN GrIP
12181 # LocalWords: Assasin gamepads GamePad PDPI gamecards gamecard WingMan BSP WCS
12182 # LocalWords: ThunderPad CyberMan SideWinder ThrustMaster DirectConnect NES XF
12183 # LocalWords: Millenium SNES PSX Multisystem Nintendo PlayStation Amstrad CPC
12184 # LocalWords: Sega TurboGraFX Steffen Schwenke Multiststem PDIF FIFOSIZE EPLUS
12185 # LocalWords: PowerUP RoadRunner tahallah dos functionkey setterm imladris Woz
12186 # LocalWords: PowerMacs Winbond Algorithmics ALGOR algor ECOFF IRIX SGI SGI's
12187 # LocalWords: gfx virtualized Xpmac mklinux XFree FBDev Woodhouse mvhi Seeq fp
12188 # LocalWords: SGISEEQ HIgh ADB ADBMOUSE crosscompiler CROSSCOMPILE FPE GDB gdb
12189 # LocalWords: JOYPORT rp spoofing DawiControl NOGENSUPP EEPROM HSSI Alessandro
12190 # LocalWords: singleprocessor tex MATHEMU FRIQ Maxell friq Alcor XLT AlphaBook
12191 # LocalWords: AlphaPCI DP LX Miata Mikasa Noritake RPX UX BX Takara EV PRIMO
12192 # LocalWords: TSC Matrox Productiva matroxfb matrox multihead ia linuxhq MFW
12193 # LocalWords: mfw AAA MCS Initio XXU initio imm AutoDetect IZIP CTR usec HDLC
12194 # LocalWords: COSA SRP muni cz kas cosa Alteon AceNIC acenic VTOC OSes GMT SAx
12195 # LocalWords: Inspiron localtime INTS Thinkpads Ralf Brown's Flightstick NNN
12196 # LocalWords: Xterminator Blackhawk NN mpu ioports DCA HPDCA HPLANCE DIO Corel
12197 # LocalWords: GemTek gemtek CMDLINE IrDA PDA's irmanager irattach RR AVA DN rg
12198 # LocalWords: uit dagb irda LSAP IrLMP RR's IrLAP IR alloc skb's kfree skb's
12199 # LocalWords: GZIP IrLAN NetbeamIR ESI JetEye IrOBEX IrCOMM TTY's minicom dti
12200 # LocalWords: ircomm ircomm pluto thiguchi IrTTY Linux's bps NetWinder MIR NSC
12201 # LocalWords: ACTiSYS Dongle dongle dongles esi actisys IrMate tekram BVM MVME
12202 # LocalWords: BVME BVME WRITETHROUGH copyback writethrough fwmark syncookie tu
12203 # LocalWords: alphalinux GOBIOS csn chemnitz nat ACARD AMI MegaRAID megaraid
12204 # LocalWords: QNXFS ISI isicom xterms Apollos VPN RCPCI rcpci sgi visws pcmcia
12205 # LocalWords: IrLPT UIRCC Tecra